© Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units SINAMICS Drives Catalog D 11 Edition 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 Related catalogs SINAMICS GM150/SINAMICS SM150 Medium-Voltage Converters D 12 E86060-K5512-A101-A3-7600 E86060-K1010-A101-A5-7600 SINAMICS G180 D 18.1 Converters – Compact Units, Cabinet Systems, Cabinet Units Air-Cooled and Liquid-Cooled Industrial Communication SIMATIC NET E86060-K5518-A111-A2-7600 E86060-K6710-A101-B8-7600 SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Units and Cabinet Modules SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units PDF (E86060-K5521-A131-A4-7600) D 21.3 Products for Automation and Drives Interactive Catalog, DVD E86060-K5531-A101-A2-7600 E86060-D4001-A510-D4-7600 D 35 E86060-K5535-A101-A1-7600 IK PI Low-Voltage Power Distribution and LV 10 Electrical Installation Technology SENTRON • SIVACON • ALPHA Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring Devices, Switchboards and Distribution Systems E86060-K8280-A101-A2-7600 Motion Control Drives D 31 SINAMICS Inverters for Single-Axis Drives and SIMOTICS Motors SINAMICS Drives SINAMICS G120P and SINAMICS G120P Cabinet pump, fan, compressor converters IC 10 Industrial Controls SIRIUS CA 01 Industry Mall Information and Ordering Platform in the Internet: www.siemens.com/industrymall Motion Control PM 21 SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 & SIMOTICS Equipment for Production Machines The Engineering Manual SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual E86060-K4921-A101-A3-7600 SIMOTICS Low-Voltage Motors Type series 1LE1, 1MB1 and 1PC1 Frame sizes 71 to 315 Power range 0.18 to 200 kW D 81.1 E86060-K5581-A111-A7-7600 SIMOTICS FD Flexible Duty Motors This manual offers users comprehensive support with the configuring of drives and associated system components. D 81.8 PDF (E86060-K5581-A181-A3-7600) LOHER Low-Voltage Motors D 83.1 Type series 1MD5, 1PS0, 1PS1, 1PS4 and 1PS5 Frame sizes 71 to 500 Power range 0.25 to 1400 kW E86060-K5583-A111-A2-7600 Engineering Manual for - SINAMICS G130 Converter Chassis Units, - SINAMICS G150 Converter Cabinet Units, - SINAMICS S120 Built-in and Cabinet Modules, - SINAMICS S120 Cabinet Modules, - SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units The first three chapters deal mainly with the fundamental physical principles of variable-speed drives and with directives and basic information for EMC and include general system descriptions and general engineering information. The other chapters then discuss in detail questions relating to the dimensioning of drives as well as the selection of suitable motors. Note: The manual is not available in hard copy form, but only as an electronic file in PDF format. © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units SINAMICS Drives System overview 1 Highlights 2 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units 75 kW to 800 kW 3 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW 4 Tools and configuration 5 Services and documentation 6 Appendix 7 Catalog D 11 · 2015 Supersedes: Catalog D 11 · 2011 Amendment December 2011 to Catalog D 11 · 2011 Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of this catalog: www.siemens.com/industrymall The products contained in this catalog can also be found in the Interactive Catalog CA 01. Article No.: E86060-D4001-A510-D4-7600 Please contact your local Siemens branch. © Siemens AG 2015 Printed on paper from sustainably managed forests and controlled sources. www.pefc.org The products and systems described in this catalog are manufactured/distributed under application of a certified quality management system in accordance with EN ISO 9001 and EN ISO 14001(Certified Registration No. 002241 QM UM). The certificate is recognized by all IQNet countries. © Siemens AG 2015 2 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 Answers for industry. Integrated technologies, vertical market expertise and services for greater productivity, energy efficiency, and flexibility. Siemens is the world's leading supplier of innovative and environmentally friendly products and solutions for industrial companies. End-to-end automation technology and industrial software, solid market expertise, and technology-based services are the levers we use to increase our customers’ productivity, efficiency and flexibility. We consistently rely on integrated technologies and, thanks to our bundled portfolio, we can respond more quickly and flexibly to our customers' wishes. With our globally unmatched range of automation technology, industrial control and drive technology as well as industrial software, we equip companies with exactly what they need over their entire value chain – from product design and development to production, sales and service. Our industrial customers benefit from our comprehensive portfolio, which is tailored to their market and their needs. Market launch times can be reduced by up to 50% due to the combination of powerful automation technology and industrial software. At the same time, the costs for energy or waste water for a manufacturing company can be reduced significantly. In this way, we increase our customers’ competitive strength and make an important contribution to environmental protection with our energy-efficient products and solutions. Siemens D 11 · 2015 3 © Siemens AG 2015 (53 ²(QWHUSULVH5HVRXUFH3ODQQLQJ 3/0 ²3URGXFW/LIHF\FOH0DQDJHPHQW 0DQDJHPHQW /HYHO 3URGXFW'HVLJQ 3URGXFWLRQ3ODQQLQJDQG6LPXODWLRQ 'DWD0DQDJHPHQW 0(6²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fficient automation starts with efficient engineering. Totally Integrated Automation: Efficiency driving productivity. Efficient engineering is the first step toward better production that is faster, more flexible, and more intelligent. With all components interacting efficiently, Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) delivers enormous time savings right from the engineering phase. The result is lower costs, faster time-to-market, and greater flexibility. 4 Siemens D 11 · 2015 6,7233RZHU6XSSO\ © Siemens AG 2015 A unique complete approach for all industries Totally Integrated Automation Efficient interoperability of all automation components As one of the world's leading automation suppliers, Siemens provides an integrated, comprehensive portfolio for all requirements in process and manufacturing industries. All components are mutually compatible and system-tested. This ensures that they reliably perform their tasks in industrial use and interact efficiently, and that each automation solution can be implemented with little time and effort based on standard products. The integration of many separate individual engineering tasks into a single engineering environment, for example, provides enormous time and cost savings. With its comprehensive technology and industry-specific expertise, Siemens is continuously driving progress in manufacturing industries – and Totally Integrated Automation plays a key role. Totally Integrated Automation creates real value added in all automation tasks, especially for: 352),1(7 ,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW 352),%86 $6,QWHUIDFH .1;*$00$LQVWDEXV 7RWDOO\ ,QWHJUDWHG 3RZHU • Integrated engineering Consistent, comprehensive engineering throughout the entire product development and production process • Industrial data management Access to all important data occurring in productive operation – along the entire value chain and across all levels • Industrial communication Integrated communication based on international cross-vendor standards that are mutually compatible • Industrial security Systematic minimization of the risk of an internal or external attack on plants and networks • Safety Integrated Reliable protection of personnel, machinery, and the environment thanks to seamless integration of safety technologies into the standard automation Making things right with Totally Integrated Automation Totally Integrated Automation, industrial automation from Siemens, stands for the efficient interoperability of all automation components. The open system architecture covers the entire production process and is based on end-to-end shared characteristics: consistent data management, global standards, and uniform hardware and software interfaces. Totally Integrated Automation lays the foundation for comprehensive optimization of the production process: • Time and cost savings due to efficient engineering • Minimized downtime due to integrated diagnostic functions • Simplified implementation of automation solutions due to global standards • Better performance due to interoperability of systemtested components Siemens D 11 · 2015 5 © Siemens AG 2015 Totally Integrated Power We bring power to the point – safely and reliably. Efficient, reliable, safe: These are the demands placed on electrification and especially power distribution. And our answer – for all application areas of the energy system – is Totally Integrated Power (TIP). It’s based on our comprehensive range of products, systems, and solutions for low and medium voltage, rounded out by our support throughout the entire lifecycle – from planning with our own software tools to installation, operation, and services. Comprehensive answers for power distribution in complex energy systems – from Siemens Smart interfaces allow linking to industrial or building automation, making it possible to fully exploit all the optimization potential of an integrated solution. This is how we provide our customers around the world with answers to their challenges. With highly efficient, reliable, and safe power distribution, we lay the foundation for sustainable infrastructure and cities, buildings, and industrial plants. We bring power to the point – wherever and whenever it is needed. More information: www.siemens.com/tip 6 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 Totally Integrated Power offers more: • Consistency: For simplified plant engineering and commissioning as well as smooth integration into automation solutions for building or production processes • One-stop-shop: A reliable partner with a complete portfolio for the entire process and lifecycle – from the initial idea to after-sales service • Safety: A comprehensive range of protection components for personnel safety and line and fire protection, safety by means of type testing • Reliability: A reliable partner who works with customers to develop long-lasting solutions that meet the highest quality standards • Efficiency: Bringing power to the point means greater plant availability and maximum energy efficiency in power distribution • Flexibility: End-to-end consistency and modular design of Totally Integrated Power for any desired expansions and adaptation to future requirements • Advanced technology: Reliable power distribution especially for applications in which supply is critical, continuous refinement of the technology Challenges are our speciality Automation Operation & Monitoring Process/ Industrial automation Load management PROFINET Load curves Forecast Maintenance PROFIBUS Status reporting/ failure management ... Protocols Power Quality Cost center Building automation Industrial Ethernet Modbus Electrification Renewables Storage Medium-voltage switchgear technologies and protection technology Transformer Low-voltage switchboard with protection and measuring technology Low-voltage distribution ≤ 110 kV Products, systems and solutions Consulting, planning Engineering Order, delivery Installation, commissioning Operation Service, modernization Siemens D 11 · 2015 7 © Siemens AG 2015 Integrated Drive Systems Faster on the market and in the black with Integrated Drive Systems SINAMICS is an important element of a Siemens Integrated Drive System, contributing significantly to increased efficiency, productivity, and availability in industrial production processes. and lifecycle integration ensure that every drive system component fits seamlessly into the whole system, into any automation environment, and even into the entire lifecycle of a plant. Integrated Drive Systems are Siemens’ trendsetting answer to the high degree of complexity that characterizes drive and automation technology today. The world’s only true one-stop solution for entire drive systems is characterized in particular by its threefold integration: Horizontal, vertical, The outcome is an optimal workflow – from engineering all the way to service that entails more productivity, increased efficiency, and better availability. That’s how Integrated Drive Systems reduce time to market and time to profit. Horizontal integration Integrated drive portfolio: The core elements of a fully integrated drive portfolio are frequency converters, motors, couplings, and gear units. At Siemens, they‘re all available from a single source. Perfectly integrated, perfectly interacting. For all power and performance classes. As standard solutions or fully customized. No other player in the market can offer a comparable portfolio. Moreover, all Siemens drive components are perfectly matched, so they are optimally interacting. You can boost the availability of your application or plant to up to 99% * *e.g., conveyor application Vertical integration Thanks to vertical integration, the complete drive train is seamlessly integrated in the entire automation environment – an important prerequisite for production with maximum value added. Integrated Drive Systems are part of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA), which means that they are perfectly embedded into the system architecture of the entire industrial production process. This enables optimal processes through maximum communication and control. With TIA Portal you can cut your engineering time by up to 30% Lifecycle integration Lifecycle integration adds the factor of time: Software and service are available for the entire lifecycle of an Integrated Drive System. That way, important optimization potential for maximum productivity, increased efficiency, and highest availability can be leveraged throughout the system’s lifecycle – from planning, design, and engineering to operation, maintenance, and all the way even to modernization. With Integrated Drive Systems, assets become important success factors. They ensure shorter time to market, maximum productivity and efficiency in operation, and shorter time to profit. With Integrated Drive Systems you can reduce your maintenance costs by up to 15% www.siemens.com/ids 8 Siemens D 11 · 2015 1 © Siemens AG 2015 System overview 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/3 1/3 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/6 The SINAMICS drive family Integration in automation Applications Innovative, energy-efficient and reliable drive systems and applications as well as services for the entire drive train Energy efficiency Variants Platform concept Quality management according to DIN EN ISO 9001 1/6 1/6 Drive selection SINAMICS selection guide – typical applications Overview More information 1/7 1/7 SIMOTICS motors Overview 1/8 SINAMICS G130 / SINAMICS G150 The universal drive solution for single-motor drives with a high power rating Overview Benefits Application Design Integration 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/9 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 System overview The SINAMICS drive family ■ Overview Integration in automation Management level Office environment: SIMATIC IT / COMOS... Process control level Control center / control system: SIMATIC PCS 7 / WINCC Automation systems / HMI: SIMATIC / SIMOTION / SINUMERIK Control level Fieldbus SINAMICS V SINAMICS G pumping ventilating compressing SINAMICS V SINAMICS G SINAMICS S moving SINAMICS V SINAMICS G SINAMICS S processing SINAMICS S machining G_D011_EN_00337b 1 SINAMICS in automation Totally Integrated Automation and communication Applications SINAMICS is an integral component of the Siemens "Totally Integrated Automation" concept. Integrated SINAMICS systems covering configuration, data storage, and communication at automation level ensure low-maintenance solutions with the SIMATIC, SIMOTION and SINUMERIK control systems. SINAMICS is the comprehensive family of drives from Siemens designed for machine and plant engineering applications. SINAMICS offers solutions for all drive tasks: • Simple pump and fan applications in the process industry • Demanding single drives in centrifuges, presses, extruders, elevators, as well as conveyor and transport systems • Drive line-ups in textile, plastic film, and paper machines as well as in rolling mill plants. • High-precision servo drives for the manufacture of wind turbines • Highly dynamic servo drives for machine tools, as well as packaging and printing machines Depending on the application, the appropriate variable frequency drives can be selected and incorporated in the automation concept. With this in mind, the drives are clearly subdivided into their different applications. A wide range of communication options (depending on the drive type) are available for establishing a communication link to the automation system: • PROFINET • EtherNet/IP • PROFIBUS • AS-Interface • USS • CANopen • Modbus RTU • BACnet MS/TP 1/2 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 System overview The SINAMICS drive family ■ Overview (continued) SIMOTION SINUMERIK SIMATIC SINAMICS DC motors Synchronous motors G_D211_EN_00202f Induction motors SINAMICS as part of the Siemens modular automation system Innovative, energy-efficient and reliable drive systems and applications as well as services for the entire drive train The solutions for drive technology place great emphasis on the highest productivity, energy efficiency and reliability for all torque ranges, performance and voltage classes. Siemens offers not only the right innovative variable frequency drive for every drive application, but also a wide range of energy-efficient low voltage motors, geared motors, explosionprotected motors and high-voltage motors for combination with SINAMICS. Furthermore, Siemens supports its customers with global presales and after-sales services, with over 295 service points in 130 countries – and with special services e.g. application consulting or motion control solutions. Energy efficiency Energy management process Efficient energy management consultancy identifies the energy flows, determines the potential for making savings and implements them with focused activities. Almost two thirds of the industrial power requirement is from electric motors. This makes it all the more important to use drive technology permitting energy consumption to be reduced effectively even in the configuration phase, and consequently to optimize plant availability and process stability. With SINAMICS, Siemens offers powerful energy efficient solutions which, depending on the application, enable a significant reduction in electricity costs. Up to 70 % potential for savings using variable speed operation SINAMICS enables great potential for savings to be realized by controlling the motor speed. In particular, huge potential savings can be recovered from pumps, fans and compressors which are operated with mechanical throttle and valves. Here, changing to variable-speed drives brings enormous economic advantages: In contrast to mechanical control systems, the power consumption at partial load operation is always immediately adjusted to the demand at that time. So energy is no longer wasted, permitting savings of up to 60 % – in exceptional cases even up to 70 %. Variable-speed drives also offer clear advantages over mechanical control systems when it comes to maintenance and repair. Current spikes when powering up the motor and strong torque surges become things of the past – and the same goes for pressure waves in pipelines, cavitation or vibrations which cause sustainable damage to the plant. Smooth starting and ramp-down relieve the load on the mechanical system, ensuring a significantly longer service life of the entire drive train. Regenerative feedback of braking energy In conventional drive systems, the energy produced during braking is converted to heat using braking resistors. Energy produced during braking is efficiently recovered to the supply system by versions of SINAMICS G and SINAMICS S inverters with regenerative feedback capability and these devices do not therefore need a braking resistor. This permits up to 60 % of the energy requirement to be saved, e.g. in lifting applications. Energy which can be reused at other locations on a machine. Furthermore, this reduced power loss simplifies the cooling of the system, enabling a more compact design. Siemens D 11 · 2015 1/3 1 © Siemens AG 2015 System overview The SINAMICS drive family ■ Overview (continued) Energy efficiency (continued) Energy transparency in all configuration phases SINAMICS in combination with energy-saving motors Early on, in the configuration phase, the SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool provides information on the specific energy requirement. The energy consumption across the entire drive train is visualized and compared with different plant concepts. Engineering integration stretches beyond the SINAMICS drive family to higher-level automation systems, and to a broad spectrum of energy-efficient motors with a wide range of performance classes, which, compared to previous motors, are able to demonstrate up to 10 % greater efficiency. Variants Depending on the application, the SINAMICS range offers the ideal variant for any drive task. Performance SINAMICS V SINAMICS V converters focus on the essentials both in terms of hardware and functionality. This results in a high degree of ruggedness combined with lower investment costs. SINAMICS G SINAMICS S SINAMICS G converters function perfectly for low and medium demands on the dynamic response of the control system. SINAMICS S converters are predestined for demanding single- and multi-axis applications in machine and plant engineering as well as for numerous motion control tasks. Price G_D011_EN_00449b 1 Platform concept Quality management according to DIN EN ISO 9001 All SINAMICS variants are based on a platform concept. Joint hardware and software components, as well as standardized tools for dimensioning, configuration, and commissioning tasks ensure high-level integration across all components. SINAMICS handles a wide variety of drive tasks with no system gaps. The different SINAMICS variants can be easily combined with each other. SINAMICS conforms to the most exacting quality requirements. Comprehensive quality assurance measures in all development and production processes ensure a consistently high level of quality. 1/4 Siemens D 11 · 2015 Of course, our quality management system is certified by an independent authority in accordance with EN ISO 9001. © Siemens AG 2015 System overview The SINAMICS drive family ■ Overview (continued) Low voltage Basic performance V20 V90 0.12 ... 30 kW 0.4 ... 7 kW General performance G120C/G120/ G120P/ G120P Cabinet V90 Brochure G130/G150 G180 S110 S120 Catalogs D 31, D 35 Conveyor technology, single-axis positioning applications (G120D) Catalog D 31 Medium voltage DC applications Applications with high outputs DCM GH180/GM150/ SM150/GL150/ SL150 6 kW … 30 MW 0.15 ... 85 MW S150 0.37 … 400 kW 0.37 ... 7.5 kW 75 ... 2700 kW 2.2 … 6600 kW 0.12 ... 90 kW 0.12 … 5700 kW 75 ... 1200 kW Pumps, fans, Handling Pumps, compressors, machines, fans, conveyor packaging compressors, belts, mixers, machines, conveyor belts, mills, spinning automatic mixers, mills, machines and assembly extruders textile machines, Building machines metal forming management machines, systems, printing process machines, industry, HVAC, winding and single-axis unwinding positioning units applications in machine and plant engineering V20 Brochure G110D/ G120D/ G110M High Performance DC voltage Test bays, Rolling mill drives, Pumps, SectorSingle-axis Production cross cutters, wire-drawing fans, specific for positioning machines centrifuges machines, compressors, pumps, applications in (packaging, extruders and conveyor belts, fans, machine and textiles and kneaders, mixers, mills, compressors, plant printing cableways and lifts, extruders conveyor belts, engineering machines, paper test bay drives machines, extruders, plastic mixers, mills, processing kneaders, machines) centrifuges, machine separators tools, plants, process lines and rolling mills, ships and test bays Catalog D 11 Catalog D 18.1 Catalog D 31 Catalogs D 21.3 PM 21, NC 62 Catalog D 21.3 Pumps, fans, compressors, mixers, extruders, mills, crushers, rolling mills, conveying technology, excavators, test bays, marine drives, blast furnace fans, retrofit Catalogs D 23.1, D 23.2 Catalogs D 15.1, D 12 Engineering tools (e.g. Drive Technology Configurator, SIZER for Siemens Drives, STARTER and SINAMICS Startdrive) G_D011_EN_00450c Siemens D 11 · 2015 1/5 1 © Siemens AG 2015 System overview 1 Drive selection ■ Overview SINAMICS selection guide – typical applications Use Requirements for torque accuracy/speed accuracy/position accuracy/coordination of axes/functionality Continuous motion Basic High Basic Medium High Centrifugal pumps Radial / axial fans Compressors Eccentric screw pumps Hydraulic pumps Metering pumps Hydraulic pumps Metering pumps Descaling pumps Hydraulic pumps V20 G110 G120C G120P G120P G130/G150 G180 1) S120 G120 S110 S120 Conveyor belts Roller conveyors Chain conveyors Conveyor belts Roller conveyors Chain conveyors Lifting/lowering devices Elevators Escalators/moving walkways Indoor cranes Marine drives Cable railways Elevators Container cranes Mining hoists Excavators for opencast mining Test bays Acceleration conveyors Storage and retrieval machines Acceleration conveyors Storage and retrieval machines Cross cutters Reel changers Storage and retrieval machines RoboticsPick & place Rotary indexing tables Cross cutters Roll feedsEngagers/ disengagers V20 G110 G110D G110M G120C G120 G120D G130/G150 G180 1) S120 S150 DCM V90 G120 G120D S110 DCM S120 DCM Mills Mixers Kneaders Crushers Agitators Centrifuges Mills Mixers Kneaders Crushers Agitators Centrifuges Extruders Rotary furnaces Extruders Winders/unwinders Lead/follower drives Calenders Main press drives Printing machines Tubular bagging machines Single-axis motion controlsuch as • Position profiles • Path profiles Tubular bagging machines Single-axis motion controlsuch as • Position profiles • Path profiles Servo pressesRolling mill drivesMulti-axis motion controlsuch as • Multi-axis positioning • Cams • Interpolations V20 G120C G120 G130/G150 G180 1) S120 S150 DCM V90 G120 S110 S120 DCM Main drives for • Turning • Milling • Drilling Main drives for • Drilling • Sawing Main drives for • Turning • Milling • Drilling • Gear cutting • Grinding Axis drives for • Turning • Milling • Drilling Axis drives for • Drilling • Sawing Axis drives for • Turning • Milling • Drilling • Lasering• • Gear cutting • Grinding • Nibbling and punching S110 S110 S120 S110 S110 S120 Pumping, Centrifugal pumps ventilating, Radial / axial fans compressing Compressors Moving Processing Machining Non-continuous motion Medium S120 Using the SINAMICS selection guide The varying range of demands on modern variable frequency drives requires a large number of different types. Selecting the optimum drive has become a significantly more complex process. The application matrix shown simplifies this selection process considerably, by suggesting the ideal SINAMICS drive for examples of typical applications and requirements. • The relevant type of use can be found on the vertical axis (supply, movement, processing or machining). • What type of movement should be realized with what level of quality (basic, medium, high)? Find this using the relevant fields on the horizontal axis. To make orientation easier, an example selection of typical applications is shown. 1) Industry-specific inverters. 1/6 Siemens D 11 · 2015 S120 ■ More information Further information about SINAMICS is available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/sinamics Practical application examples and descriptions are available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/sinamics-applications © Siemens AG 2015 System overview SIMOTICS motors ■ Overview SIMOTICS Low-voltage motors for line and converter operation General Purpose SIMOTICS GP Severe Duty SIMOTICS SD Explosion-proof SIMOTICS XP Definite Purpose SIMOTICS DP Flexible Duty SIMOTICS FD DC motors High-voltage motors Direct current SIMOTICS DC High Voltage SIMOTICS HV Non standard SIMOTICS TN High Torque SIMOTICS HT Motors for motion control Servomotors SIMOTICS M main motors SIMOTICS L linear motors SIMOTICS T torque motors G_D081_EN_00460b SIMOTICS S servomotors Servo geared motors SIMOTICS overview Further information can be found in Catalogs D 41, D 81.1, D 81.8, D 83.1, D 84.1 and PM 21. SIMOTICS stands for • 125 years of experience in building electric motors • The most comprehensive range of motors worldwide • Optimum solutions in all industries, regions and power/performance classes • Innovative motor technologies of the highest quality and reliability • Highest dynamic performance, precision and efficiency together with the optimum degree of compactness • Our motors can be integrated into the drive train as part of the overall system • A global network of skill sets and worldwide service around the clock A clearly structured portfolio The entire SIMOTICS product portfolio is transparently organized according to application-specific criteria in order to help users select the optimum motor for their application. The product range extends from standard motors for pumps, fans and compressors to highly dynamic, precise motion control motors for positioning tasks and motion control in handling applications, as well as production machinery and machine tools, to DC motors and powerful high-voltage motors. Whatever it is that you want to move – we can supply the right motor for the task. An outstanding performance for any job A key characteristic of all SIMOTICS motors is their quality. They are robust, reliable, dynamic and precise to assure the requisite performance level for any process and deliver exactly the capabilities demanded by the application in hand. Thanks to their compact design, they can be integrated as space-saving units into installations. Furthermore, their impressive energy efficiency makes them effective as a means of reducing operating costs and protecting the environment. A dense network of skill sets and servicing expertise around the world SIMOTICS offers not only a wealth of sound experience gleaned from a development history which stretches back over around 150 years, but also the know-how of hundreds of engineers. This knowledge and our worldwide presence form the basis for a unique proximity to industries which feeds through in tangible terms to the specific motor configuration which is tailored to suit your application. Our specialists are available to answer all your queries regarding any aspect of motor technology. At any time - wherever you are in the world. When you choose SIMOTICS, therefore, you reap the benefits of a global service network which is continuously accessible, thereby helping to optimize response times and minimize downtimes. Perfection of the complete drive train SIMOTICS is perfectly coordinated with other Siemens product families. In combination with the SINAMICS integrated inverter family and the SIRIUS complete portfolio of industrial controls, SIMOTICS fits seamlessly as part of the complete drive train into automation solutions which are based on the SIMATIC, SIMOTION and SINUMERIK control systems. Siemens D 11 · 2015 1/7 1 © Siemens AG 2015 System overview SINAMICS G130 / SINAMICS G150 1 SINAMICS G130 / SINAMICS G150 ■ Overview ■ Application Variable-speed drives are ideal for all applications that involve moving, conveying, pumping or compressing solids, liquids or gases. Key applications include: • Pumps and fans • Compressors • Extruders and mixers • Mills ■ Design SINAMICS G130 The SINAMICS G130 provides machine builders and plant constructors with a modular drive system that can be tailored to specific applications. SINAMICS G130 converter built-in unit and SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet unit SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units and SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units are designed for variable-speed drives in mechanical engineering and plant construction. They have been specially designed to meet the requirements of drives with square-wave and constant load characteristics, with medium performance requirements, and without regenerative feedback capability. The control accuracy of the sensorless vector control is suitable for most applications, which means that an additional actual speed value encoder is not required. However, SINAMICS G130/SINAMICS G150 converters are optionally available with an encoder evaluation function in order to handle applications that require an encoder for system-specific reasons. SINAMICS G130 and SINAMICS G150 offer an economic drive solution that can be matched to customers' specific requirements using the wide range of available components and options. ■ Benefits • Particularly quiet and compact converters due to the use of state-of-the-art IGBT power semiconductors and an innovative cooling concept. • All device modules are easily accessible, making them extremely service-friendly. • Can be easily integrated into automation solutions using a PROFIBUS or PROFINET interface and various analog and digital interfaces. • Individual modules and power components can be replaced quickly and easily, which ensures a higher level of plant availability. • Simple commissioning and parameterization using interactive menus on the AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel with graphic LCD and plain-text display. 1/8 Siemens D 11 · 2015 SINAMICS G130 essentially consists of two modular, standalone components • Power Module and • Control Unit They may be located separately from one another or combined in a single unit. The Power Module contains a slot for the Control Unit. The AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel can be used for commissioning and local operation. Predefined interfaces, via terminal block or the CU320-2 Control Unit with either PROFIBUS or PROFINET, make commissioning and control of the drive much easier. The Control Unit interfaces can be expanded with add-on modules. SINAMICS G150 SINAMICS G150 is a ready-to-connect AC/AC converter in a standard control cabinet. It can be adapted to individual requirements by selecting from an extensive range of options. It is available in widths from 400 mm, which then increase in intervals of 200 mm, and can be ordered with various degrees of protection up to IP54 in two design versions. • Version A offers sufficient space for all the options available. The different versions allow the line and motor connections to be arranged at the top or bottom, as required. This results in excellent flexibility in terms of location in the plant. This version is also available with power units connected in parallel. • Version C is a particularly space-saving version designed for applications where the power supply components are accommodated in a central low-voltage distribution unit and need not be provided again in the control cabinet. The AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel is fitted as standard in the cabinet door for both versions. © Siemens AG 2015 System overview SINAMICS G130 / SINAMICS G150 SINAMICS G130 / SINAMICS G150 ■ Integration STARTER Commissioning SIMATIC HMI SIMATIC S7 PROFIBUS AOP30 SINAMICS G150 SIMATIC ET 200 Digital/analog I/O SINAMICS G130 RS232C 3ph. G_D011_EN_00162 3ph. SINAMICS G130 and SINAMICS G150 configuration example with SIMATIC S7 Siemens D 11 · 2015 1/9 1 © Siemens AG 2015 System overview 1 Notes 1/10 Siemens D 11 · 2015 2 © Siemens AG 2015 Highlights 2/2 2/2 2/3 Safety Integrated Overview Function 2/11 Safety Integrated for SINAMICS G130 and SINAMICS G150 Overview Benefits Function 2/11 2/12 2/13 2/14 2/14 Energy efficiency classes in accordance with EN 50598 Overview 2/17 2/17 2/18 2/19 2/20 2/23 2/24 2/24 Communication Overview PROFIBUS Industrial Ethernet PROFINET PROFIdrive CANopen EtherNet/IP Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 Highlights Safety Integrated ■ Overview Safety-related standards Functional safety is specified in various standards. For example, EN ISO 12100 specifies standards pertaining to machine safety (risk assessment and risk reduction). IEC 61508 specifies basic requirements for electronic and programmable safety-related systems. EN 62061 (only applicable for electrical and electronic control systems) and EN ISO 13849-1, which has replaced EN 954-1, define the functional and safety-related requirements of safety-oriented control systems. 2 The above-mentioned standards define different safety requirements that the machine has to satisfy in accordance with the risk, frequency of a dangerous situation, probability of occurrence and the opportunities for recognizing impending danger. • EN ISO 13849-1: Performance Level PL a … e • EN 62061: Safety Integrity Level SIL 1 … 3 Trend toward integrated safety systems Legal framework Machine manufacturers and manufacturing plants must ensure that their machines or plants cannot cause danger due to malfunctions in addition to the general risks of electric shock, heat or radiation. In Europe, for example, compliance with the machinery directive is required by law by the EC occupational health and safety directive. In order to ensure compliance with this directive, it is recommended that the corresponding harmonized European standards are applied. This triggers the "assumption of conformity" and gives manufacturers and operators the legal security in terms of compliance with both national regulations and EU directives. The machine manufacturer uses the CE marking to document the compliance with all relevant directives and regulations in the free movement of goods. 2/2 Siemens D 11 · 2015 The trend toward greater complexity and higher modularity of machines has seen a shift in safety functions away from the classical central safety functions (for example, shutdown of the complete machine using a main disconnecting means) and into the machine control system and the drives. This is often accompanied by a significant increase in productivity because the equipping times are shortened. Depending on the type of machine, it may even be possible to continue manufacturing other parts while equipping is in progress. Integrated safety functions act much faster than those of a conventional design. The safety of a machine is increased further with Safety Integrated. Furthermore, thanks to the faster method of operation, safety measures controlled by integrated safety systems are perceived as less of a hindrance by the machine operator, therefore significantly reducing the motivation to consciously bypass safety functions. © Siemens AG 2015 Highlights Safety Integrated ■ Function Safety functions integral to the SINAMICS drives Safe Torque Off (STO) SINAMICS drives are characterized by a large number of integrated safety functions. In combination with the sensors and safety control required for the safety functionality, they ensure that highly-effective protection for persons and machines is implemented in a practice-oriented manner. The STO function is the most common and basic drive-integrated safety function. It ensures that no torque-generating energy can continue to affect a motor and prevents unintentional start-ups. The Safety Integrated functions of SINAMICS drives are certified by independent institutions. You can obtain the corresponding test certificates and manufacturer's declarations from your Siemens contacts. The integrated safety functions that are currently available in the SINAMICS drive system are described below. The functional safety of all of the functions satisfies the requirements defined in the international standard IEC 61800-5-2 for variable-speed drive systems. The safety functions integrated into the SINAMICS drive system can be roughly divided into four categories: • Functions for safely stopping a drive - Safe Torque Off (STO) - Safe Stop 1 (SS1) - Safe Stop 2 (SS2) - Safe Operating Stop (SOS) • Functions for safe brake management - Safe Brake Control (SBC) - Safe Brake Test (SBT) (this function exceeds the scope of IEC 61800-5-2) • Functions for safely monitoring the motion of a drive - Safely-Limited Speed (SLS) - Safe Speed Monitor (SSM) - Safe Direction (SDI) • Functions for safely monitoring the position of a drive - Safely Limited Position (SLP) - Safe Position (SP) (this function exceeds the scope of IEC 61800-5-2) Activation This function is a mechanism that prevents the drive from restarting unexpectedly, in accordance with EN 60204-1, Section 5.4. Safe Torque Off suppresses the drive pulses (corresponds to Stop Category 0 of EN 60204-1). The drive is reliably torquefree. This state is monitored internally in the drive. Application STO has the immediate effect that the drive cannot supply any torque-generating energy. STO can be used wherever the drive will naturally reach a standstill due to load torque or friction in a sufficiently short time or when "coasting down" of the drive will not have any relevance for safety. STO makes it possible for persons to work safely when the protective door is open (restart interlock) and is used on machines/ installations with moving axes, e.g. on handling or conveyor systems. Customer benefits The advantage of the integrated STO safety function compared to standard safety technology using electromechanical switchgear is the elimination of separate components and the effort that would be required to wire and service them. Because of the fast electronic switching times, the function provides a shorter reaction time than the conventional solution comprising electromechanical components. v STO G_D211_XX_00304 They fulfill the following equipment requirements: • SIL 2 according to IEC 61508 • PL d and Category 3 according to EN ISO 13849-1 The Safety Integrated Function Manual contains detailed information about the safety functions. http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/99668646 t Further manuals pertaining to Safety Integrated in drive systems can be found on the Internet at http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/21901735/ 133300 Further information about Safety Integrated can be found on the Internet at www.siemens.com/safety-drives Siemens D 11 · 2015 2/3 2 © Siemens AG 2015 Highlights Safety Integrated ■ Function (continued) Safe Stop 2 (SS2) The SS1 function causes a motor to stop rapidly and safely and switches the motor to torque-free mode after coming to a standstill, i.e. STO is activated. The SS2 function brings the motor to a standstill quickly and safely and then activates the SOS function once the motor has stopped. Activation Activation The SS1 function can safely stop the drive in accordance with EN 60204-1, Stop Category 1. When the SS1 function is selected, the drive brakes autonomously along a quick-stop ramp and automatically activates the Safe Torque Off and Safe Brake Control functions (if configured) when the parameterized safety delay time expires. The Safe Stop 2 function can safely stop the drive in accordance with EN 60204-1, Stop Category 2. When the SS2 function is selected, the drive brakes autonomously along a quick stop ramp. In contrast to SS1, the drive control remains operational afterwards, i.e. the motor can supply the full torque required to maintain zero speed. Standstill is safely monitored (Safe Operating Stop function). Application Application The SS1 function is used when, in the event of a safety-relevant incident, the drive must stop as quickly as possible with a subsequent transition into the STO state (e.g. EMERGENCY STOP). It is thus used to bring large centrifugal masses to a stop as quickly as possible for the safety of the operating personnel, or to brake motors at high speeds as quickly as possible. Examples of typical applications are saws, grinding machine spindles, centrifuges, winders and storage and retrieval machines. As with SS1, the SS2 function ensures the quickest possible deceleration of the motor. However, the motor power is not switched off. Instead, a control system prevents it from leaving the standstill position – even if it is affected by external forces. Typical applications for SS2 include machine tools, for example. Customer benefits Customer benefits The targeted stopping of a drive by means of SS1 reduces the risk of danger, increases the productivity of a machine, and allows the safety clearances in a machine to be reduced. The principle is to bring the drive actively to a standstill, compared with just using the STO function. Complex mechanical brakes that are susceptible to wear are not normally required to brake the motor. The SS2 function ensures a rapid axis stop. Because the control remains active, after the safety function is deselected, productive operation can continue without referencing. This ensures short setup and standstill times and high productivity. STO v v SOS t 2/4 Siemens D 11 · 2015 G_D211_XX_00306 G_D211_XX_00305 2 Safe Stop 1 (SS1) t © Siemens AG 2015 Highlights Safety Integrated ■ Function (continued) Safe Operating Stop (SOS) Safe Brake Control (SBC) With the SOS function, the stopped motor is held in position and monitored by drive control. The SBC function permits the safe control of a holding brake. SBC is always activated in parallel with STO. Activation Activation The SOS function constitutes safe standstill monitoring. The drive control remains in operation. The motor can therefore deliver the full torque to hold the current position. The actual position is reliably monitored. In contrast to safety functions SS1 and SS2, the speed setpoint is not influenced autonomously. After SOS has been activated, the higher-level control must bring the drive to a standstill within a parameterized time and then hold the position setpoint. A holding brake which is active in a de-energized state is controlled and monitored using safe two-channel technology. Due to the two-channel control, the brake may still be activated in the event of an insulation fault in the control cable. Errors of this kind are detected early by means of test pulses. Application Application SOS is an ideal solution for all those applications for which the machine or parts of the machine must be at a safe standstill for certain steps, but the drive must also supply a holding torque. It is ensured that despite counter torque the drive remains in its current position. In contrast to SS1 and SS2, the drive does not brake autonomously in this case. It expects the higher-level controller to ramp down the relevant axes as a coordinated group within an adjustable delay time. This can be used to prevent any damage to the machine or product. Typical applications for SOS include winders, converting and packaging machines and machine tools. The SBC function is used in conjunction with the functions STO or SS1 to prevent the movement of an axis in the torque-free state, e.g. because of gravity. Customer benefits Customer benefits No mechanical components are necessary to keep the axis in position despite any counterforce that may occur. Due to the short switching times and the fact that the drive control always remains active, setup and downtimes are reduced. Recalibration of the axis after exiting the SOS function is not necessary. The axis can immediately be moved again after deactivation of the SOS function. Again, the function saves the use of external hardware and the associated wiring. v G_D211_XX_00207 ∆t An additional Safe Brake Relay is required for power units in blocksize format. An additional Safe Brake Adapter is necessary for power units in chassis format. STO G_D211_XX_00276 SOS s Notes SBC t t Siemens D 11 · 2015 2/5 2 © Siemens AG 2015 Highlights Safety Integrated ■ Function (continued) Safely-Limited Speed (SLS) The SBT function carries out a brake function test at regular intervals. The SLS function ensures that the drive does not exceed a preset speed limit. Activation Activation A good way to check the proper functioning of brakes that have become worn is to apply a torque to the closed brake. Drive systems that have two brakes, e.g. motor brake and external brake, can be tested with different torque values. The SLS function monitors the drive against a parameterized speed limit. Four different limit values can be selected. As in the case of SOS, the speed setpoint is not influenced independently. After SLS has been selected, the higher-level control must bring the drive down below the selected speed limit within a parameterizable time. If the speed limit is exceeded, a customizable drive-integrated fault reaction occurs. The SLS limit stage 1 can be multiplied by a factor that is transferred in 16-bit resolution via PROFIsafe. This allows an almost unlimited number of limits to be specified. Application Application The SBT function is suitable for implementing a safe brake in combination with the SBC function. The SLS function is used if people are in the danger zone of a machine and their safety can only be guaranteed by reduced speed. Typical application cases include those in which an operator must enter the danger zone of the machine for the purposes of maintenance or setting up, such as a winder in which the material is manually threaded by the operator. To prevent injury to the operator, the roller may only spin at a safely reduced speed. SLS is often also used as part of a two-stage safety concept. While a person is in a less critical zone, the SLS function is activated, and the drives are only stopped in a smaller area with higher potential risk. SLS can be used not only for operator protection, but also for machinery protection, e.g. if a maximum speed must not be exceeded. Customer benefits Customer benefits The function detects faults or wear in the brake mechanics. Automatically testing the effectiveness of brakes reduces maintenance costs and increases the safety and availability of plants/ machines. The SLS function can contribute to a significant reduction in downtime, or greatly simplify or even accelerate setup. The overall effect achieved is a higher availability of the plant. Moreover, external components such as speed monitors can be omitted. SBT v t Siemens D 11 · 2015 G_D211_XX_00307 M,s 2/6 SLS G_D211_XX_00311 2 Safe Brake Test (SBT) t © Siemens AG 2015 Highlights Safety Integrated ■ Function (continued) Safe Speed Monitor (SSM) Safe Direction (SDI) The SSM function warns when a drive is working below an adjustable speed limit. As long as it remains below the threshold, the function issues a safety-related signal. The SDI function ensures that the drive can only move in the selected direction. Activation Activation If a speed value drops below a parameterized limit, a safety-related signal is generated. This can, for example, be processed in a safety controller to respond to the event by programming, depending on the situation. Deviation from the direction of motion currently being monitored is detected reliably and the configured drive-integrated fault reaction is initiated. It is possible to select which direction of rotation is to be monitored. Application Application With the SSM function, in the simplest case, a safety door can be unlocked if the speed drops below a non-critical level. Another typical example is that of a centrifuge that may be filled only when it is operating below a configured speed limit. The SDI function is used when the drive may only move in one direction. A typical application is to permit the operator access to a danger zone, as long as the machine is rotating in the safe direction, i.e. away from the operator. In this state, the operator can feed material into the work zone / remove material from the work zone without danger. Customer benefits Customer benefits Unlike SLS, there is no drive-integrated fault reaction when the speed limit is exceeded. The safe feedback can be evaluated in a safety control unit, allowing the user to respond appropriately to the situation. The function saves the use of external components such as speed monitors and the associated wiring. The release of a danger zone while the machine is moving away from the operator increases productivity. Without the SDI function, the machine must be safely stopped during material loading and removal. G_D211_XX_00308 v G_D211_XX_00209 v 1 0 t SDI t Siemens D 11 · 2015 2/7 2 © Siemens AG 2015 Highlights Safety Integrated ■ Function (continued) Safe Position (SP) The SLP function monitors the axis to ensure that it remains within the permissible traversing range. The SP function transfers the actual position values determined safely in the drive over safe PROFIsafe communication to a safety control. Activation Activation When SLP is activated, the traversing range limited by the configured software limit switches is safely monitored. If the permitted traversing range is exited, a customizable fault reaction occurs. It is possible to toggle between two traversing ranges, even when the machine is in operation. In contrast to the SLP function that monitors the current actual position value against a limit and, in the case of an overshoot, activates a drive-integrated fault reaction, SP transfers the current actual position values to the safety control. Position monitoring is implemented in the safety program of the control. Extended PROFIsafe telegrams are available for transferring the position values. The position values can be transferred in 16-bit or 32-bit resolution, as required. A time stamp is also transferred with the position values. Application Application SLP is used for applications in which machine operators have to enter a protection area, e.g. for feeding in and removing material. Safe monitoring of the axis position ensures that the axis cannot move into the protection area released for operators and so place them in danger, for example, on storage and retrieval machines, gantry cranes or machining centers. Tailor-made safety concepts can be created using the SP function. It is ideal for use on machines that require flexible safety functions. It is extremely versatile and can be used, for example, to implement safe, axis-specific range detection by means of the Safe Cams (SCA) function. The SP function can also be used to implement multi-axis safety concepts, multi-dimensional protection areas and zone concepts. Customer benefits Customer benefits SLP can be used for highly-effective protection area monitoring. The function does away with the use of external components such as hardware limit switches and the associated wiring expense. Due to the short reaction time following a limit overshoot, safety clearances can be reduced. Position monitoring or speed monitoring is implemented in the safety program of the control, so the user has the flexibility for implementing tailor-made safety functions. The reaction to a limit overshoot must also be specified in the safety program. This means a higher initial programming outlay, but it does offer the opportunity for initiating different fault reactions. SP SLP t 2/8 Siemens D 11 · 2015 G_D211_XX_00309 s G_D211_XX_00310 2 Safely Limited Position (SLP) © Siemens AG 2015 Highlights Safety Integrated ■ Function (continued) Basic Functions and Extended Functions The operating principle of Safety Integrated The Safety Integrated functions of the SINAMICS drive system are grouped into Basic Functions and Extended Functions. • Basic Functions - Safe Torque Off (STO) - Safe Brake Control (SBC) - Safe Stop 1 (SS1) • Extended Functions - Safe Stop 1 (SS1) with SBR or SAM - Safe Stop 2 (SS2) with SAM - Safe Operating Stop (SOS) - Safely Limited Speed (SLS) - Safe Speed Monitor (SSM) - Safe Direction (SDI) - Safely Limited Position (SLP) - Safe Position (SP) - Safe Brake Test (SBT) Two independent switch-off signal paths For the Extended Functions Safe Stop 1 (SS1) and Safe Stop 2 (SS2) with SAM, safe acceleration monitoring (SAM) is performed during braking to identify any faults already during the braking phase. If Safe Stop 1 is used as an encoderless function, a Safe Brake Ramp (SBR) can be configured as an alternative. The Basic Functions – activated via on-board terminals on the device or via PROFIsafe – do not require an encoder. Activation of the integrated safety functions The safety functions for SINAMICS drives can be activated via terminals, e.g. for use of a conventional safety circuit. For standalone safety solutions for small to medium sized applications, it is frequently sufficient that the various sensing components are directly hardwired to the drive. For integrated safety solutions, the safety-relevant sequences are generally processed and coordinated in the fail-safe SIMATIC controller. Here, the system components communicate via the PROFINET or PROFIBUS fieldbus. The safety functions are controlled via the safe PROFIsafe communication protocol. Two independent switch-off signal paths are available. All switch-off signal paths are low active. This ensures that the system is always switched to a safe state if a component fails or in the event of cable breakage. If an error is discovered in the switch-off signal paths, the Safe Torque Off or Safe Stop 1 function is activated (depending on the parameterization) and a system restart inhibited. Two-channel monitoring structure All the main hardware and software functions for Safety Integrated are implemented in two independent monitoring channels (e.g. switch-off signal paths, data management, data comparison). A cyclic crosswise comparison of the safety-relevant data in the two monitoring channels is carried out. The monitoring functions in each monitoring channel work on the principle that a defined state must prevail before each action is carried out and a specific acknowledgement must be made after each action. If these expectations of a monitoring channel are not fulfilled, the drive coasts to a standstill (two channel) and an appropriate message is output. Forced dormant error detection using test stop The functions and switch-off signal paths must be tested at least once within a defined time in order to meet requirements as per EN ISO 13849-1 and IEC 61508 in terms of timely fault detection. This must be implemented either in cyclic manual mode or the test stop must be automatically initiated as part of the process. The test stop cycle is monitored, and after a specific time has been exceeded, an alarm is output. A test stop does not require a POWER ON. The acknowledgment is set by canceling the test stop request. Examples of when forced dormant error detection must be performed: • When the drives are at a standstill after the system has been switched on • Before the protective door is opened • At defined intervals (e.g. every 8 hours) • In automatic mode, time and event-driven SINAMICS drives can be easily integrated into the plant or system topology. Safe actual value sensing with or without encoders PROFIsafe A drive monitor with encoder is necessary for operation of a series of safety functions. SINAMICS drives support the PROFIsafe profile based on PROFIBUS as well as on PROFINET. PROFIsafe is an open communications standard that supports standard and safety-related communication over the same communication path (wired or wireless). A second, separate bus system is therefore not necessary. The telegrams that are sent are continually monitored to ensure safety-relevant communication. Possible errors such as telegrams that have been lost, repeated or received in the incorrect sequence are avoided. This is done by consecutively numbering the telegrams in a safety-relevant fashion, monitoring their reception within a defined time and transferring an ID for transmitter and receiver of a telegram. A CRC (cyclic redundancy check) data security mechanism is also used. For applications with encoderless mode or with encoders that have no safety capability, the safety functions can also be implemented without encoder. It is not possible to use all safety functions in this case. The encoderless safety functions can be implemented on request for chassis format units. In operation without encoder, the actual speed values are calculated from the measured electrical actual values. Therefore, speed monitoring is also possible during operation without encoder. An encoder that is used for the purposes of motor control has no significance for the safety function here. Safety Integrated Extended Functions "without encoder" must not be used if the motor, after it has been switched off, can still be accelerated by the mechanical elements of the connected machine component. In the hoisting gear of a crane, for example, the suspended load can accelerate the motor as soon as the motor is switched off. In this case, the safety functions "without encoder" are not permitted. A horizontal conveyor, on the other hand, is always braked to a standstill due to friction as soon as the motor is switched off. In this case, the safety functions "without encoder" can be used without any restriction. Siemens D 11 · 2015 2/9 2 © Siemens AG 2015 Highlights Safety Integrated ■ Function (continued) The Safety Integrated Function Manual contains additional information about the encoderless safety functions. http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/27103700/133300 The safety functions are listed below with criteria for actual value sensing Extended Functions Functions Abbreviation With encoder Without encoder Description Safe Torque Off STO Yes Yes Safe Torque Off Safe Stop 1 SS1 Yes Yes Safe Stop according to stop category 1 Safe Brake Control SBC Yes Yes Safe Brake Control Safe Torque Off STO Yes Yes 1) Safe Torque Off Safe Stop 1 SS1 Yes Yes 1) Safe Stop according to stop category 1 Safe Brake Control SBC Yes Yes 1) Safe Brake Control Safe Operating Stop SOS Yes No Safe monitoring of the standstill position Safe Stop 2 SS2 Yes No Safe Stop according to stop category 2 Safely-Limited Speed SLS Yes Yes 1) Safe monitoring of the maximum speed Safe Speed Monitor SSM Yes Yes 1) Safe monitoring of the minimum speed Safe Direction SDI Yes Yes 1) Safe monitoring of the direction of motion Safely-Limited Position SLP Yes No Safely-limited position Safe Position SP Yes Yes Safe transfer of position values Safe Brake Test SBT Yes No Safe test of the required holding torque of a brake Safe speed/position sensing with encoder Safe actual value sensing relies on redundant evaluation of the incremental tracks A/B that supply sin/cos signals of 1 Vpp. Only encoders of the type whose A/B track signals are created and processed using purely analog techniques can be used. The encoder signals are input via the SMC20 Sensor Module CabinetMounted. In a single-encoder system, the motor encoder is used exclusively for safe actual value sensing. An incremental encoder or absolute encoder with photoelectric sampling must be used in this case. DRIVE-CLiQ For HTL/TTL incremental encoders, safe actual value sensing is achieved by using two independent encoders. The minimum possible speed resolution must also be taken into account. The encoder signals are input via the SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted. E = encoder M = motor Sensor Module (not applicable for motor with DRIVE-CLiQ interface) When motors with a DRIVECLiQ interface are used, the speed/ position actual values are generated directly in the motor as safe values and transferred to the Control Unit over a safe DRIVECLiQ communication link. The following can be used for safe speed/position sensing: • Single-encoder systems or • 2-encoder systems M E In the case of the 2-encoder system, the safe actual values for a drive are provided by two separate encoders. The actual values are transferred to the Control Unit over DRIVE-CLiQ. When motors without a DRIVE-CLiQ connection are used, a Sensor Module (SMC20/30, SME20/25/120/125) must be provided. Each measuring system requires a separate DRIVE-CLiQ connection. E = encoder M = motor Machine table M Example: Dual-encoder system DRIVE-CLiQ Sensor Module E (not applicable for motor with DRIVE-CLiQ interface) E G_D011_EN_00443 Incremental encoders or absolute encoders with photoelectric sampling are permitted for safe sensing of the position values on a drive. HTL/TTL incremental encoders may also be used. G_D011_EN_00442 2 Basic Functions For this configuration, either two HTL/TTL encoders, one dualHTL/TTL encoder or one HTL/TTL encoder and one sin/cos encoder can be used. Backlash Example: Single-encoder system 1) 2/10 Siemens D 11 · 2015 The use of this safety function without encoder is permitted only on request and only for induction motors or synchronous motors of the SIEMOSYN series. © Siemens AG 2015 Highlights Safety Integrated for SINAMICS G130 and SINAMICS G150 ■ Overview The safety functions integrated into the drive can greatly reduce the effort required to implement safety concepts. The Safety Integrated functions are executed electronically and therefore offer short response times compared to solutions with externally executed monitoring functions. Safe Brake Adapter The Safe Brake Control (SBC) function requires a Safe Brake Adapter (option K88 for SINAMICS G150). The Safe Brake Adapter enables safe control of electro-mechanical motor brakes. As an alternative to control via terminals and/or PROFIsafe, there is also the option to parameterize some safety functions without selection. In this mode, these functions are permanently selected after parameterization and a POWER ON. The Safe Brake Adapter controls 230 V AC brakes. The SBC function monitors the control of the brake, but not its mechanical system. Example: The converter controls the connected brake using the motor holding brake function. "SLS without selection" can be used, for example, to monitor the maximum speed to prevent the drive from exceeding a mechanical speed limit. An F-DI does not have to be used when using the "SLS without selection" function. External surge suppressors are not required. The cable harnesses for connection to the Power Module are included in the scope of delivery. Safety Integrated with and without encoder The brake is controlled in accordance with IEC 61508 SIL 2 and EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and Category 3. Further information is contained in the Safety Integrated Function Manual. Safe Brake Adapter AC 230 V Brake diagnostics Motor holding brake M M Licensing The Safety Integrated basic functions do not require a license. G_D213_EN_00090a The Safety Integrated basic functions STO, SBC and SS1 can be operated without encoder: two safety-capable incremental encoders (HTL or TTL) are required when using the Safety Integrated extended functions SLS, SDI and SSM. These are each connected to an SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet (for SINAMICS G150, first SMC30 option K50, second SMC30 option K52). The lowest possible velocity resolution for an HTL/TTL encoder system must be observed. Safe Brake Control (SBC) The Safety Integrated extended functions require a license for each axis with safety functions. It is irrelevant which safety functions are used and how many. The license for SINAMICS G130 can be ordered as option F01 with the memory card. Subsequent licensing is possible for the Control Unit Kit. A license required for SINAMICS G150 can be ordered at the same time as option K01. Siemens D 11 · 2015 2/11 2 © Siemens AG 2015 Highlights Safety Integrated for SINAMICS G130 and SINAMICS G150 ■ Benefits The Safety Integrated functions are fully integrated in the drive system. They can be activated as follows: • Via safety-related inputs on the power unit (basic functions) • Via safety-related inputs on the TM54F Terminal Module (extended functions) • Via PROFIBUS or PROFINET with the PROFIsafe profile (basic and extended functions) Safe Torque Off (STO) Safely Limited Speed (SLS) Comparison of conventional and integrated safety systems L+ (24 V DC) L+ (24 V DC) K1 ON ON K2 Activation of speed monitoring K1 K1 K2 K1 K2 K2 A1 Y1 Y2 13 23 33 Safe speed monitor Frequency converter Frequency converter A1 Y1 Y2 13 23 33 41 42 A2 14 24 34 II M K1 M K2 M G_D011_EN_00173 41 42 A2 14 24 34 Speed acquisition Conventional wiring K1 Shaft breakage detection K2 M EMERGENCY STOP button SS1 DRIVE-CLiQ DI Control Unit K82 F-DI F-DI G_D011_EN_00179 Conventional wiring EMERGENCY STOP button STO EP Power Module M 3~ G_D011_EN_00461 DRIVE-CLiQ SMC30 SMC30 DI Control Unit Safety-relevant Not safety-relevant F-DI F-DI Safety switch SLS TM54F EP Integrated safety engineering via fail-safe inputs Power Module M 3~ Machine encoder Motorencoder G_D011_EN_00462 2 Safety-relevant Not safety-relevant Integrated safety engineering via fail-safe inputs The TM54F Terminal Module is omitted for selection via PROFIsafe. 2/12 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 Highlights Safety Integrated for SINAMICS G130 and SINAMICS G150 ■ Function Function Activation Subordinate function Reaction to limit overshoot External setpoint specification active Encoder required 1) License required STO • EP terminals on the Power Module • Terminal Module (option K82) • PROFIsafe SBC (if activated) – No No 2) No 3) SBC • Via Safe Brake Adapter – – – No No SS1 • EP terminals on the Power Module • Terminal Module (option K82) • PROFIsafe STO following expiry of the parameterized delay time, SBC (if activated) STO Can be parameterized No No – No Basic Functions 2 Extended Functions Yes 2) Yes 3) STO • F-DI on TM54F • PROFIsafe SBC (if activated) SS1 with SBR/SAM • F-DI on TM54F • PROFIsafe Safe monitoring for accelera- STO tion (SAM - Safe Acceleration Monitor) or braking ramp monitoring (SBR) during the braking phase. STO and SBC (if activated) following expiry of the parameterized delay time or if the speed falls below the minimum speed limit Can be parameterized No Yes SLS encoderless • F-DI on TM54F • PROFIsafe • Permanent activation – STO, SS1 (can be parameterized) Yes No Yes SLS • F-DI on TM54F • PROFIsafe • Permanent activation – STO, SS1 (can be parameterized) Yes Yes Yes SSM • Always active, if configured – Signals that the speed Yes has fallen below a specified value No Yes SDI • F-DI on TM54F • PROFIsafe • Permanent activation – STO, SS1 (can be parameterized) Yes No Yes SBT • F-DI on TM54F • PROFIsafe – Signals test result. Alarm if test fails Yes Yes Yes 1) The encoderless safety extended functions can be implemented only on request. 2) Activation via terminals on the TM54F requires an encoder. 3) Activation via terminals on the TM54F requires a license. Siemens D 11 · 2015 2/13 © Siemens AG 2015 Highlights Energy efficiency classes in accordance with EN 50598 ■ Overview Step by step to more efficiency The standard is especially important for variable-speed drives of the following types: • for AC/AC converters without energy recovery functionality • for motors with integrated converters • for supply voltages of 100 V to 1000 V • for powers of 0.12 kW to 1000 kW To cover all applications of driven machines, the new standard defines operating points in full-load and partial-load operation, at which the losses of the motor and drive systems have to be determined. Based on the loss data at the operating points in partial-load operation, variable-speed drives can be explicitly considered in more detail. This makes their advantages especially clear. 2/14 Siemens D 11 · 2015 % Relative torque 50 25 50 Relative speed Hoisting gear, extruders, conveyor belts % 100 Load torque M = constant 100 % G_D011_EN_00467 The European standard series EN 50598 defines the ecodesign requirements for drive systems in the low-voltage range with an electrically driven machine. It consists of definitions for energy efficiency (parts 1 and 2) and an ecobalance calculation (part 3). To take account of the different use cases, consideration of eight application-relevant operating points has been introduced as mandatory for the first time. Determination of loss values at these eight points and definition of efficiency classes are laid down by the standard in a uniform way. Data relevant to operation, such as application-specific load profiles, can now be taken into account more easily in the energy efficiency analysis. Load torque M ~ n2 100 50 Relative torque However, measures aimed solely at the motor are not enough to achieve the mandatory energy-saving targets. The European legislation fills this gap with the standard series EN 50598 and extends the focus from individual drive components to entire drive systems, even enabling consideration of specific use cases. Centrifugal pumps, fans 25 % 50 Relative speed Winders, coilers 100 Load torque M ~ 1/n 100 % 50 Relative torque 2 One of the core objectives of the European Union is a sustainable power industry. In industrial plants today, around 70 % of the power demand is from electrically driven systems. This high percentage contains huge potential for saving energy in electrical drives. For that reason, the European Union introduced minimum requirements for the energy efficiency of electric motors in the form of a statutory motor regulation as early as 2011. 25 50 Relative speed % 100 Duty cycles for different driven machines Moreover, frequency converters and motor systems are classified in efficiency classes, which permit an initial rough estimate of the potential saving. Definition of reference systems is a key aspect of this because they provide standard reference values. The positioning of these reference systems defines the efficiency class and the relative distance from the reference system can be used as an absolute measure of the efficiency at the operating point in question. © Siemens AG 2015 Highlights Energy efficiency classes in accordance with EN 50598 ■ Overview (continued) The more detailed loss analysis of EN 50598, on the other hand, is aimed at speed-controlled operation and therefore now also includes motors especially designed for converter operation in the energy analysis. These were previously not covered by the applicable standards. Moreover, a loss analysis over the entire setting and load range of the motor is possible. This is done in accordance with the standard EN 50598 with typical values. For holistic consideration, it is essential to include all the relevant components of a drive system. The EN 50598 standard defines this in detail. The standardized expression of power loss data as a percentage makes comparison considerably easier and more transparent. The method also makes it possible to consider a motor that produces a holding torque at speed zero, for example. In this case, the efficiency is zero, but a power loss from current producing magnetization and holding torque does occur. In summary, the key advantage of standard EN 50598 is the ability to perform the energy analysis of an electrical drive system based on standardized load profiles in all operating ranges due to uniform general conditions. This provides the user with complete transparency irrespective of the manufacturer. Establishing efficiency classes of frequency converters (Complete Drive Modules CDM) To avoid overmodulation and to ensure comparability between makes, which cannot be achieved otherwise, the efficiency classes of CDMs refer to the 90/100 operating point (90 % motor stator frequency, 100 % torque current). Standard EN 50598-2 defines the relative losses of a CDM in efficiency classes IE0 to IE2. With reference to the value of a CDM of efficiency class IE1 (reference converter), a CDM of efficiency class IE2 has 25 % lower losses and a CDM of efficiency class IE0 has 25 % higher losses. Determination of the efficiency classes IE0 to IE2 100 p CDM(0, 100) p CDM(50, 100) p CDM(90, 100) p CDM(0, 50) p CDM(50, 50) p CDM (90, 50) p CDM (0, 25) p CDM (50, 25) % 50 25 G_D011_EN_00468 For motors, the efficiency consideration was previously only defined for operation without a converter at 50/60 Hz. It provides a good way of comparing the energy efficiency of motors from different manufacturers for this use case. Operating points for CDMs Relative torque current Advantages of the detailed loss consideration of EN 50598 over the previous consideration of efficiencies and maximum loss values 0 0 50 % Relative motor stator frequency p CDM (90, 100) p RCDM(90, 100) IE0 90 100 25% greater losses than reference value 125% Reference value (reference converter) 100% IE1 Reference value ±25% IE2 25% lower losses than reference value 75% 50% Complete Drive Module (CDM) – determining the efficiency class Establishing the efficiency classes of drive systems (Power Drive Systems PDS) What is possible for the individual systems, of course, also applies to the entire electrical PDS (frequency converter plus motor). Detailed comparisons are now possible at this level, too. The reference values for the reference system provide clear indications of the energy performance of the PDS. Because targeted matching of the motor and CDM provides additional potential for optimization in electrical drive systems, it is especially important for the user to consider the entire drive system. For the efficiency class of a PDS, too, a specific load point is defined. In this case, the reference point used is the 100/100 operating point (100 % motor stator frequency, 100 % torque). Standard EN 50598-2 defines the relative losses of a PDS in efficiency classes IES0 to IES2. With reference to the value of a PDS of efficiency class IES1 (reference drive), a PDS of efficiency class IES2 has 20 % lower losses and a PDS of efficiency class IES0 has 20 % higher losses. Siemens D 11 · 2015 2/15 2 © Siemens AG 2015 Highlights Energy efficiency classes in accordance with EN 50598 ■ Overview (continued) Operating points for PDS CDM losses (Complete Drive Modules, frequency converters) Motor losses p RM (100, 100) 100 2 100 p CDM (50, 100) p CDM (90, 100) p CDM (0, 50) p CDM (50, 50) p CDM (90, 50) p CDM (0, 25) p CDM (50, 25) % Relative torque current % Relative torque current p CDM (0, 100) 50 25 50 25 0 0 0 50 0 % 100 Relative speed 50 % Relative motor stator frequency PDS losses (Power Drive System) 100 p PDS (0, 100) p PDS (50, 100) p PDS (100, 100) p PDS (0, 50) p PDS (50, 50) p PDS (100, 50) p PDS (0, 25) p PDS (50, 25) G_D011_EN_00469 Determination of the efficiency classes IES0 to IES2 Relative torque % 50 25 0 0 50 p PDS (100, 100) p RPDS (100, 100) % 90 100 Relative speed IES0 20% greater losses than reference value 120% Reference value (reference system = reference converter + reference motor) 100% Power Drive System (PDS) – determining the efficiency class ■ More information Power loss data of SINAMICS converters for single-axis drives are available on the Internet at http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/94059311 Further information on current laws and standards, new standards, and mandatory guidelines is available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/legislation-and-standards Siemens D 11 · 2015 Reference value ±20% IES2 20% lower losses than reference value 80% 50% 2/16 IES1 90 100 © Siemens AG 2015 Highlights Communication ■ Overview Communication overview Digital bus systems are commonly used in industrial automation today. These handle communication between the control level, the machine control, the sensors and actuators. The SINAMICS product family offers integrated communication interfaces in all product groups – which can be used to connect the most important fieldbus systems in the simplest possible way. 2 Die Control Unit CU320-2 bietet folgende Möglichkeiten: • PROFINET - PROFINET RT - PROFINET IRT (isochronous) - PROFINET IRT (not isochronous) - PROFINET Shared Device - PROFINET media redundancy MRP (surge prone) - PROFINET media redundancy MRPD (surge free) - PROFIsafe - PROFIenergy - PROFIdrive application class 1 - PROFIdrive application class 3 - PROFIdrive application class 4 • PROFIBUS DP - PROFIBUS DP equidistance and isochronous mode - PROFIBUS DP peer-to-peer communication • USS • EtherNet/IP • CANopen • Websever Siemens D 11 · 2015 2/17 © Siemens AG 2015 Highlights Communication > PROFIBUS DP master class 2 ■ Overview Devices of this type (programming, configuring or operator control devices) are used during commissioning, for configuring the DP system, for diagnostics or for operating the active plant or system. A DP master class 2 can, for example, read input, output, diagnostic and configuration data of the slaves. DP slave 2 G_PM10_XX_00144 PROFIBUS – the most successful open fieldbus in the automation environment The requirements of users for an open, non-proprietary communication system have resulted in the specification and standardization of the PROFIBUS protocol. PROFIBUS defines the technical and functional features of a serial fieldbus system, with which the distributed field automation devices in the lower area (sensor/actuator level) can be networked up to the mid performance range (cell level). Standardization according to IEC 61158/EN 50170 secures your investments for the future. Using the conformity and interoperability test performed by the test laboratories authorized by PROFIBUS & PROFINET International (PI) and the certification of the devices by PI, users have the security of knowing that the quality and functionality is guaranteed, even in multi-vendor installations. PROFIBUS versions Three different PROFIBUS versions have been defined in order to comply with the widely differing requirements at the field level: PROFIBUS FMS (Fieldbus Message Specification) – the universal solution for communication tasks at the field and cell levels in the industrial communication hierarchy. PROFIBUS PA (Process Automation) – the version for applications in process automation. PROFIBUS PA uses the intrinsically safe transmission technology specified in IEC 61158-2. PROFIBUS DP (Distributed Periphery) – this version, which is optimized for speed, is specifically tailored to the communication of automation systems with distributed I/O stations and drives. PROFIBUS DP sets itself apart as a result of very short response times and high noise immunity, and replaces cost-intensive, parallel signal transfer with 24 V and measured value transfer utilizing 0/4 … 20 mA technology. ■ Design Bus participants on PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS DP makes a distinction between two different master classes and one slave class: DP master class 1 For PROFIBUS DP, DP master class 1 is the central component. In a defined and continually repeating message cycle the central master station exchanges information with distributed stations (DP slaves). A DP slave is an I/O device which receives output information or setpoints from the DP master, and as response, returns input information, measured values and actual values to the DP master. A DP slave never sends data automatically, but only when requested by the DP master. The quantity of input and output information depends on the device, and for each DP slave in each send direction can be a maximum of 244 bytes. ■ Function Functional scope in DP masters and DP slaves The functional scope can differ between DP masters and DP slaves. The different functional scopes are classified as DP-V0, DP-V1 and DP-V2. DP-V0 communication functions The DP-V0 master functions consist of "Configuration", "Parameter Assignment" and "Reading Diagnostics Data", as well as cyclic reading of input data/actual values and writing output data/ setpoints. DP-V1 communication functions The DP-V1 function expansions make it possible to perform acyclic read and write functions as well as processing cyclic data communication. This type of slave must be supplied with extensive parameterization data during start-up and during normal operation. These acyclically transferred parameterization data are only rarely changed in comparison to the cyclic setpoints, actual values, and measured values, and are transferred at lower priority in parallel with the cyclic high-speed user data transfer. Detailed diagnostic information can be transferred in the same way. DP-V2 communication functions The extended DP-V2 master functions mainly comprise functions for isochronous operation and direct data exchange between DP slaves. • Isochronous mode: Isochronous mode is implemented by means of an equidistant signal in the bus system. This cyclic, equidistant clock signal is sent by the DP master to all bus nodes in the form of a global control frame. Master and slaves can then synchronize their applications with this signal. The signal jitter between cycles is less than 1 μs. • Slave-to-slave: The "publisher/subscriber" model is used to implement slaveto-slave communication. Slaves declared as publishers make their input data/actual values and measured values available to other slaves, the subscribers, for reading. This is done by sending the response frame to the master as a broadcast. Slave-to-slave communication is therefore a cyclic process. PROFIBUS with SINAMICS SINAMICS uses the PROFIBUS DP protocol. The SINAMICS drives can only be used as DP slaves. 2/18 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 Highlights Communication > Industrial Ethernet ■ Overview ■ Design Industrial Ethernet with SINAMICS S SINAMICS S provides Control Units and Communication Boards with PROFINET interface based on 100 Mbit/s Ethernet. This means that process communication in real-time, as well as engineering and HMI via standard TCP/IP are simultaneously possible. Ethernet is the basic Internet technology for worldwide networking. The wide variety of options of Intranet and Internet, that have long been available in the office environment, are now being made available to factory automation with Industrial Ethernet. Apart from the use of information technology, the deployment of distributed automation systems is also on the increase. This means the breakdown of complex control tasks into smaller, manageable and drive-based control systems. This in turn is boosting the demand for communication which necessitates an extensive and powerful communication system. Industrial Ethernet provides a powerful area and cell network for the industrial field, compliant with the IEEE 802.3 (ETHERNET) standard. ■ Benefits Ethernet enables a very fast data transfer (10/100 Mbit/s, 1/10 Gbit/s) and at the same time has full-duplex capability. It therefore provides an ideal basis for communication tasks in the industrial field. With a share of over 90%, Ethernet is the number one network worldwide and offers important features which have essential advantages: • Fast commissioning thanks to extremely simple connection method • High availability since existing networks can be extended without any adverse effects • Almost unlimited communication performance because scalable performance is available through switching technology and high data rates when required • Networking of different application areas such as office and production areas • Company-wide communication based on wide area network (WAN) technology or the Internet • Protection of investment due to continuous and compatible development • Wireless communication using industrial wireless LAN The CU310-2 und CU320-2 Control Units have an additional Ethernet interface at the front so that service and engineering tasks can be performed very easily. Communication with SINAMICS S over Industrial Ethernet PG/OP/PC communication PG/OP/PC communication is performed using protocols which are based on the basic TCP/IP protocol. • Engineering and diagnostics with STARTER IT communication IT communication is performed using protocols which are based on the basic TCP/IP protocol. The most important IT protocols are: • HTTP/HTTPS: Hypertext Transfer Protocol Using a standard Internet browser, it is possible to retrieve predefined Web pages containing diagnostic information from the device. Furthermore, user-defined web pages containing information defined by the user can be stored in the device. • SNMP: Simple Network Management Protocol In order to make Ethernet suitable for industrial applications, considerable expansions with respect to functionality and design are required: • Network components for use in harsh industrial environments • Fast assembly of the RJ45 connectors • Fail-safety through redundancy • Expanded diagnostics and message concept • Use of future-oriented network components (e.g. switches) SIMATIC NET offers corresponding network components and products. Siemens D 11 · 2015 2/19 2 © Siemens AG 2015 Highlights Communication > PROFINET ■ Overview PROFINET – the Ethernet standard for automation PROFINET is the world's leading Industrial Ethernet standard for automation with more that three million nodes installed worldwide. PROFINET makes companies more successful, because it speeds up processes and raises both productivity and plant availability. 2 G_D211_XX_00050 Your advantages at a glance Tailor-made plant concepts Efficiency Optimal use of resources Increased productivity Industrial Wireless LAN One cable for all purposes Speed Safety Device/network diagnostics High precision Flexible topologies Energy efficiency Large quantity structures Open standard Easy cabling High transmission rate Web tools Fast device replacement Redundancy Expandability Ruggedness/stability Fast start-up Flexibility Short response times and optimized processes are the basic requirements for competitiveness in global markets because the product lifecycles are increasingly becoming shorter. PROFINET ensures maximum flexibility in plant structures and production processes and enables innovative machine and plant concepts to be implemented. For example, mobile devices can also be integrated at locations that are difficult to access. Flexible topologies In addition to the linear structure characterized by the established fieldbuses, PROFINET also enables the use of star, tree and ring structures. This is made possible by the switching technology via active network components, such as Industrial Ethernet switches and media converters, or by integrating switch functionality into the field devices. This creates greater flexibility for the planning of machines and plants, as well as reducing the cabling requirements. The PROFINET network can be installed without any specialist knowledge at all and meets all requirements that are relevant in the industrial environment. The PROFINET Guideline "Cabling and Interconnection Technology" supports manufacturers and users during network installation. Symmetrical copper cables or RFI-resistant fiber-optic cables are used, depending on the application. Devices from different manufacturers are easily connected via standardized and rugged plug connectors (up to IP65/IP67 degree of protection). 2/20 Performance Siemens D 11 · 2015 G_IK10_XX_10304 Flexibility By integrating switch functionality into the devices, linear structures can be created that are directly oriented toward an existing machine or plant structure. This reduces cabling overhead and cuts down on components such as external switches. IWLAN PROFINET also supports wireless communication with Industrial Wireless LAN, opening up new fields of application. For example, technologies subject to wear, such as trailing cables, can be replaced and the use of automated guided vehicle systems and mobile operator terminals becomes possible. Safety The PROFIsafe safety profile, which has been tried and tested with PROFIBUS and which permits the transmission of standard and safety-related data on a single bus cable, can also be used with PROFINET. No special network components are necessary for fail-safe communication, which means that standard switches and standard network transitions can continue to be used without any restrictions. In addition, fail-safe communication is equally possible via Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN). Open standard PROFINET, the open multi-vendor standard (IEC 61158/ IEC 61784), is supported by PROFIBUS and PROFINET International (PI). It stands for maximum transparency, open IT communication, network security and simultaneous real-time communication. © Siemens AG 2015 Highlights Communication > PROFINET ■ Overview (continued) Thanks to its openness, PROFINET provides the basis for a standardized automation network in the plant, to which all other machines and devices can be connected. Even the integration of existing plant components, for example with PROFIBUS, presents no problems due to the use of network transitions. Use of Web tools Thanks to the unrestricted support of TCP/IP, PROFINET permits the use of standard Web services in the device, such as Web servers. Irrespective of the tool used, information from the automation level can be accessed from virtually any location using a commercially available Internet browser. This considerably simplifies commissioning and diagnostics. Users can then decide for themselves how much openness to the IT world they want to allow for their machine or plant. This means that PROFINET can be used simply as an isolated plant network or connected via appropriate security modules, such as the SCALANCE S modules, to the office network or the Internet. In this way, new remote maintenance concepts or the high-speed exchange of production data become possible. Expandability On the one hand, PROFINET facilitates the integration of existing systems and networks without any great effort or expense. In this way, PROFINET safeguards investments in existing plant components that communicate via PROFIBUS and other fieldbuses such as AS-Interface. On the other hand, additional PROFINET nodes can be added at any time. By using additional network components, network infrastructures can be expanded using cabling or wireless methods – even while the plant is operating. Efficiency Greater global competition means that companies must use their resources economically and efficiently. This applies in particular to production. This is where PROFINET ensures greater efficiency. Simple engineering guarantees fast commissioning, while reliable devices ensure a high level of plant availability. Comprehensive diagnostic and maintenance concepts help to reduce plant downtimes and keep maintenance costs to a minimum. One cable for everything PROFINET permits simultaneous fieldbus communication with isochronous mode and standard IT communication (TCP/IP) on one cable. This real-time communication for the transmission of the user/process data and diagnostic data takes place on a single cable. Specific profile communication (PROFIsafe, PROFIdrive and PROFIenergy) can be integrated without any additional cabling. This solution offers a wide scope of functions at a low level of complexity. Device and network diagnostics By retaining the tried and tested PROFIBUS device model, the same diagnostics information is available with PROFINET. In addition, module- and channel-specific data can also be read out from the devices during device diagnosis, enabling faults to be located quickly and easily. Apart from the availability of device information, the reliability of the network operation has top priority in the network management. In existing networks the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) has established itself as the de facto standard for the maintenance and monitoring of the network components and their functions. PROFINET uses this standard and gives users the opportunity to maintain their networks with tools that are familiar to them, such as the SINEMA Server network management software. For easier maintenance of PROFINET devices, both on-site and remotely via a secure VPN connection, application-specific websites can be set up on the integrated Web server of the field devices using the familiar HTML standard. Energy efficiency En route to the green factory: PROFIenergy is a profile that provides functions and mechanisms for PROFINET field devices that support energy-efficient production. The profile, which is defined by the PNO and is independent of any manufacturers or devices, enables the energy demand and costs to be significantly reduced: Using PROFIenergy, any specific loads that are not currently being used can be switched off. This achieves a noticeable reduction in energy costs during breaks in production. PROFIenergy permits the simple, automated activation and deactivation of technologically related plant components. It is coordinated centrally by means of a higher-level controller and is networked via PROFINET. This ensures that as much energy as possible is saved during longer breaks. Temporarily switching off plant components contributes to the even distribution and most efficient use of energy. The use of PROFIenergy is made easy for the machine builder by its integration into familiar series of products. In addition, PROFIenergy is defined in such a way that the necessary function blocks can easily be integrated into existing automation systems at a later stage. Simple wiring Particularly stringent demands are made on the installation of cabling in the industrial environment. In addition, there is a requirement to set up industry-standard networks in the shortest possible time without any special knowledge. With FastConnect, Siemens is offering a high-speed installation system that meets all of these requirements. FastConnect is the standard-compliant, industrial cabling system consisting of cables, connectors and assembly tools for PROFINET networks. The time required for connecting terminals is minimized by the simple installation method using just a single tool, while installation errors are prevented by the practical color-coding. Both copper cables and glass fiber optic cables can be easily assembled on site. Fast device replacement PROFINET devices are identified by means of a name assigned during configuration. On replacing a defective device, a new device can be recognized from its topology information by the IO controller and a new name can be assigned to it automatically. This means that no engineering tool is necessary for the replacement of equipment. This mechanism can even be used for the initial commissioning of a complete system. This speeds up commissioning, particularly in the case of series machines. Ruggedness An automation network must be robustly protected against external sources of interference. The use of Switched Ethernet prevents faults in one part of the network from affecting the entire plant network. For areas that are particularly prone to radio frequency interference (RFI), PROFINET allows the use of fiber optic cables. Siemens D 11 · 2015 2/21 2 © Siemens AG 2015 Highlights Communication > PROFINET Performance 2 Productivity and product quality determine the level of success in the market. Precise motion control, dynamic drives, highspeed controllers and the deterministic synchronization of devices are therefore key factors in achieving superior production. They facilitate high production rates and optimum product quality at the same time. Speed and precision Fast motion control applications demand precise and deterministic exchange of data. This is implemented by means of drive controllers using isochronous real time (IRT). With IRT and isochronous mode, PROFINET permits fast and deterministic communication. This synchronizes the various cycles of a system (input, network, CPU processing and output), even in the case of parallel TCP/IP traffic. The short cycle times of PROFINET make it possible to raise the productivity of machines and plants and to guarantee the product quality and high level of precision. Media redundancy A higher plant availability can be achieved with a redundant installation (ring topology). The media redundancy can be implemented not only with the aid of external switches, but also by means of integrated PROFINET interfaces. Using the media redundancy protocol (MRP), reconfiguration times of 200 ms can be achieved. If the communication is interrupted in just one part of the ring installation this means that a plant standstill is prevented and any necessary maintenance or repair work can be performed without any time pressure. For motion control applications, PROFINET IRT in ring topologies offers the extended media redundancy for planned duplication (MRPD) which operates in a bumpless mode without any reconfiguration time. If communication is interrupted (e.g. a cable break) the process can continue operating without interruption. Until now, the functionality has only been supported by SIMOTION, SINAMICS and SCALANCE X200IRT. SIMOTION D4x5-2 The standardized PROFIdrive profile permits vendor-independent communication between CPUs and drives. SIMOTION C240 PN Large quantity structures The use of PROFINET makes it possible to overcome the existing restrictions regarding the scope of machines and systems that can be implemented. In one network, several different controllers can interact with their assigned field devices. The number of field devices per PROFINET network is virtually unlimited – the entire range of IP addresses is available. SINAMICS S120 SIMOTION D4x5-2 PROFINET High data rate By using 100 Mbit/s in full duplex mode, PROFINET achieves a significantly higher data rate than previous fieldbuses. This means that other plant data can be transmitted over TCP/IP without any problems, in addition to the process data. PROFINET therefore meets the combined industrial demands for simultaneously transmitting high-speed IO data and large volumes of data for additional sections of the application. Even the transmission of large volumes of data, such as that from cameras, has no adverse effect on the speed and precision of the IO data transmission, thanks to PROFINET mechanisms. Switch SCALANCE X200IRT SINAMICS S120 G_D211_XX_00294 ■ Overview (continued) Bumpless media redundancy illustrated by example of SINAMICS S120 with SIMOTION and SCALANCE X200IRT ■ Benefits • PROFINET is the open Industrial Ethernet standard for automation • PROFINET is based on Industrial Ethernet • PROFINET uses TCP/IP and IT standards • PROFINET is real-time Ethernet • PROFINET enables seamless integration of fieldbus systems • PROFINET supports fail-safe communication via PROFIsafe and also via IWLAN ■ More information Further information is available at www.siemens.com/profinet 2/22 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 Highlights Communication > PROFIdrive ■ Overview PROFIdrive – the standardized drive interface for PROFINET and PROFIBUS PROFIdrive defines the device behavior and technique to access internal device data for electric drives connected to PROFINET and PROFIBUS – from basic frequency inverters up to high-performance servo controllers. It describes in detail the practical use of communication functions – slave-to-slave data transfer, equidistance and clock cycle synchronization (isochronous mode) in drive applications. In addition, it specifies all device characteristics which influence interfaces connected to a controller over PROFINET or PROFIBUS. This also includes the state machine (sequence control), the encoder interface, scaling of values, definition of standard telegrams, access to drive parameters etc. The PROFIdrive profile supports both central as well as distributed motion control concepts. What are profiles? For devices and systems used in automation technology, profiles define properties and modes of behavior. This allows manufacturers and users to define common standards. Devices and systems that comply with such a cross-manufacturer profile, are interoperable on a fieldbus and, to a certain degree, can be interchanged. Are there different types of profiles? A distinction is made between what are known as application profiles (general or specific) and system profiles: • Application profiles (also device profiles) predominantly refer to devices (e.g. drives) and include and agreed selection regarding bus communication as well as also specific device applications. • System profiles describe classes of systems, including master functionality, program interfaces and integration resources. Is PROFIdrive fit for the future? PROFIdrive has been specified by the PROFIBUS and PROFINET International (PI) user organization, and is specified as a standard that is fit for the future through standard IEC 61800-7. One drive profile – different application classes The integration of drives into automation solutions depends very strongly on the particular drive application. In order to be able to address the complete, huge bandwidth of drive applications – from basic frequency inverters up to synchronized multi-axis systems with a high dynamic performance – using just one profile, PROFIdrive defines six application classes, to which most drive applications can be assigned: • Class 1 – standard drives (for example pumps, fans, agitators etc..) • Class 2 – standard drives with technological functions • Class 3 – positioning drives • Class 4 – motion control drives with central, higher-level motion control intelligence and patented position control concept "dynamic servo control" • Class 5 – motion control drives with central, higher-level motion control intelligence and position setpoint interface • Class 6 – motion control drives with distributed motion control intelligence integrated in the drives themselves ■ Design The device model of PROFIdrive PROFIdrive defines a device model based on function modules which cooperate in the device and generate the intelligence of the drive system. These modules have objects assigned to them which are described in the profile and are defined with respect to their functions. The overall functionality of a drive is therefore described through the sum of its parameters. In contrast to other drive profiles, PROFIdrive defines only the access mechanisms to the parameters as well as a subset of profile parameters (approx. 30) such as the fault buffer, drive control and device identification. All other parameters are vendor-specific which gives drive manufacturers great flexibility with respect to implementing function modules. The elements of a parameter are accessed acyclically via data records. As a communication protocol, PROFIdrive uses DP-V0, DP-V1, and the DP-V2 expansions for PROFIBUS including the functions "Slave-to-Slave Communication" and "Isochronous Operation", or PROFINET IO with real-time classes RT and IRT. The basic philosophy: Keep it simple Application Class 4 The PROFIdrive profile tries to keep the drive interface as simple as possible and free from technology functions. As a result of this philosophy, referencing models as well as the functionality and performance of the PROFINET/PROFIBUS master have either no influence or only a low influence on the drive interface. Automation Technology Interpolation Pos. Control Clock G_PM10_EN_00133 Control Word + Speed Setpoint + ... Status Word + Actual Position ... Clock synchronism Drive Drive Drive Closed Loop Speed Ctrl. Closed Loop Speed Ctrl. Closed Loop Speed Ctrl. M M M Encoder Encoder Encoder ■ More information Further information on PROFINET and PROFIBUS is available at www.profibus.com See under Download / Technical description & books / PROFIdrive – Technology and Application - System Description Siemens D 11 · 2015 2/23 2 © Siemens AG 2015 Highlights Communication > CANopen ■ Overview 2 CANopen is a communication protocol based on CAN physical characteristics, which is predominantly used in the automation industry and for networking within complex devices. Originally conceived as a fieldbus for networking devices in motion control applications such as handling systems, CANopen has since established itself in the field of medical engineering, vehicle automation, rail and ship networking as well as building automation. Interoperability of CANopen is ensured through the use of application and device profiles, whereby the wide range of options offered by the bus specification enables an appropriate, precise selection to be made for the application or device in question. Furthermore, inverters with CANopen support the "CiA 402 Electrical Drives" device profile. Communication > EtherNet/IP ■ Overview Ethernet Industrial Protocol (EtherNet/IP) is an open standard for industrial networks. EtherNet/IP is used to transmit cyclic I/O data and acyclic parameter data. EtherNet/IP was developed by Rockwell Automation and the ODVA (Open DeviceNet Vendor 2/24 Siemens D 11 · 2015 Association), and belongs to the standardized international standard series IEC 61158. EtherNet/IP is a popular communication standard, particularly in the American market and in the Rockwell controllers environment. 3 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units 3/2 Overview 3/3 Benefits 3/3 Application 3/3 Design 3/6 Function 3/8 3/8 Technical specifications General technical specifications 3/10 3/10 Characteristic curves Derating data 3/12 Overload capability 3/13 Power Modules 3/21 3/21 3/24 3/26 3/30 Line-side power components Line filters Line Harmonics Filters Line reactors Recommended line-side system components 3/32 3/32 3/35 DC link components Braking Modules Braking resistors 3/37 3/37 3/41 3/46 3/50 Load-side power component Motor reactors du/dt filters plus VPL du/dt filters compact plus VPL Sine-wave filters 3/52 CU320-2 Control Unit and Control Unit Kit 3/55 CompactFlash card for CU320-2 3/56 3/56 3/57 3/59 3/60 3/61 3/63 3/66 3/69 3/71 3/73 3/75 3/76 Supplementary system components BOP20 Basic Operator Panel AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel CBC10 Communication Board CBE20 Communication Board TB30 Terminal Board TM31 Terminal Module TM54F Terminal Module TM150 Terminal Module VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module Safe Brake Adapter SBA SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted Signal cables Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units 75 kW to 800 kW ■ Overview The SINAMICS G130 is a converter that can be combined very flexibly with the associated system components and installed into customer-specific control cabinets or directly into machines. SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units are available for the following voltages and power ratings: Line voltage Power 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 110 ... 560 kW 500 ... 600 V 3 AC 110 ... 560 kW 660 ... 690 V 3 AC 75 ... 800 kW A wide range of add-on electrical components allow the drive system to be optimized for specific requirements. Configuration and commissioning are greatly simplified by predefined interfaces. 3 The control accuracy of the sensorless vector control is suitable for most applications, which means that an additional actual speed value encoder is not required. However, encoder evaluation units are available for the SINAMICS G130 converters so that they can address applications that require an encoder for plant-specific reasons. Communication between the Control Unit, the Power Module and other active SINAMICS components is performed via DRIVE-CLiQ, the drive's internal interface. The DRIVE-CLiQ connections, which are available as pre-assembled cables of different lengths, allow a complete converter system to be put together quickly. SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units, frame sizes FX and HX 3/2 Siemens D 11 · 2015 For communication with the process control system, with the CU320-2 Control Unit either a PROFIBUS or a PROFINET interface is available as standard. The interface can also be expanded with digital and analog inputs and outputs. The TM31 Terminal Module and TB30 Terminal Board are provided for this purpose. Additional expansion cards can also be installed to allow communication via CANopen or EtherNet/IP. © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units 75 kW to 800 kW ■ Benefits • Particularly quiet and compact converters due to the use of state-of-the-art IGBT power semiconductors and an innovative cooling concept. • Individual modules and power components can be replaced quickly and easily, which ensures a higher level of plant availability. Replaceable components have been designed so that they can be quickly and easily replaced. In addition, the "Spares On Web" Internet tool makes it easy to view the spare parts that are available for the particular order (www.siemens.com/sow). • Easily integration in automation solutions by means of a standard communications interface as well as a range of analog and digital interfaces. • Simple commissioning and parameterization using interactive menus on the AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel with graphic LCD and plain-text display, or PC-supported using the STARTER commissioning tool (www.siemens.com/starter). • Preset software functions make it easier to adapt the converter to the individual plant. • All components, from individual parts to the ready-to-connect cabinet, undergo rigorous testing throughout the entire production process. This guarantees a high level of functional reliability during installation and commissioning, as well as in operation. ■ Application Variable-speed drives are ideal for all applications that involve moving, conveying, pumping or compressing solids, liquids or gases. This means the following applications in particular: • Pumps and fans • Compressors ■ Design The SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units provide machine builders and plant constructors with a modular drive system that can be tailored to specific applications. SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units mainly consist of the following modular, stand-alone components: • Power Module • Control Unit They may be located separately from one another or combined in a single unit. The Power Module contains a slot for the Control Unit. The Power Modules are supplied with a DRIVE-CLiQ cable for communication and a cable for the 24 V supply to the Control Unit. These cables are pre-assembled for installing the Control Unit in the Power Module. If the two units are installed in separate locations, the cables must be ordered in the appropriate lengths. The AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel and the numeric BOP20 Basic Operator Panel can be used for commissioning and local operation. Predefined interfaces, via terminal block or the CU320-2 Control Unit with either PROFIBUS or PROFINET, make commissioning and control of the drive much easier. The interfaces of the CU320-2 Control Unit can be supplemented with add-on modules, such as the plug-in TB30 Terminal Board or the TM31 Terminal Module. If further customer interfaces are required for the communication with the drive, an external 24 V supply must be provided. The following two figures provide assistance when assembling the required converter components. The first figure shows the design and individual components of a SINAMICS G130 drive. The second figure is a flowchart containing the decision and selection criteria required for the individual components. • Extruders and mixers • Mills Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/3 3 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units 75 kW to 800 kW ■ Design (continued) 3 AC supply Connection system Line-side power components e.g. Signal cables • •• • • •• • Switch disconnectors Line contactors Line filters Line reactors Line Harmonics Filters SINAMICS G130 components 3 Control Unit Kit Power Modules CU320-2 Control Unit with CompactFlash card Supplementary system components e.g. Terminal Board Terminal Module Sensor Module Advanced Operator Panel PROFINET board CANopen board DC link components Braking Modules with braking resistors Motor-side power components Motor reactors Sine-wave filters dv/dt-filter plus VPL dv/dt-filter compact plus VPL G_D011_EN_00163b Motors 3/4 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units 75 kW to 800 kW ■ Design (continued) 1 Page Configuration start No Power Module 6SL3310-1G...-.AA3 Large reduction of lowfrequency line harmonic distortions Yes No Slight reduction of lowfrequency line harmonic distortions Yes No Line Harmonics Filter 3/24 Line reactor 3/26 No Current > 800 A No Switching/disconnecting element Yes No Fuse-switch disconnector Page 3/30 Fuses Page 3/31 Contactor Page 3/30 Installation acc. to EN 61800-3 1st environment Switching/disconnecting element Power switch Yes Line filter No Interface expansion with DI/DO and AI/AO No No No CAN bus connection PROFINET IO connection SINAMICS Link, EtherNet/IP Operator panel for Control Unit Operator panel for cabinet mounting No No Interface expansion with DI/DO and AI/AO Interface expansion with DI/DO and AI/AO G_D011_EN_00129d Yes Yes 3/21 Control of the Safety Integrated extended functions via F-DI/F-DO No No No 3/59 CBE20 * 3/60 BOP20 Safe Brake Control (SBC) 3/76 Yes SMC30 * 3/75 DRIVE-CLiQ cable pre-assembled x meters 3/76 Large reduction of the voltage load on the motor winding AOP30 3/57 No Large reduction of the voltage load on the motor winding Serial plug-in cable pre-assembled x meters 3/76 No Infeed of almost sinusoidal voltage at the motor 3/63 DRIVE-CLiQ cable pre-assembled x meters 3/76 No Additional TM31 * 3/63 DRIVE-CLiQ cable pre-assembled x meters 3/76 VSM10 * 3/71 DRIVE-CLiQ cable pre-assembled x meters 3/76 Yes TM54F * 3/66 DRIVE-CLiQ cable pre-assembled x meters 3/76 3/75 3/76 Yes 3/73 No TM31 * Yes Connecting cable between SBA and Control Interface Module 3/56 Yes DRIVE-CLiQ cable pre-assembled x meters 3/73 Slight reduction of the voltage load on the motor winding Yes 3/69 SBA Safe Brake Adapter, 230 V AC No Yes TM150 * Safe actual value acquisition via Yes HTL/TTL encoder for Safety Integrated 2nd SMC30 * Extended functions DRIVE-CLiQ cable pre-assembled x meters 3/61 CBC10 * Yes Yes 3/30 3/55 TB30 Terminal Board Measurement of the line or motor voltage, flying restart Yes 3/52 Control Unit and Control Unit Kit CU320-2 CompactFlash card No Speed measurement Yes Yes No No Temperature sensor evaluation 3/13 No Page Braking operation required Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Motor reactor 3/37 dv/dt filter plus VPL 3/41 dv/dt filter compact plus VPL 3/46 Sine-wave filter 3/50 Braking Module 3/32 Braking resistor 3/35 Configuration end 1 Note: The use of an external 24 V supply must be checked for the components marked with *. For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual. Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/5 3 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units 75 kW to 800 kW ■ Design (continued) Coated modules The following converter components are equipped as standard with coated modules: • Power Modules • Control Units • Sensor Modules • Terminal Modules • Advanced Operator Panel (AOP30) The coating on the modules protects the sensitive SMD components against corrosive gases, chemically active dust and moisture. Nickel-plated busbars 3 All copper busbars of the Power Modules are nickel-plated in order to achieve the best possible immunity to environmental effects. The bare copper connections also do not have to be cleaned for customer connections. 3/6 Siemens D 11 · 2015 ■ Function Communication with higher-level controller and customer terminal block A PROFIBUS or PROFINET communication interface is provided as standard on the CU320-2 Control Unit for use as a customer interface to the controller; there are also expansions such as the TM31 Terminal Module, the TB30 Terminal Board and modules to support CANopen or EtherNet/IP communication. These interfaces can be used to connect the system to the higher-level controller using analog and digital signals, or to connect additional devices. To simplify configuration and commissioning of the drive, the TM31 Terminal Module can be preset with a variety of factory settings. For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual. Open-loop and closed-loop control functions The converter control contains a high-quality vector control with speed and current control as well as motor and converter protection. © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units 75 kW to 800 kW ■ Function (continued) Software and protective functions The software functions available as standard are described below: Software and protective functions Description Setpoint specification The setpoint can be specified both internally and externally; internally as a fixed setpoint, motorized potentiometer setpoint or jog setpoint, externally via the communications interface or an analog input on the customer terminal block. The internal fixed setpoint and the motorized potentiometer setpoint can be switched or adjusted via control commands from any interface. Motor identification The automatic motor identification function makes commissioning faster and easier and optimizes closed-loop control of the drive. Ramp-function generator A user-friendly ramp-function generator with separately adjustable ramp-up and ramp-down times, together with adjustable rounding times in the lower and upper speed ranges, allows the drive to be smoothly accelerated and braked. As a consequence, this avoids the drive train from being overloaded and reduces the stress on mechanical components. The down ramps can be parameterized separately for quick stop. Vdc max controller The Vdc max controller automatically prevents overvoltages in the DC link, if the set down ramp is too short, for example. This may also extend the set ramp-down time. Vdc_min control For brief line supply failures, the kinetic energy of the rotating drive is used to buffer the DC link and therefore prevents fault trips. The converter remains operational as long as the drive can provide regenerative energy as a result of its motion and the DC-link voltage does not drop below the shutdown threshold. When the line supply recovers within this time, the drive is again accelerated up to its speed setpoint. Automatic restart 1) The automatic restart switches the drive on again when the power is restored after a power failure, and ramps up to the current speed setpoint. Flying restart 1) The flying restart function allows the converter to be switched to a motor that is still turning. With the voltage sensing capability provided by the optional VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module, the flying restart time for large induction motors can be significantly reduced because the motor does not need to be de-magnetized. Technology controller The technology controller function module allows simple control functions to be implemented, e.g. level control or volumetric flow control. The technology controller is designed as a PID controller. The differentiator can be switched to the control deviation channel or to the actual value channel (factory setting). The P, I, and D components can be set separately. Free function blocks Using the freely programmable function blocks, it is easy to implement logic and arithmetic functions for controlling the SINAMICS G130. The blocks can be programmed by means of an operator panel or the STARTER commissioning tool. Drive Control Chart (DCC) Drive Control Chart (DCC) is an additional tool for the easy configuration of technology functions for the SINAMICS G130. The block library contains a large selection of control, arithmetic and logic blocks as well as extensive openloop and closed-loop control functions. The user-friendly DCC editor enables easy graphics-based configuration, allows control loop structures to be clearly represented and provides a high degree of reusability of charts that have already been created. DCC is an add-on to the STARTER commissioning tool. I²t detection for motor protection A motor model stored in the converter software calculates the motor temperature based on the current speed and load. More exact measurement of the temperature, which also takes into account the influence of the ambient temperature, is possible by means of direct temperature measurement using KTY84 sensors in the motor winding. Motor temperature evaluation Motor protection by evaluating a KTY84, PTC or Pt100 temperature sensor. When a KTY84 sensor is connected, the limit values can be set for alarm or trip. When a PTC thermistor is connected, the system reaction to triggering of the thermistor (alarm or trip) can be defined. Motor blocking protection A blocked motor is detected and protected against thermal overloading by a fault trip. Essential service mode Special converter operating mode that increases the availability of the drive system, e.g. in the event of a fire. Bypass This circuit allows the motor to be operated via the converter or directly on the line supply. Brake control "Simple brake control" for control of holding brakes: The holding brake is used to secure drives against unwanted motion when deactivated. "Extended brake control" function module for complex brake control, e.g. for motor holding brakes and operational brakes: When braking with a feedback signal, the brake control reacts to the feedback signal contacts of the brake. Write protection Write protection to prevent unintentional changing of the setting parameters (without password function). Know-how protection Know-how protection for encrypting stored data, e.g. to protect configuration know-how, and to protect against changes and duplication (with password function). Web server The integrated web server provides information about the drive unit via its web pages. The web server is accessed using an Internet browser via unsecured (http) or secured transmission (https). Power unit protection Description Ground fault monitoring at the output A ground fault at the output is detected by a total current monitor and results in shutdown in grounded systems. Electronic short-circuit protection at the output A short-circuit at the output (e.g. at the converter output terminals, in the motor cable or in the motor terminal box) is detected and the converter shuts down with a "fault". Thermal overload protection An alarm is issued first when the overtemperature threshold responds. If the temperature rises further, the device either shuts down or independently adjusts the pulse frequency or output current so that a reduction in the thermal load is achieved. Once the cause of the fault has been eliminated (e.g. cooling has been improved), the original operating values are automatically resumed. 1) Factory setting: Not activated (can be parameterized). Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/7 3 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units 75 kW to 800 kW ■ Technical specifications The most important directives and standards are listed below. These are used as basis for the SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units and they must be carefully observed to achieve an EMC-compliant configuration that is safe both functionally and in operation. European directives Low-voltage directive: 2006/95/EC Directive of the European Parliament and Council of December 12, 2006, on the approximation of the laws of the member states relating to electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits Machinery directive: 2006/42/EC Directive of the European Parliament and Council of May 17, 2006 on machinery and for changing Directive 95/16/EC (amendment) 2004/108/EC 3 EMC directive: Directive of the European Parliament and Council of December 15, 2004, which repeals directive 89/336/EEC, on the approximation of laws of the member states relating to electromagnetic compatibility European standards EN ISO 3744 Acoustics – Determination of the sound power level and sound energy level for noise sources that result from sound pressure measurements – envelope surface procedure of the accuracy class 2 for a largely free sound field over a reflecting plane EN ISO 13849-1 Safety of machinery – Safety-related parts of control systems Part 1: General design principles (ISO 13849-1:2006) (replaced EN 954-1) EN 60146-1-1 Semiconductor converters – General requirements and line-commutated converters Part 1-1: Specification of basic requirements EN 60204-1 Electrical equipment of machines Part 1: General definitions EN 60529 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code) EN 61508-1 Functional safety of electrical/electronic/programmable electronic safety-related systems Part 1: General requirements EN 61800-2 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 2: General requirements – Rating specifications for the measurement of low-voltage adjustable frequency AC power drive systems Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems EN 61800-3 Part 3: EMC product standard including special test procedure EN 61800-5-1 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 5: Safety requirements Main section 1: Electrical and thermal requirements EN 61800-5-2 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 5-2: Safety requirements – Functional safety (IEC 61800-5-2:2007) North American standards UL508A Industrial Control Panels UL508C Power Conversion Equipment CSA C22.2 No. 14 Industrial Control Equipment Approvals cULus, cURus Testing by UL (Underwriters Laboratories, www.ul.com) according to UL and CSA standards Certification marks: (see Approvals) General technical specifications Electrical specifications Line voltages and power ranges • 380 ... 480 V 3 AC ±10% (-15% <1 min) 110 ... 560 kW • 500 ... 600 V 3 AC ±10% (-15% <1 min) 110 ... 560 kW • 660 ... 690 V 3 AC ±10% (-15% <1 min) 75 ... 800 kW Line system configurations Grounded TN/TT systems or ungrounded IT systems (a grounded line conductor is not permissible in 690 V line supplies) Line frequency 47 ... 63 Hz Output frequency 0 ... 550 Hz1) Line power factor • Fundamental • Total > 0.96 0.75 ... 0.93 Efficiency > 98% Overvoltage category III according to EN 61800-5-1 3/8 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units 75 kW to 800 kW ■ Technical specifications (continued) Electrical specifications (continued) Rated short-circuit current according to IEC, in conjunction with the specified fuses • 1.1 … 447 kW • 448 ... 671 kW • 672 ... 1193 kW • > 1194 kW 65 kA 84 kA 170 kA 200 kA Rated short-circuit current SCCR (Short Circuit Current Rating) according to UL508C (up to 600 V), in conjunction with the specified fuses or circuit breakers • 1.1 … 447 kW • 448 ... 671 kW • 672 ... 1193 kW • > 1194 kW 65 kA 84 kA 170 kA 200 kA Control method Vector control with and without encoder or V/f control Fixed speeds 15 fixed speeds plus 1 minimum speed, parameterizable (in the default setting, 3 fixed setpoints plus 1 minimum speed are selectable using terminal block / PROFIBUS) Speed ranges that can be skipped 4, parameterizable Setpoint resolution 0.001 rpm digital 3 12-bit analog Braking operation By means of additional Braking Modules and braking resistors Mechanical specifications Degree of protection IP00 or IP20 depending on type Protection class I according to EN 61800-5-1 Touch protection EN 50274 / BGV A3 when used for the intended purpose Cooling method Forced air cooling AF according to EN 60146 Ambient conditions Storage Transport Ambient temperature -25 ... +55° C -25 ... +70° C 0 ... +40° C as of -40° C for 24 hours up to +55° C see derating data 5 ... 95% at 40° C 5 ... 95% Relative humidity (condensation not permissible) 5 ... 95% Operation Class 1K4 according to EN 60721-3-1 Class 2K3 according to EN 60721-3-2 Class 3K3 according to EN 60721-3-3 Environmental class / harmful chemical substances Class 1C2 according to EN 60721-3-1 Class 2C2 according to EN 60721-3-2 Class 3C2 according to EN 60721-3-3 Organic/biological influences Class 1B1 according to EN 60721-3-1 Class 2B1 according to EN 60721-3-2 Class 3B1 according to EN 60721-3-3 Degree of pollution 2 according to EN 61800-5-1 Installation altitude Up to 2000 m above sea level without derating; > 2000 m see derating data Mechanical stability Storage Transport Operation Vibratory load • Deflection • Acceleration 1.5 mm at 5 ... 9 Hz 5 m/s2 at > 9 ... 200 Hz 3.1 mm at 5 ... 9 Hz 10 m/s2 at > 9 ... 200 Hz 0.075 mm at 10 ... 58 Hz 10 m/s2 at > 58 … 200 Hz Class 1M2 according to EN 60721-3-1 Class 2M2 according to EN 60721-3-2 – Shock load • Acceleration 40 m/s2 for 22 ms 100 m/s2 for 11 ms 100 m/s2 for 11 ms Class 1M2 according to EN 60721-3-1 Class 2M2 according to EN 60721-3-2 Class 3M4 according to EN 60721-3-3 Compliance with standards CE marking According to EMC Directive No. 2004/108/EC and Low Voltage Directive No. 2006/95/EC and Machinery Directive No. 2006/42/EC for functional safety. Radio interference suppression The SINAMICS G130 converter systems are not designed for connection to the public power network ("first environment"). Radio interference suppression is compliant with the EMC product standard for variable-speed drives EN 61800-3, "Second environment" (industrial networks). EMC disturbances can occur when connected to the public power networks. However, if additional measures are taken (e.g. line filter), it can also be operated in the "first environment". 2) Approvals cULus (only for 380 ... 480 V 3 AC and 500 ... 600 V 3 AC) Deviations from the specified classes are underlined. 1) The output frequency is also affected by the selected control method and the pulse frequency. For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual. 2) Applies to motor cable lengths < 100 m. Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/9 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units 75 kW to 800 kW ■ Characteristic curves Derating data SINAMICS G130 built-in units and the associated system components are rated for an ambient temperature of 40° C and installation altitudes up to 2000 m above sea level. At ambient temperatures > 40° C, the output current must be reduced. Ambient temperatures above 55° C are not permissible. At installation altitudes > 2000 m above sea level, it must be taken into account that the air pressure, and therefore air density, decreases as the height increases. As a consequence, the cooling efficiency and the insulation capacity of the air also decrease. 3 Due to the reduced cooling efficiency, it is necessary, on the one hand, to reduce the ambient temperature and on the other hand, to reduce the heat loss in the built-in unit by reducing the output current, whereby ambient temperatures lower than 40° C may be offset to compensate. The following table lists the permissible output currents depending on the installation altitude and ambient temperature. The specified values already include a permitted compensation in respect of installation altitude and ambient temperatures < 40° C (temperature at the air intake of the built-in unit). The values apply under the precondition that a cooling air flow through the devices is guaranteed as specified in the technical specifications. As additional measure for installation altitudes from 2000 m up to 5000 m, an isolating transformer is required in order to reduce transient overvoltages according to EN 60664-1. For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual. Current derating factors for built-in units depending on the ambient / air intake temperature and the installation altitude Installation altitude above sea level Current derating factor (as a percentage of the rated current) for an ambient / air intake temperature of m 20 °C 25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 0 ... 2000 2001 ... 2500 96.3 % 2501 ... 3000 100 % 98.7 % 3001 ... 3500 3501 ... 4000 96.3 % 4001 ... 4500 4501 ... 5000 3/10 97.5 % 98.2 % Siemens D 11 · 2015 45 °C 50 °C 55 °C 93.3 % 86.7 % 80 % © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units 75 kW to 800 kW ■ Characteristic curves (continued) Current derating depending on the pulse frequency To reduce motor noise or to increase output frequency, the pulse frequency can be increased relative to the factory setting (1.25 kHz or 2 kHz). When the pulse frequency is increased, the derating factor of the output current must be taken into account. This derating factor must be applied to the currents specified in the technical specifications. For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual. Derating factor of the output current depending on the pulse frequency for devices with a rated pulse frequency of 2 kHz Article No. Output current Derating factor at 2 kHz for pulse frequency kW A 2.5 kHz 4 kHz 5 kHz 7,5 kHz 8 kHz 1GE32-1AA3 110 210 95 % 82 % 74 % 54 % 50 % 1GE32-6AA3 132 260 95 % 83 % 74 % 54 % 50 % 1GE33-1AA3 160 310 97 % 88 % 78 % 54 % 50 % 1GE33-8AA3 200 380 96 % 87 % 77 % 54 % 50 % 1GE35-0AA3 250 490 94 % 78 % 71 % 53 % 50 % 6SL3310-... Type rating 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 3 Derating factor of the output current depending on the pulse frequency for devices with a rated pulse frequency of 1.25 kHz Article No. Output current Derating factor at 1.25 kHz for pulse frequency kW A 2 kHz 2.5 kHz 4 kHz 5 kHz 7.5 kHz 1GE36-1AA3 315 605 83 % 72 % 64 % 60 % 40 % 1GE37-5AA3 400 745 83 % 72 % 64 % 60 % 40 % 1GE38-4AA3 450 840 87 % 79 % 64 % 55 % 40 % 1GE41-0AA3 560 985 92 % 87 % 70 % 60 % 50 % 1GF31-8AA3 110 175 92 % 87 % 70 % 60 % 40 % 1GF32-2AA3 132 215 92 % 87 % 70 % 60 % 40 % 1GF32-6AA3 160 260 92 % 88 % 71 % 60 % 40 % 1GF33-3AA3 200 330 89 % 82 % 65 % 55 % 40 % 1GF34-1AA3 250 410 89 % 82 % 65 % 55 % 35 % 1GF34-7AA3 315 465 92 % 87 % 67 % 55 % 35 % 1GF35-8AA3 400 575 91 % 85 % 64 % 50 % 30 % 1GF37-4AA3 500 735 87 % 79 % 64 % 55 % 35 % 1GF38-1AA3 560 810 83 % 72 % 61 % 55 % 35 % 1GH28-5AA3 75 85 93 % 89 % 71 % 60 % 40 % 1GH31-0AA3 90 100 92 % 88 % 71 % 60 % 40 % 1GH31-2AA3 110 120 92 % 88 % 71 % 60 % 40 % 1GH31-5AA3 132 150 90 % 84 % 66 % 55 % 35 % 1GH31-8AA3 160 175 92 % 87 % 70 % 60 % 40 % 1GH32-2AA3 200 215 92 % 87 % 70 % 60 % 40 % 1GH32-6AA3 250 260 92 % 88 % 71 % 60 % 40 % 1GH33-3AA3 315 330 89 % 82 % 65 % 55 % 40 % 1GH34-1AA3 400 410 89 % 82 % 65 % 55 % 35 % 1GH34-7AA3 450 465 92 % 87 % 67 % 55 % 35 % 1GH35-8AA3 560 575 91 % 85 % 64 % 50 % 35 % 1GH37-4AA3 710 735 87 % 79 % 64 % 55 % 35 % 1GH38-1AA3 800 810 83 % 72 % 61 % 55 % 35 % 6SL3310-... Type rating 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 500 ... 600 V 3 AC 660 ... 690 V 3 AC Note: The derating factors for pulse frequencies in the range between the specified fixed values can be determined by linear interpolation. Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/11 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units 75 kW to 800 kW ■ Characteristic curves (continued) ■ More information Overload capability Documentation The SINAMICS G130 converters have an overload reserve in order to overcome breakaway torques, for example. If larger surge loads occur, this must be taken into account in the configuration. For drives with overload requirements, the appropriate base load current must, therefore, be used as a basis for the required load. The device documentation consists of the following parts: • Operating instructions • Spare parts list • Device-specific dimension drawings, layout diagrams, circuit and terminal diagrams The criterion for overload is that the drive is operated with its base load current before and after the overload occurs on the basis of a duty cycle duration of 300 s. The documentation is available in English, French, German, Italian and Spanish. The base load current for a low overload IL is based on a duty cycle of 110% for 60 s or 150% for 10 s. Converter current 10 s 1.5 x IL Short-time current 150 % Short-time current 110 % Rated current (continuous) Base-load current IL for low overload 1.1 x IL G_D213_EN_00035 Irated IL 60 s 300 s t Low overload Converter current 10 s 1.6 x IH Short-time current 160 % 1.5 x IH Short-time current 150 % Rated current (continuous) Base-load current IH for high overload Irated IH G_D213_EN_00036 3 The base load current for a high overload IH is based on a duty cycle of 150% for 60 s or 160% for 10 s. 60 s 300 s t High overload 3/12 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Power Modules ■ Overview The scope of supply of the Power Modules includes: • 1 DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the Control Unit • 1 set of warning labels in 30 languages (BG, CN, CZ, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI, FR, GB, GR, HU, IE, IS, IT, JP, KR, LT, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, RU, SE, SI, SK, TR) ■ Selection and ordering data Type rating at 50 Hz 400 V, 500 V or 690 V at 60 Hz 460 V or 575 V kW hp Rated output current Power Module A Article No. 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 110 150 210 6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3 132 200 260 6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3 160 250 310 6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3 200 300 380 6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3 250 400 490 6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3 315 500 605 6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3 400 600 745 6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3 450 700 840 6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3 560 800 985 6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3 500 ... 600 V 3 AC The Power Module contains: • The line-side 6-pulse rectifier • The DC-link capacitors • The inverter in IGBT technology • The associated control and monitoring electronics • The precharging circuit for the DC link • The control and power supply for the fans in the Power Module ■ Design As standard, the Power Module has the following interfaces: • 1 line supply connection • 1 motor connection • 1 connection for Braking Module • 1 connection for dv/dt filter or dv/dt filter compact plus VPL • 1 connection for external 24 V DC supply • 24 V power supply (max. 2.5 A) for - CU320-2 Control Unit - AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel - Further DRIVE-CLiQ components • 3 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets • 1 temperature sensor input (KTY84-130, PTC or Pt100) • 1 connection for Safe Brake Adapter • 1 connection for Safety Integrated • 2 PE connections 110 150 175 6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3 132 200 215 6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3 160 250 260 6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3 200 300 330 6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3 250 400 410 6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3 315 450 465 6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3 400 600 575 6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3 500 700 735 6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3 560 800 810 6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3 75 85 6SL3310-1GH28-5AA3 90 100 6SL3310-1GH31-0AA3 110 120 6SL3310-1GH31-2AA3 132 150 6SL3310-1GH31-5AA3 160 175 6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3 200 215 6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3 250 260 6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3 315 330 6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3 400 410 6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3 450 465 6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3 560 575 6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3 710 735 6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3 800 810 6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3 660 ... 690 V 3 AC Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market. DRIVE-CLiQ cables for connections to further DRIVE-CLiQ devices can be ordered pre-assembled and cut to length as required (see Section Supplementary system components → Signal cables). Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/13 3 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Power Modules ■ Integration The Power Module communicates with the CU320-2 Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ and receives its control information via this route. 1 Connection for an external 24 V supply 2 Reserved PE2 3 Connection for the control of a main contactor U1 U2 4 V1 V2 Connection for a temperature sensor, KTY84-130, PTC or Pt100 for motor monitoring W1 W2 5 Connection for the safety functions 6 24 V outputs for the voltage supply of the CU320-2 Control Unit as well as any existing AOP30, Terminal Modules and Sensor Modules 7 Connection for Safe Brake Adapter Power Module DCPS PE1 DCPA DCNA -X400 -X100 DRIVE-CLiQ socket 0 -X401 -X500 DRIVE-CLiQ socket 1 DRIVE-CLiQ socket Control Unit CU320-2 Serial interface RS232 CIM Control Interface Module DRIVE-CLiQ sockets 1st Terminal Module TM31 -X140 -X540 -X501 -X500 Operator Panel AOP30 Serial interface RS232 DRIVE-CLiQ socket 2nd Terminal Module TM31 G_D011_EN_00464 -X402 -X500 DRIVE-CLiQ socket DRIVE-CLiQ socket 2 1 3 4 2 5 6 3 Siemens D 11 · 2015 1 2 3 5 4 1 2 3 6 7 FB input - FB input + BR output - BR output + M L P24 M L P24 EP M1 - Temp 4 Connection example of a Power Module 3/14 1 -X46 2 2 -X42 1 3 -X41 4 EP + 24 V + Temp HS2 HS1 Res. Res. P24_1 M_1 Sensor Module SMC30 -X9 3 DCNS 4 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Power Modules ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Power Modules 6SL33101GE32-1AA3 6SL33101GE32-6AA3 6SL33101GE33-1AA3 6SL33101GE33-8AA3 6SL33101GE35-0AA3 Type rating • For IL at 50 Hz 400 V 1) • For IH at 50 Hz 400 V 1) • For IL at 60 Hz 460 V 2) • For IH at 60 Hz 460 V 2) kW kW hp hp 110 90 150 150 132 110 200 200 160 132 250 200 200 160 300 250 250 200 400 350 Output current • Rated current In • Base-load current IL3) • Base-load current IH4) A A A 210 205 178 260 250 233 310 302 277 380 370 340 490 477 438 Input current • Rated input current A A • Input current, max. • Current requirement, 24 V DC auxiliary A power supply 5) 229 335 0.8 284 410 0.8 338 495 0.9 395 606 0.9 509 781 0.9 Minimum short-circuit current 6) A 3000 3600 4400 4400 8000 Power loss, max. 7) • At 50 Hz 400 V • At 60 Hz 460 V kW kW 2.4 2.6 3.2 3.3 3.9 4.4 4.3 4.9 5.6 6.1 Cooling air requirement m3/s 0.17 0.23 0.36 0.36 0.36 Cable length, max. between Power Module and motor 8) • Shielded • Unshielded m m 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 64/67 64/67 69/73 69/73 69/73 M10 screw M10 screw M10 screw M10 screw M10 screw 2 × 185 2 × 185 2 × 240 2 × 240 2 × 240 M10 screw M10 screw M10 screw M10 screw M10 screw mm2 2 × 185 2 × 185 2 × 240 2 × 240 2 × 240 PE1/GND connection • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) mm2 M10 screw 2 × 185 M10 screw 2 × 185 M10 screw 2 × 240 M10 screw 2 × 240 M10 screw 2 × 240 PE2/GND connection • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) mm2 M10 screw 2 × 185 M10 screw 2 × 185 M10 screw 2 × 240 M10 screw 2 × 240 M10 screw 2 × 240 Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 326 1400 356 326 1400 356 326 1533 545 326 1533 545 326 1533 545 Weight, approx. kg 104 104 176 176 176 FX FX GX GX GX Degree of protection Sound pressure level LpA dB 3 (1 m) at 50/60 Hz Line connection U1, V1, W1 • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) Motor connection U2/T1, V2/T2, W2/T3 • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) Frame size mm2 Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market. 1) Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH for 3 AC 50 Hz 400 V. 2) Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH for 3 AC 60 Hz 460 V. 3) 4) The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 110% for 60 s or 150% for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s (see Technical specifications → Overload capability) 5) If the auxiliary supply is to be fed in separately from the load supply, e.g. if the control should be able to continue communication when the line voltage fails 6) The minimum current required to reliably trigger 3NE1 protective devices. 7) The specified power losses are the maximum values for a utilization of 100%. The values are lower under normal operating condition. 8) Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request. The base-load current IH is based on a load cycle of 150% for 60 s or 160% for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s (see Technical specifications → Overload capability). Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/15 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Power Modules ■ Technical specifications (continued) Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 3 Power Modules 6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3 6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3 6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3 6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3 kW kW hp hp 315 250 500 350 400 315 600 450 450 400 700 600 560 450 800 700 A A A 605 590 460 745 725 570 840 820 700 985 960 860 Input current • Rated input current A • Input current, max. A • Current requirement, 24 V DC auxiliary A 5) power supply 629 967 1 775 1188 1 873 1344 1 1024 1573 1.25 Minimum short-circuit current 6) A 10000 10500 16000 18400 Power loss, max. 7) • At 50 Hz 400 V • At 60 Hz 460 V kW kW 7.2 8.1 8.5 9.4 9.1 10.2 12.7 14.5 Cooling air requirement m3/s 0.78 0.78 0.78 1.48 Cable length, max. between Power Module and motor 8) • Shielded • Unshielded m m 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 70/73 70/73 70/73 72/75 2 × M12 screws 2 × M12 screws 2 × M12 screws 3 × M12 screws 4 × 240 4 × 240 4 × 240 6 × 240 2 × M12 screws 2 × M12 screws 2 × M12 screws 3 × M12 screws 4 × 240 4 × 240 4 × 240 6 × 240 M12 screw 2 × 240 M12 screw 2 × 240 2 × M12 screws 4 × 240 Type rating • For IL at 50 Hz 400 V 1) • For IH at 50 Hz 400 V 1) • For IL at 60 Hz 460 V 2) • For IH at 60 Hz 460 V 2) Output current • Rated current In • Base-load current IL3) • Base-load current IH4) Degree of protection Sound pressure level LpA dB (1 m) at 50/60 Hz Line connection U1, V1, W1 • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) Motor connection U2/T1, V2/T2, W2/T3 • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) mm mm 2 2 PE1/GND connection • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) mm2 M12 screw 2 × 240 PE2/GND connection • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) mm2 2 × M12 screws 4 × 240 2 × M12 screws 4 × 240 2 × M12 screws 4 × 240 3 × M12 screws 6 × 240 Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 503 1506 540 503 1506 540 503 1506 540 909 1510 540 Weight, approx. kg 294 294 294 530 HX HX HX JX Frame size Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market. 1) Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH for 3 AC 50 Hz 400 V. 2) Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH for 3 AC 60 Hz 460 V. 3) The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 110% for 60 s or 150% for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s (see Technical specifications → Overload capability). 4) The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 150% for 60 s or 160% for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s (see Technical specifications → Overload capability). 3/16 Siemens D 11 · 2015 5) If the auxiliary supply is to be fed in separately from the load supply, e.g. if the control should be able to continue communication when the line voltage fails. 6) The minimum current required to reliably trigger 3NE1 protective devices. 7) The specified power losses are the maximum values for a utilization of 100%. The values are lower under normal operating conditions. 8) Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request. © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Power Modules ■ Technical specifications (continued) Line voltage 500 ... 600 V 3 AC Power Modules 6SL33101GF31-8AA3 6SL33101GF32-2AA3 6SL33101GF32-6AA3 6SL33101GF33-3AA3 6SL33101GF34-1AA3 Type rating • For IL at 50 Hz 500 V 1) • For IH at 50 Hz 500 V 1) • For IL at 60 Hz 575 V 2) • For IH at 60 Hz 575 V 2) kW kW hp hp 110 90 150 150 132 110 200 200 160 132 250 200 200 160 300 250 250 200 400 350 Output current • Rated current In • Base-load current IL3) • Base-load current IH4) A A A 175 171 157 215 208 192 260 250 233 330 320 280 410 400 367 Input current • Rated input current A • Input current, max. A • Current requirement, 24 V DC auxiliary A 5) power supply 191 279 0.9 224 341 0.9 270 410 0.9 343 525 0.9 426 655 1 Minimum short-circuit current 6) A 2400 3000 3600 5200 5200 Power loss, max. 7) • At 50 Hz 500 V • At 60 Hz 575 V kW kW 2.8 3.2 3.2 3.6 3.7 4.1 4.6 5.1 6.1 7.1 Cooling air requirement m3/s 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.78 Cable length, max. between Power Module and motor 8) • Shielded • Unshielded m m 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP00 69/73 69/73 69/73 69/73 70/73 M10 screw M10 screw M10 screw M10 screw 2 × M12 screws 2 × 240 2 × 240 2 × 240 2 × 240 4 × 240 M10 screw M10 screw M10 screw M10 screw 2 × M12 screws 2 × 240 2 × 240 2 × 240 2 × 240 4 × 240 M10 screw 2 × 240 M10 screw 2 × 240 M10 screw 2 × 240 M12 screw 2 × 240 Degree of protection Sound pressure level LpA dB 3 (1 m) at 50/60 Hz Line connection U1, V1, W1 • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) Motor connection U2/T1, V2/T2, W2/T3 • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) mm mm 2 2 PE1/GND connection • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) mm2 M10 screw 2 × 240 PE2/GND connection • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) mm2 M10 screw 2 × 240 M10 screw 2 × 240 M10 screw 2 × 240 M10 screw 2 × 240 2 x M12 screws 4 × 240 Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 326 1533 545 326 1533 545 326 1533 545 326 1533 545 503 1506 540 Weight, approx. kg 176 176 176 176 294 GX GX GX GX HX Frame size Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market. 1) Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH for 3 AC 50 Hz 500 V. 2) Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH for 3 AC 60 Hz 575 V. 3) The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 110% for 60 s or 150% for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s (see Technical specifications → Overload capability). 4) The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 150% for 60 s or 160% for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s (see Technical specifications → Overload capability). 5) If the auxiliary supply is to be fed in separately from the load supply, e.g. if the control should be able to continue communication when the line voltage fails. 6) The minimum current required to reliably trigger 3NE1 protective devices. 7) The specified power losses are the maximum values for a utilization of 100%. The values are lower under normal operating conditions. 8) Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request. Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/17 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Power Modules ■ Technical specifications (continued) Line voltage 500 ... 600 V 3 AC 3 Power Modules 6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3 6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3 6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3 6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3 kW kW hp hp 315 250 450 450 400 315 600 500 500 450 700 700 560 500 800 700 A A A 465 452 416 575 560 514 735 710 657 810 790 724 Input current • Rated input current A • Input current, max. A • Current requirement, 24 V DC auxiliary A 5) power supply 483 740 1 598 918 1 764 1164 1.25 842 1295 1.25 Minimum short-circuit current 6) A 6200 8400 10500 10400 Power loss, max. 7) • At 50 Hz 500 V • At 60 Hz 575 V kW kW 6.7 7.7 7.9 8.9 11 12.9 12.1 14 Cooling air requirement m3/s 0.78 0.78 1.48 1.48 Cable length, max. between Power Module and motor 8) • Shielded • Unshielded m m 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 70/73 70/73 73/75 73/75 2 × M12 screws 2 × M12 screws 3 × M12 screws 3 × M12 screws 4 × 240 4 × 240 6 × 240 6 × 240 2 × M12 screws 2 × M12 screws 3 × M12 screws 3 × M12 screws 4 × 240 4 × 240 6 × 240 6 × 240 M12 screw 2 × 240 2 × M12 screws 4 × 240 2 × M12 screws 4 × 240 Type rating • For IL at 50 Hz 500 V 1) • For IH at 50 Hz 500 V 1) • For IL at 60 Hz 575 V 2) • For IH at 60 Hz 575 V 2) Output current • Rated current In • Base-load current IL3) • Base-load current IH4) Degree of protection Sound pressure level LpA dB (1 m) at 50/60 Hz Line connection U1, V1, W1 • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) Motor connection U2/T1, V2/T2, W2/T3 • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) mm mm 2 2 PE1/GND connection • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) mm2 M12 screw 2 × 240 PE2/GND connection • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) mm2 2 × M12 screws 4 × 240 2 × M12 screws 4 × 240 3 × M12 screws 6 × 240 3 × M12 screws 6 × 240 Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 503 1506 540 503 1506 540 909 1510 540 909 1510 540 Weight, approx. kg 294 294 530 530 HX HX JX JX Frame size Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market. 1) Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH for 3 AC 50 Hz 500 V. 2) Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH for 3 AC 60 Hz 575 V. 3) The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 110% for 60 s or 150% for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s (see Technical specifications → Overload capability). 4) The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 150% for 60 s or 160% for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s (see Technical specifications → Overload capability). 3/18 Siemens D 11 · 2015 5) If the auxiliary supply is to be fed in separately from the load supply, e.g. if the control should be able to continue communication when the line voltage fails. 6) The minimum current required to reliably trigger 3NE1 protective devices. 7) The specified power losses are the maximum values for a utilization of 100%. The values are lower under normal operating conditions. 8) Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request. © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Power Modules ■ Technical specifications (continued) Line voltage 660 ... 690 V 3 AC Power Modules 6SL33101GH28-5AA3 6SL33101GH31-0AA3 6SL33101GH31-2AA3 6SL33101GH31-5AA3 6SL33101GH31-8AA3 6SL33101GH32-2AA3 Type rating • For IL at 50 Hz 690 V 1) • For IH at 50 Hz 690 V 1) kW kW 75 55 90 75 110 90 132 110 160 132 200 160 Output current • Rated current In • Base-load current IL 2) • Base-load current IH 3) A A A 85 80 76 100 95 89 120 115 107 150 142 134 175 171 157 215 208 192 Input current • Rated input current A • Input current, max. A • Current requirement, 24 V DC auxiliary A power supply 4) 93 131 0.8 109 155 0.8 131 188 0.8 164 232 0.8 191 279 0.9 224 341 0.9 Minimum short-circuit current 5) A 1050 1050 1200 1600 2400 3000 Heat loss, max. 6) at 50 Hz 690 V kW 1.3 1.6 1.8 2.3 3 3.5 Cooling air requirement m3/s 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.36 0.36 Cable length, max. between Power Module and motor 7) • Shielded • Unshielded m m 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 64/67 64/67 64/67 64/67 69/73 69/73 M10 screw M10 screw M10 screw M10 screw M10 screw M10 screw 2 × 185 2 × 185 2 × 185 2 × 185 2 × 240 2 × 240 M10 screw M10 screw M10 screw M10 screw M10 screw M10 screw 2 × 185 2 × 185 2 × 185 2 × 185 2 × 240 2 × 240 M10 screw 2 × 185 M10 screw 2 × 185 M10 screw 2 × 185 M10 screw 2 × 240 M10 screw 2 × 240 Degree of protection Sound pressure level LpA dB 3 (1 m) at 50/60 Hz Line connection U1, V1, W1 • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) Motor connection U2/T1, V2/T2, W2/T3 • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) mm2 mm 2 PE1/GND connection • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) mm2 M10 screw 2 × 185 PE2/GND connection • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) mm2 M10 screw 2 × 185 M10 screw 2 × 185 M10 screw 2 × 185 M10 screw 2 × 185 M10 screw 2 × 240 M10 screw 2 × 240 Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 326 1400 356 326 1400 356 326 1400 356 326 1400 356 326 1533 545 326 1533 545 Weight, approx. kg 104 104 104 104 176 176 FX FX FX FX GX GX Frame size Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market. 1) Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH for 3 AC 50 Hz 640 V. 2) The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 110% for 60 s or 150% for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s 3) The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 150% for 60 s or 160% for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s (see Technical specifications → Overload capability). 4) N:\_Laufende_Aufträge\EM_LP_MK&CS_2_3\01_Kataloge\PI_3VA_FR_201 5\06_Korrekturläufe\04_Freigabe_Kunde\an_Kunde\3VA_gesamt_DRAFT _2015-08-17.pdfIf the auxiliary supply is to be fed in separately from the load supply, e.g. if the control should be able to continue communication when the line voltage fails. 5) The minimum current required to reliably trigger 3NE1 protective devices. 6) The specified power losses are the maximum values for a utilization of 100%. The values are lower under normal operating conditions. 7) Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request. Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/19 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Power Modules ■ Technical specifications (continued) Line voltage 660 ... 690 V 3 AC 3 Power Modules 6SL33101GH32-6AA3 6SL33101GH33-3AA3 6SL33101GH34-1AA3 6SL33101GH34-7AA3 6SL33101GH35-8AA3 6SL33101GH37-4AA3 6SL33101GH38-1AA3 Type rating • For IL at 50 Hz 690 V 1) • For IH at 50 Hz 690 V 1) kW kW 250 200 315 250 400 315 450 400 560 500 710 560 800 710 Output current • Rated current In • Base-load current IL 2) • Base-load current IH 3) A A A 260 250 233 330 320 280 410 400 367 465 452 416 575 560 514 735 710 657 810 790 724 Input current • Rated input current A • Input current, max. A • Current requirement, 24 V DC auxiliary A power supply 4) 270 410 0.9 343 525 0.9 426 655 1 483 740 1 598 918 1 764 1164 1.25 842 1295 1.25 Minimum short-circuit current 5) A 3600 5200 5200 6200 8400 10500 10400 Heat loss, max. 6) at 50 Hz 690 V kW 4 5 6.7 7.3 8.6 12.1 13.4 Cooling air requirement m3/s 0.36 0.36 0.78 0.78 0.78 1.48 1.48 Cable length, max. between Power Module and motor 7) • Shielded • Unshielded m m 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 IP20 IP20 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 69/73 69/73 70/73 70/73 70/73 73/75 73/75 M10 screw M10 screw 2 × 240 2 × 240 2 × M12 screws 4 × 240 2 × M12 screws 4 × 240 2 × M12 screws 4 × 240 3 × M12 screws 6 × 240 3 × M12 screws 6 × 240 M10 screw M10 screw 2 × 240 2 × 240 2 × M12 screws 4 × 240 2 × M12 screws 4 × 240 2 × M12 screws 4 × 240 3 × M12 screws 6 × 240 3 × M12 screws 6 × 240 M10 screw M10 screw M12 screw M12 screw M12 screw 2 × 240 2 × 240 2 × 240 2 × 240 2 × 240 2 × M12 screws 4 × 240 2 × M12 screws 4 × 240 M10 screw M10 screw 2 × 240 2 × 240 2 × M12 screws 4 × 240 2 × M12 screws 4 × 240 2 × M12 screws 4 × 240 3 × M12 screws 6 × 240 3 × M12 screws 6 × 240 Degree of protection Sound pressure level LpA dB (1 m) at 50/60 Hz Line connection U1, V1, W1 • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) Motor connection U2/T1, V2/T2, W2/T3 • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) mm2 mm 2 PE1/GND connection • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) mm 2 PE2/GND connection 2 • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) mm Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 326 1533 545 326 1533 545 503 1506 540 503 1506 540 503 1506 540 909 1510 540 909 1510 540 Weight, approx. kg 176 176 294 294 294 530 530 GX GX HX HX HX JX JX Frame size Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market. 1) Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH for 3 AC 50 Hz 640 V. 2) The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 110% for 60 s or 150% for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s 3) The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 150% for 60 s or 160% for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s (see Technical specifications → Overload capability). 3/20 Siemens D 11 · 2015 4) If the auxiliary supply is to be fed in separately from the load supply, e.g. if the control should be able to continue communication when the line voltage fails. 5) The minimum current required to reliably trigger 3NE1 protective devices. 6) The specified power losses are the maximum values for a utilization of 100%. The values are lower under normal operating conditions. 7) Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request. © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Line-side power components > Line filters ■ Overview Line-side power components protect the connected components against transient or continuous overvoltages and ensure that specified limit values are maintained. ■ Selection and ordering data Suitable for Power Module Type rating of Line filter the Power Module at 400 V, 500 V or 690 V kW Article No. 6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3 110 6SL3000-0BE32-5AA0 6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3 132 6SL3000-0BE34-4AA0 6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3 160 6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3 200 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3 250 6SL3000-0BE36-0AA0 6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3 315 6SL3000-0BE41-2AA0 6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3 400 6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3 450 6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3 560 3 500 ... 600 V 3 AC 6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3 110 6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3 132 6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3 160 To limit the emitted interference, the converters are equipped as standard with a radio interference suppression filter that conforms to the limits defined in Category C3. SINAMICS G130 converters equipped with a line filter also meet the limits for use in the first environment (Category C2) according to EN 61800-3 1). 6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3 200 6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3 250 SINAMICS G130 converters comply with the noise immunity requirements defined in this standard for the first and second environments. In conjunction with line reactors, line filters also limit the conducted interference emitted by the Power Modules to the limit values of Category C2 defined in product standard EN 61800-3. Provided that the system has been set up in accordance with the EMC installation guidelines, the limit values at the installation location will be in accordance with the requirements for the first environment. The line filters are suitable for grounded systems (TN or TT systems with grounded neutral point). 6SL3000-0BG32-5AA0 6SL3000-0BG34-4AA0 6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3 315 6SL3000-0BG36-0AA0 6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3 400 6SL3000-0BG41-2AA0 6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3 500 6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3 560 660 ... 690 V 3 AC 6SL3310-1GH28-5AA3 75 6SL3310-1GH31-0AA3 90 6SL3310-1GH31-2AA3 110 6SL3310-1GH31-5AA3 132 6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3 160 6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3 200 6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3 250 6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3 315 6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3 400 6SL3000-0BG32-5AA0 6SL3000-0BG34-4AA0 6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3 450 6SL3000-0BG36-0AA0 6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3 560 6SL3000-0BG41-2AA0 6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3 710 6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3 800 For further information about EMC-compliant plant construction, please refer to the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual. 1) Applies to motor cable lengths < 100 m. Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/21 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Line-side power components > Line filters ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 6SL3000-0BE32-5AA0 6SL3000-0BE34-4AA0 6SL3000-0BE36-0AA0 6SL3000-0BE41-2AA0 Rated current A 250 440 600 1200 Power loss kW 0.015 0.047 0.053 0.119 mm2 1 × hole for M10 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M10 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M10 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M12 Provided for busbar connection PE connection Hole for M8 Hole for M8 Hole for M10 Hole for M10 Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 Line/load connection • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) 3 Line filter Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 360 240 116 360 240 116 400 265 140 425 265 145 Weight, approx. kg 12.3 12.3 19 25.8 Approvals, according to cURus cURus cURus cURus Suitable for Power Module 6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3 (110 kW) 6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3 (132 kW) 6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3 (250 kW) 6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3 (315 kW) 6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3 (160 kW) 6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3 (400 kW) 6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3 (200 kW) 6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3 (450 kW) 6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3 (560 kW) Line voltage 500 ... 600 V 3 AC Line filter 6SL3000-0BG32-5AA0 6SL3000-0BG34-4AA0 6SL3000-0BG36-0AA0 6SL3000-0BG41-2AA0 Rated current A 250 440 600 1200 Power loss kW 0.015 0.047 0.053 0.119 mm2 1 × hole for M10 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M10 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M10 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M12 Provided for busbar connection PE connection Hole for M8 Hole for M8 Hole for M10 Hole for M10 Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 Line/load connection • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 360 240 116 360 240 116 400 265 140 425 265 145 Weight, approx. kg 12.3 12.3 19 25.8 Approvals, according to cURus cURus cURus cURus Suitable for Power Module 6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3 (110 kW) 6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3 (160 kW) 6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3 (315 kW) 6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3 (400 kW) 6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3 (132 kW) 6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3 (200 kW) 6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3 (500 kW) 6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3 (250 kW) 6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3 (560 kW) 3/22 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Line-side power components > Line filters ■ Technical specifications (continued) Line voltage 660 ... 690 V 3 AC Line filter 6SL3000-0BG32-5AA0 6SL3000-0BG34-4AA0 6SL3000-0BG36-0AA0 6SL3000-0BG41-2AA0 Rated current A 250 440 600 1200 Power loss kW 0.015 0.047 0.053 0.119 mm2 1 × hole for M10 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M10 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M10 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M12 Provided for busbar connection PE connection Hole for M8 Hole for M8 Hole for M10 Hole for M10 Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 Line/load connection • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 360 240 116 360 240 116 400 265 140 425 265 145 Weight, approx. kg 3 12.3 12.3 19 25.2 Approvals, according to cURus cURus cURus cURus Suitable for Power Module 6SL3310-1GH28-5AA3 (75 kW) 6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3 (250 kW) 6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3 (450 kW) 6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3 (560 kW) 6SL3310-1GH31-0AA3 (90 kW) 6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3 (315 kW) 6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3 (710 kW) 6SL3310-1GH31-2AA3 (110 kW) 6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3 (400 kW) 6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3 (800 kW) 6SL3310-1GH31-5AA3 (132 kW) 6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3 (160 kW) 6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3 (200 kW) Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/23 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Line-side power components > Line Harmonics Filters ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Suitable for Power Module Type rating of Line Harmonics Filter the Power Module at 400 V, 500 V or 690 V kW Article No. 6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3 160 6SL3000-0JE36-1AA0 6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3 200 6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3 250 6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3 315 6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3 400 6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3 450 6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3 560 6SL3000-0JE41-0AA0 6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3 110 6SL3000-0JH33-3AA0 6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3 132 Line Harmonics Filters reduce the low-frequency harmonic effects of converters to a level that can otherwise only be achieved using 12-pulse rectifiers. 6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3 160 6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3 200 6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3 250 The stringent limit values of IEEE 519-1992 are fully complied with. 6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3 315 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 6SL3000-0JE38-4AA0 500 ... 600 V 3 AC 3 ■ Design Line Harmonics Filters are supplied as stand-alone components in a rugged housing. They are installed between the customer's low-voltage distribution panel and the converter. The voltage is disconnected and fused in the customer's low-voltage switchgear, as is the power supply cable. The Line Harmonics Filters have no fans (natural convection cooling). This means that no external auxiliary power supply is required. The Line Harmonics Filters are equipped with a floating thermostatic switch, which can be monitored externally, for the monitoring thermal overloads, e.g. as a result of insufficient cooling air being supplied. Note: The converter must have a line reactor in order to use a Line Harmonics Filter. 3/24 Siemens D 11 · 2015 6SL3000-0JH34-7AA0 6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3 400 6SL3000-0JH35-8AA0 6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3 500 6SL3000-0JH38-1AA0 6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3 560 660 ... 690 V 3 AC 6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3 160 6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3 200 6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3 250 6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3 315 6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3 400 6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3 450 6SL3000-0JH33-3AA0 6SL3000-0JH34-7AA0 6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3 560 6SL3000-0JH35-8AA0 6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3 710 6SL3000-0JH38-1AA0 6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3 800 For further information on Line Harmonics Filters, please refer to the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual. © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Line-side power components > Line Harmonics Filters ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 415 V 3 AC (50 Hz) 440 ... 480 V 3 AC (60 Hz) 1) Line Harmonics Filter 6SL3000-0JE36-1AA0 6SL3000-0JE38-4AA0 6SL3000-0JE41-0AA0 A 500 700 900 Power loss kW 3.09 4.54 5.6 Line/load connection • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) mm2 Rated current 4 × 240 4 × 240 4 × 240 PE connection 3 × M12 studs 3 × M12 studs 3 × M12 studs Degree of protection IP21 IP21 IP21 Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 600 1700 540 800 1700 540 1000 1700 540 Weight, approx. kg 3 460 600 900 Paint finish RAL 7035 RAL 7035 RAL 7035 Standards IEEE 519-1992 IEEE 519-1992 IEEE 519-1992 Suitable for Power Module 6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3 (160 kW) 6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3 (400 kW) 6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3 (560 kW) 6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3 (200 kW) 6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3 (450 kW) 6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3 (250 kW) 6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3 (315 kW) Line voltage 500 … 600 V 3 AC 660 ... 690 V 3 AC Line Harmonics Filter 6SL3000-0JH33-3AA0 6SL3000-0JH34-7AA0 6SL3000-0JH35-8AA0 6SL3000-0JH38-1AA0 Rated current 1) A 290 400 520 710 Power loss kW 3.11 4.62 5.69 7.97 Line/load connection • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) mm2 4 × 240 4 × 240 4 × 240 4 × 240 PE connection 3 × M12 studs 3 × M12 studs 3 × M12 studs 3 × M12 studs Degree of protection IP21 IP21 IP21 IP21 Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 600 1700 540 800 1700 540 1000 1700 540 1000 1700 540 Weight, approx. kg 450 600 830 830 Paint finish RAL 7035 RAL 7035 RAL 7035 RAL 7035 Standards IEEE 519-1992 IEEE 519-1992 IEEE 519-1992 IEEE 519-1992 Suitable for Power Module 6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3 (110 kW) 6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3 (250 kW) 6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3 (400 kW) 6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3 (500 kW) 6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3 (132 kW) 6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3 (315 kW) 6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3 (560 kW) 6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3 (560 kW) 6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3 (160 kW) 6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3 (400 kW) 6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3 (710 kW) 6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3 (160 kW) 6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3 (450 kW) 6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3 (800 kW) 6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3 (200 kW) 6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3 (200 kW) 6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3 (250 kW) 6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3 (315 kW) 1) The rated current of the Line Harmonics Filters is defined according to the active power. It can therefore be lower than the rated input current of the associated Power Module. Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/25 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Line-side power components > Line reactors ■ Overview It is recommended that a line reactor is always connected on the line side of the converter, as in practice, it is often not known on which supply configuration individual converters are to be operated, i.e. which supply short-circuit power is present at the converter connection point. A line reactor can only be omitted when the value for RSC is less than the values listed in the above table. This is the case, when the converter, as shown in the following figure, is connected to the line supply via a transformer with the appropriate rating. Notice: However, a line reactor is always required when a line filter is used. Connection point of the transformer 3 S A line reactor is needed for high short-circuit power levels, partly to protect the actual converter against excessive harmonic currents, and thus against overload, and partly to limit the line harmonics to the permissible values. The harmonic currents are limited by the complete inductance comprising the line reactor and line supply cable inductance. Line reactors can be omitted if the line supply cable inductance is increased sufficiently, i.e. the RSC value must be sufficiently small. RSC = Relative Short-Circuit power: Ratio of short-circuit power SK line at the supply connection point to fundamental apparent output Sconv of the connected converters (according to IEC 60146-1-1). Connection point of the converter S k line Line Converter G_D011_EN_00023c Mains supply cable inductance Line reactor The following applies for SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units: Power Line reactor can be omitted Line reactor required kW For RSC For RSC <200 ≤43 >43 200 ... 500 ≤33 >33 >500 ≤20 >20 3/26 Siemens D 11 · 2015 Connection point of the converter S transf k2 line S k1 Line Converter Mains supply cable inductance uk transf % G_D011_EN_00022c In this case, the line short-circuit power Sk1 at the connection point of the converter is approximately: Sk1 = Stransf / (uk transf + Stransf / Sk2 line) Formula symbols Meaning Stransf Transformer power rating Sk2 line Short-circuit power of the higher-level voltage uk transf Per-unit short-circuit voltage © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Line-side power components > Line reactors ■ Selection and ordering data Suitable for Power Module Type rating of Line reactor the Power Module at 400 V, 500 V or 690 V kW Article No. 6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3 110 6SL3000-0CE32-3AA0 6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3 132 6SL3000-0CE32-8AA0 6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3 160 6SL3000-0CE33-3AA0 6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3 200 6SL3000-0CE35-1AA0 6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3 250 6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3 315 6SL3000-0CE36-3AA0 6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3 400 6SL3000-0CE37-7AA0 6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3 450 6SL3000-0CE38-7AA0 6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3 560 6SL3000-0CE41-0AA0 6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3 110 6SL3000-0CH32-2AA0 6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3 132 6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3 160 6SL3000-0CH32-7AA0 6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3 200 6SL3000-0CH33-4AA0 6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3 250 6SL3000-0CH34-8AA0 6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3 315 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 3 500 ... 600 V 3 AC 6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3 400 6SL3000-0CH36-0AA0 6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3 500 6SL3000-0CH38-4AA0 6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3 560 660 ... 690 V 3 AC 6SL3310-1GH28-5AA3 75 6SL3310-1GH31-0AA3 90 6SL3310-1GH31-2AA3 110 6SL3310-1GH31-5AA3 132 6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3 160 6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3 200 6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3 250 6SL3000-0CH32-7AA0 6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3 315 6SL3000-0CH33-4AA0 6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3 400 6SL3000-0CH34-8AA0 6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3 450 6SL3000-0CH31-1AA0 6SL3000-0CH31-6AA0 6SL3000-0CH32-2AA0 6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3 560 6SL3000-0CH36-0AA0 6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3 710 6SL3000-0CH38-4AA0 6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3 800 Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/27 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Line-side power components > Line reactors ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 6SL3000-0CE32-3AA0 6SL3000-0CE32-8AA0 6SL3000-0CE33-3AA0 6SL3000-0CE35-1AA0 Ith max A 224 278 331 508 Nominal inductance LN μH 76 62 52 42 Power loss kW 0.274 0.247 0.267 0.365 mm2 1 × hole for M10 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M10 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M10 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M12 Provided for busbar connection PE connection M6 screw M6 screw M6 screw M6 screw Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 Line/load connection • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) 3 Line reactor Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 270 248 200 270 248 200 270 248 200 300 269 212.5 Weight, approx. kg 24.5 26 27.8 38 Approvals, according to cURus cURus cURus cURus Suitable for Power Module 6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3 (110 kW) 6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3 (132 kW) 6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3 (160 kW) 6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3 (200 kW) 6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3 (250 kW) Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Line reactor 6SL3000-0CE36-3AA0 6SL3000-0CE37-7AA0 6SL3000-0CE38-7AA0 6SL3000-0CE41-0AA0 Ith max A 628 773 871 1022 Nominal inductance LN μH 27 22 19 16 Power loss kW 0.368 0.351 0.458 0.498 mm2 1 × hole for M12 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M12 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M12 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M12 Provided for busbar connection PE connection M6 screw M6 screw M6 screw M6 screw Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 Line/load connection • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 300 269 212.5 300 269 212.2 350 321 211.5 350 321 211.5 Weight, approx. kg 41.4 51.3 63.2 69.6 Approvals, according to cURus cURus cURus cURus Suitable for Power Module 6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3 (315 kW) 6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3 (400 kW) 6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3 (450 kW) 6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3 (560 kW) Line voltage 500 ... 600 V 3 AC Line reactor 6SL3000-0CH32-2AA0 6SL3000-0CH32-2AA0 6SL3000-0CH32-7AA0 6SL3000-0CH33-4AA0 Ith max A 215 215 270 342 Nominal inductance LN μH 150 150 100 81 Power loss kW 0.24 0.275 0.277 0.27 mm2 1 × hole for M10 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M10 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M10 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M10 Provided for busbar connection PE connection M6 screw M6 screw M6 screw M6 screw Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 Line/load connection • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 270 248 200 270 248 200 270 248 200 270 248 200 Weight, approx. kg 31.1 31.1 27.9 38.9 Approvals, according to cURus cURus cURus cURus Suitable for Power Module 6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3 (110 kW) 6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3 (132 kW) 6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3 (160 kW) 6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3 (200 kW) 3/28 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Line-side power components > Line reactors ■ Technical specifications (continued) Line voltage 500 ... 600 V 3 AC Line reactor 6SL3000-0CH34-8AA0 6SL3000-0CH36-0AA0 6SL3000-0CH38-4AA0 Ith max A 482 597 840 Nominal inductance LN μH 65 46 40 Power loss kW 0.48 0.485 0.618 mm2 1 × hole for M10 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M12 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M12 Provided for busbar connection PE connection M6 screw M6 screw M6 screw Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 Line/load connection • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 350 321 232.5 350 321 232.5 410 385 224 Weight, approx. kg 55.6 63.8 98 3 Approvals, according to cURus cURus cURus Suitable for Power Module 6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3 (250 kW) 6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3 (400 kW) 6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3 (500 kW) Line voltage 660 ... 690 V 3 AC Line reactor 6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3 (315 kW) 6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3 (560 kW) 6SL3000-0CH31-1AA0 6SL3000-0CH31-6AA0 6SL3000-0CH32-2AA0 6SL3000-0CH32-7AA0 Ith max A 107 155 230 270 Nominal inductance LN μH 310 220 150 100 Power loss kW 0.252 0.279 0.275 0.277 mm2 1 × hole for M10 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M10 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M10 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M10 Provided for busbar connection PE connection M6 screw M6 screw M6 screw M6 screw Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 Line/load connection • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 270 248 200 270 248 200 270 248 200 270 248 200 Weight, approx. kg 24.4 25.9 31.1 27.9 Approvals, according to cURus cURus cURus cURus Suitable for Power Module 6SL3310-1GH28-5AA3 (75 kW) 6SL3310-1GH31-2AA3 (110 kW) 6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3 (160 kW) 6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3 (250 kW) 6SL3310-1GH31-0AA3 (90 kW) 6SL3310-1GH31-5AA3 (132 kW) 6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3 (200 kW) Line voltage 660 ... 690 V 3 AC Line reactor 6SL3000-0CH33-4AA0 6SL3000-0CH34-8AA0 6SL3000-0CH36-0AA0 6SL3000-0CH38-4AA0 Ith max A 342 482 597 840 Nominal inductance LN μH 81 65 46 40 Power loss kW 0.27 0.48 0.485 0.618 Line/load connection • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) mm2 1 × hole for M10 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M10 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M12 Provided for busbar connection 1 × hole for M12 Provided for busbar connection PE connection M6 screw M6 screw M6 screw M6 screw Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 270 248 200 350 321 232 350 321 232 410 385 224 Weight, approx. kg 38.9 55.6 63.8 98 Approvals, according to cURus cURus cURus cURus Suitable for Power Module 6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3 (315 kW) 6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3 (400 kW) 6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3 (560 kW) 6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3 (710 kW) 6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3 (450 kW) 6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3 (800 kW) Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/29 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Line-side power components > Recommended line-side system components ■ Selection and ordering data The table below lists recommended ratings for input-side switching and fuse protection elements according to IEC standards. Further information about the main contactors, switch disconnectors, fuses and circuit breakers specified in the table can be found in Catalog LV 10. Type rating (for 400V, 500V or 690V) Rated input current Assignment to Power Module Line contactor Fixed-mounted circuit breaker Switch disconnector for cable protection fuses incl. semiconductor protection of type 3NE1 kW A Typ 6SL3310-... Type Type Type 110 229 1GE32-1AA3 3RT1456-….. – 3KL5530-….. 132 284 1GE32-6AA3 3RT1466-….. – 3KL5730-….. 160 338 1GE33-1AA3 3RT1466-….. – 3KL5730-….. 200 395 1GE33-8AA3 3RT1476-….. – 3KL6130-….. 250 509 1GE35-0AA3 3RT1476-….. – 3KL6130-….. 315 629 1GE36-1AA3 3RT1476-….. – 3KL6230-….. 400 775 1GE37-5AA3 3RT1466-….. (3 units) – 3KL6230-….. 450 873 1GE38-4AA3 – 3WL1110-… *) – 560 1024 1GE41-0AA3 – 3WL1112-… *) – 110 191 1GF31-8AA3 3RT1456-….. – 3KL5530-….. 132 242 1GF32-2AA3 3RT1456-….. – 3KL5530-….. 160 270 1GF32-6AA3 3RT1466-….. – 3KL5730-….. 200 343 1GF33-3AA3 3RT1466-….. – 3KL5730-….. 250 426 1GF34-1AA3 3RT1476-….. – 3KL6130-….. 315 483 1GF34-7AA3 3RT1476-….. – 3KL6130-….. 400 598 1GF35-8AA3 3RT1476-….. – 3KL6230-….. 500 764 1GF37-4AA3 3RT1466-….. (3 units) – 3KL6230-….. 560 842 1GF38-1AA3 – 3WL1210-… *) – 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 3 500 ... 600 V 3 AC 660 ... 690 V 3 AC 75 93 1GH28-5AA3 3RT1446-….. – 3KL5230-….. 90 109 1GH31-0AA3 3RT1446-….. – 3KL5230-….. 110 131 1GH31-2AA3 3RT1446-….. – 3KL5530-….. 132 164 1GH31-5AA3 3RT1456-….. – 3KL5530-….. 160 191 1GH31-8AA3 3RT1456-….. – 3KL5530-….. 200 224 1GH32-2AA3 3RT1456-….. – 3KL5530-….. 250 270 1GH32-6AA3 3RT1466-….. – 3KL5730-….. 315 343 1GH33-3AA3 3RT1466-….. – 3KL5730-….. 400 426 1GH34-1AA3 3RT1476-….. – 3KL6130-….. 450 483 1GH34-7AA3 3RT1476-….. – 3KL6130-….. 560 598 1GH35-8AA3 3RT1476-…. – 3KL6230-….. 710 764 1GH37-4AA3 3RT1466-….. (3 units) – 3KL6230-….. 800 842 1GH38-1AA3 – 3WL1210-… *) – *) The circuit breakers must always be switched ON and OFF by the sequence control. An interlocking set 3WL9111-0BA21-0AA0 as described in Catalog LV 10 should be provided for the circuit breakers in order to exclude the risk of unintentional manual operation. Manual operation bypasses the pre-charging circuit and can therefore destroy the Power Module. 3/30 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Line-side power components > Recommended line-side system components ■ Selection and ordering data (continued) Type rating (for 400V, 500V or 690V) Rated input current Assignment to Power Module Cable protection fuse kW A Type 6SL3310-... Article No. A Article No. A 110 229 1GE32-1AA3 3NA3144 250 3NE1230-2 315 132 284 1GE32-6AA3 3NA3250 300 3NE1331-2 350 160 338 1GE33-1AA3 3NA3254 355 3NE1334-2 500 200 395 1GE33-8AA3 3NA3260 400 3NE1334-2 500 250 509 1GE35-0AA3 3NA3372 630 3NE1436-2 630 315 629 1GE36-1AA3 3NA3475 800 3NE1438-2 800 400 775 1GE37-5AA3 3NA3475 800 3NE1448-2 850 450 873 1GE38-4AA3 3NA3365 2 × 500 3NE1436-2 2 × 630 560 1024 1GE41-0AA3 3NA3472 2 × 630 3NE1437-2 2 × 710 110 191 1GF31-8AA3 3NA3244-6 250 3NE1227-2 250 132 242 1GF32-2AA3 3NA3252-6 315 3NE1230-2 315 160 270 1GF32-6AA3 3NA3354-6 355 3NE1331-2 350 200 343 1GF33-3AA3 3NA3365-6 500 3NE1334-2 500 250 426 1GF34-1AA3 3NA3365-6 500 3NE1334-2 500 315 483 1GF34-7AA3 3NA3252-6 2 × 315 3NE1435-2 560 400 598 1GF35-8AA3 3NA3354-6 2 × 355 3NE1447-2 670 500 764 1GF37-4AA3 3NA3365-6 2 × 500 3NE1448-2 850 560 842 1GF38-1AA3 3NA3365-6 2 × 500 3NE1334-2 2 × 500 75 93 1GH28-5AA3 3NA3132-6 125 3NE1022-2 125 90 109 1GH31-0AA3 3NA3132-6 125 3NE1022-2 125 110 131 1GH31-2AA3 3NA3136-6 160 3NE1224-2 160 132 164 1GH31-5AA3 3NA3240-6 200 3NE1225-2 200 160 191 1GH31-8AA3 3NA3244-6 250 3NE1227-2 250 200 224 1GH32-2AA3 3NA3252-6 315 3NE1230-2 315 250 270 1GH32-6AA3 3NA3354-6 355 3NE1331-2 350 315 343 1GH33-3AA3 3NA3365-6 500 3NE1334-2 500 400 426 1GH34-1AA3 3NA3365-6 500 3NE1334-2 500 450 483 1GH34-7AA3 3NA3252-6 2 × 315 3NE1435-2 560 560 598 1GH35-8AA3 3NA3354-6 2 × 355 3NE1447-2 670 710 764 1GH37-4AA3 3NA3365-6 2 × 500 3NE1448-2 850 800 842 1GH38-1AA3 3NA3365-6 2 × 500 3NE1334-2 2 × 500 Cable protection fuse incl. Semiconductor protection Rated current Rated current 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 500 ... 600 V 3 AC 660 ... 690 V 3 AC Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/31 3 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units DC link components > Braking Modules ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Suitable for Power Module Type rating of Braking Module the Power Module at 400 V, 500 V or 690 V kW Article No. 6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3 110 6SL3300-1AE31-3AA0 6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3 132 6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3 160 6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3 200 6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3 250 6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3 315 6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3 400 6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3 450 6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3 560 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 3 6SL3300-1AE32-5AA0 6SL3300-1AE32-5BA0 500 ... 600 V 3 AC A Braking Module and the associated braking resistor are required when the drive is to be braked or specifically stopped, e.g. for an EMERGENCY STOP. 6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3 110 6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3 132 6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3 160 The Braking Module includes the power electronics and the associated control circuit. The supply voltage for the electronics is taken from the DC link. 6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3 200 6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3 250 6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3 315 During operation, the DC-link power is converted into heat loss in an external braking resistor. 6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3 400 6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3 500 The Braking Module works independently of the converter control. If more braking power is required than provided by the Braking Modules listed here, then braking units may be connected in parallel for higher converter outputs (on request). In this case, a Braking Module is assigned to each braking resistor. 6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3 560 The activation threshold of the Braking Module can be adjusted by means of a DIP switch. The braking power values specified in the technical specifications apply to the upper activation threshold. ■ Design The Braking Module is inserted in a slot inside the Power Module; it is force-cooled by the Power Module fan. Several Braking Modules can be used for Power Modules with more than one power block: • Frame size HX: 2 Braking Modules • Frame size JX: 3 Braking Modules Each Braking Module is always assigned a dedicated braking resistor. The Braking Module is connected to the DC link by means of the busbar sets or flexible cables contained in the scope of delivery. The Braking Module has the following interfaces as standard: • DC-link connection • Braking resistor connection • 1 digital input (block Braking Module / acknowledge error) • 1 digital output (Braking Module faulty) • 1 DIP switch for adjusting the activation threshold Information about Braking Module activation thresholds as well as further configuration information is contained in the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual. 3/32 Siemens D 11 · 2015 6SL3300-1AF32-5AA0 6SL3300-1AF32-5BA0 660 ... 690 V 3 AC 6SL3310-1GH28-5AA3 75 6SL3310-1GH31-0AA3 90 6SL3310-1GH31-2AA3 110 6SL3310-1GH31-5AA3 132 6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3 160 6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3 200 6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3 250 6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3 315 6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3 400 6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3 450 6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3 560 6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3 710 6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3 800 6SL3300-1AH31-3AA0 6SL3300-1AH32-5AA0 6SL3300-1AH32-5BA0 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units DC link components > Braking Modules ■ Integration Braking Module X21 +24 V 21.6 Fault output Fault 21.5 0V 21.4 Inhibit input 21.3 0V Inhibit 3 21.2 Shield 21.1 Braking resistor T1 R1 DCPA R2 T2 DC link connection terminals DCNA G_D211_EN_00012a Connection diagram for Braking Module ■ Characteristic curves P/P20 G_D011_EN_00328 1.50 1.25 1.00 P15 P20 0.75 P40 0.50 PDB 0.25 0 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 s t PDB = Rated power P15 = 5 x PDB = Power which is permissible every 90 s for 15 s P20 = 4 x PDB = Power which is permissible every 90 s for 20 s P40 = 2 x PDB = Power which is permissible every 90 s for 40 s Load diagram for Braking Modules and braking resistor Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/33 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units DC link components > Braking Modules ■ Technical specifications Braking Module 6SL33001AE31-3AA0 6SL33001AF32-5AA0 6SL33001AE32-5BA0 6SL33001AF32-5BA0 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 6SL33001AH31-3AA0 6SL33001AH32-5AA0 6SL33001AH32-5BA0 500 ... 600 V 3 AC 660 ... 690 V 3 AC Rated power PDB kW 25 50 50 25 50 Peak power P15 kW 125 250 250 125 250 Power P20 kW 100 200 200 100 200 Power P40 kW 50 100 100 50 100 Activation thresholds (adjustable via DIP switch) V 774 (factory setting) 774 (factory setting) 967 (factory setting) 1158 (factory setor 673 or 673 or 841 ting) or 1070 1158 (factory setting) or 1070 V V 24 -3 ... +5 24 -3 ... +5 24 -3 ... +5 24 -3 ... +5 24 -3 ... +5 V mA 15 ... 30 10 15 ... 30 10 15 ... 30 10 15 ... 30 10 15 ... 30 10 mm2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 V mA mm2 24 500 1.5 24 500 1.5 24 500 1.5 24 500 1.5 24 500 1.5 Design conforms to UL and IEC UL and IEC UL and IEC IEC IEC R1/R2 connection • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) mm2 M8 nut 35 M8 nut 50 M8 nut 50 M8 nut 35 M8 nut 50 Weight, approx. kg 3.6 7.3 (6SL33001AE32-5AA0) 7.3 (6SL33001AF32-5AA0) 3.6 7.3 (6SL33001AH32-5AA0) 7.5 (6SL33001AE32-5BA0) 7.5 (6SL33001AF32-5BA0) cULus cULus cULus – – 6SL3310-1GE321AA3 (110 kW) 6SL3310-1GE331AA3 (160 kW) 6SL3310-1GF318AA3 (110 kW) 6SL3310-1GH285AA3 (75 kW) 6SL3310-1GH318AA3 (160 kW) 6SL3310-1GE326AA3 (132 kW) 6SL3310-1GE338AA3 (200 kW) 6SL3310-1GF322AA3 (132 kW) 6SL3310-1GH310AA3 (90 kW) 6SL3310-1GH322AA3 (200 kW) 6SL3310-1GE350AA3 (250 kW) 6SL3310-1GF326AA3 (160 kW) 6SL3310-1GH312AA3 (110 kW) 6SL3310-1GH326AA3 (250 kW) 6SL3310-1GF333AA3 (200 kW) 6SL3310-1GH315AA3 (132 kW) 6SL3310-1GH333AA3 (315 kW) 6SL3310-1GE361AA3 (315 kW) 6SL3310-1GF341AA3 (250 kW) – 6SL3310-1GH341AA3 (400 kW) 6SL3310-1GE375AA3 (400 kW) 6SL3310-1GF347AA3 (315 kW) 6SL3310-1GH347AA3 (450 kW) 6SL3310-1GE384AA3 (450 kW) 6SL3310-1GF358AA3 (400 kW) 6SL3310-1GH358AA3 (560 kW) 6SL3310-1GE410AA3 (560 kW) 6SL3310-1GF374AA3 (500 kW) 6SL3310-1GH374AA3 (710 kW) 6SL3310-1GF381AA3 (560 kW) 6SL3310-1GH381AA3 (800 kW) Line voltage 3 6SL33001AE32-5AA0 Digital inputs • Voltage • Low level (an open digital input is interpreted • as "low") • High level • Current consumption at 24 V DC, typ. • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) Digital outputs (continued short-circuit-proof) • Voltage • Load current per digital output, max. • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) Approvals, according to 7.5 (6SL33001AH32-5BA0) Braking Module 6SL3300-.....-.AA0 Suitable for Power Module Braking Module 6SL3300-.....-.BA0 Suitable for Power Module 3/34 Siemens D 11 · 2015 – © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units DC link components > Braking resistors ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data PDB rated power Suitable for Braking Module Braking resistor kW Article No. Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 25 6SL3300-1AE31-3AA0 6SL3000-1BE31-3AA0 50 6SL3300-1AE32-5.A0 6SL3000-1BE32-5AA0 Line voltage 500 ... 600 V 3 AC 50 6SL3300-1AF32-5.A0 6SL3000-1BF32-5AA0 Line voltage 660 ... 690 V 3 AC 25 6SL3300-1AH31-3AA0 6SL3000-1BH31-3AA0 50 6SL3300-1AH32-5.A0 6SL3000-1BH32-5AA0 3 ■ Characteristic curves Excess energy in the DC link is dissipated via the braking resistor. The braking resistor is connected to a Braking Module. The braking resistor is positioned outside the cabinet or switchgear room. This enables the resulting heat loss around the Power Modules to be dissipated. This reduces the level of air conditioning required. Two braking resistors with different rated and peak power values are available for the devices. The braking resistor is monitored on the basis of the duty factor. A temperature switch (NC contact) is also fitted. This responds when the maximum permissible temperature is exceeded and can be evaluated by a controller. The maximum permissible cable length between the Braking Module and braking resistor is 100 m. Information about possible duty cycles of the braking resistors as well as other configuration information is contained in the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual. P/P20 G_D011_EN_00328 1.50 1.25 1.00 P15 P20 0.75 P40 0.50 PDB 0.25 0 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 s t PDB = Rated power P15 = 5 x PDB = Power which is permissible every 90 s for 15 s P20 = 4 x PDB = Power which is permissible every 90 s for 20 s P40 = 2 x PDB = Power which is permissible every 90 s for 40 s Load diagram for Braking Modules and braking resistor ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Braking resistor 6SL3000-1BE31-3AA0 6SL3000-1BE32-5AA0 Resistance Ω 4.4 (±7.5%) 2.2 (±7.5%) PDB rated power (continuous braking power) kW 25 50 P15 power kW 125 250 P20 power kW 100 200 P40 power kW 50 100 Current, max. A 189 378 Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) mm2 50 70 Power connection M10 stud M10 stud Degree of protection IP20 IP20 Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 740 600 486 810 1325 486 Weight, approx. kg 50 120 Approvals, according to cURus cURus Suitable for Braking Module 6SL3300-1AE31-3AA 6SL3300-1AE32-5.A0 Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/35 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units DC link components > Braking resistors ■ Technical specifications (continued) Line voltage 500 ... 600 V 3 AC 3 Braking resistor 6SL3000-1BF32-5AA0 Resistance Ω 3.4 (±7.5%) PDB rated power (continuous braking power) kW 50 P15 power kW 250 P20 power kW 200 P40 power kW 100 Current, max. A 255 Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) mm2 70 Power connection M10 stud Degree of protection IP20 Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 810 1325 486 Weight, approx. kg 120 Approvals, according to cURus Suitable for Braking Module 6SL3300-1AF32-5.A0 Line voltage 660 ... 690 V 3 AC Braking resistor 6SL3000-1BH31-3AA0 6SL3000-1BH32-5AA0 Resistance Ω 9.8 (±7.5%) 4.9 (±7.5%) PDB rated power (continuous braking power) kW 25 50 P15 power kW 125 250 P20 power kW 100 200 P40 power kW 50 100 Current, max. A 125 255 Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) mm2 50 70 Power connection M10 stud M10 stud Degree of protection IP20 IP20 Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 740 600 486 810 1325 486 Weight, approx. kg 50 120 Approvals, according to cURus cURus Suitable for Braking Module 6SL3300-1AH31-3AA0 6SL3300-1AH32-5.A0 3/36 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Load-side power components > Motor reactors ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Suitable for Power Module Type rating of Motor reactor the Power Module at 400 V, 500 V or 690 V kW Article No. 6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3 110 6SL3000-2BE32-1AA0 6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3 132 6SL3000-2BE32-6AA0 6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3 160 6SL3000-2BE33-2AA0 6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3 200 6SL3000-2BE33-8AA0 6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3 250 6SL3000-2BE35-0AA0 6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3 315 6SL3000-2AE36-1AA0 6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3 400 6SL3000-2AE38-4AA0 6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3 450 6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3 560 6SL3000-2AE41-0AA0 6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3 110 6SL3000-2AH31-8AA0 6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3 132 6SL3000-2AH32-4AA0 6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3 160 6SL3000-2AH32-6AA0 6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3 200 6SL3000-2AH33-6AA0 6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3 250 6SL3000-2AH34-5AA0 6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3 315 6SL3000-2AH34-7AA0 6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3 400 6SL3000-2AH35-8AA0 6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3 500 6SL3000-2AH38-1AA0 6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3 560 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Motor reactors reduce the voltage load on the motor windings by reducing the voltage gradients at the motor terminals that occur during converter operation. At the same time, the capacitive charge/discharge currents that place an additional load on the converter output when long motor cables are used, are reduced. The maximum permissible output frequency when a motor reactor is used is 150 Hz. The motor reactor must be installed as close as possible to the Power Module. 500 ... 600 V 3 AC 660 ... 690 V 3 AC 6SL3310-1GH28-5AA3 75 6SL3310-1GH31-0AA3 90 6SL3310-1GH31-2AA3 110 6SL3310-1GH31-5AA3 132 6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3 160 6SL3000-2AH31-8AA0 6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3 200 6SL3000-2AH32-4AA0 6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3 250 6SL3000-2AH32-6AA0 6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3 315 6SL3000-2AH33-6AA0 6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3 400 6SL3000-2AH34-5AA0 6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3 450 6SL3000-2AH34-7AA0 6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3 560 6SL3000-2AH35-8AA0 6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3 710 6SL3000-2AH38-1AA0 6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3 800 6SL3000-2AH31-0AA0 6SL3000-2AH31-5AA0 Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/37 3 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Load-side power components > Motor reactors ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 6SL30002BE32-1AA0 6SL30002BE32-6AA0 6SL30002BE33-2AA0 6SL30002BE33-8AA0 6SL30002BE35-0AA0 Rated current A 210 260 310 380 490 Power loss • At 50 Hz • At 150 Hz kW kW 0.436 0.486 0.454 0.5 0.422 0.47 0.477 0.5 0.448 0.5 Load connection 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M12 PE connection M8 screw M8 screw M8 screw M8 screw M8 screw 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 Cable length, max. between motor reactor and motor 1) • Shielded • Unshielded 3 Motor reactor (for pulse frequencies of 2 kHz to 4 kHz) m m Degree of protection Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 300 285 257 300 315 277 300 285 257 300 285 277 300 365 277 Weight, approx. kg 60 66 62 73 100 Approvals, according to cURus cURus cURus cURus cURus Suitable for Power Module 6SL3310-1GE321AA3 (110 kW) 6SL3310-1GE326AA3 (132 kW) 6SL3310-1GE331AA3 (160 kW) 6SL3310-1GE338AA3 (200 kW) 6SL3310-1GE350AA3 (250 kW) Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Motor reactor (for pulse frequencies of 1.25 kHz to 2.5 kHz) 6SL3000-2AE36-1AA0 6SL3000-2AE38-4AA0 Rated current A 605 840 840 985 Power loss • At 50 Hz • At 150 Hz kW kW 0.798 0.9 0.75 0.84 0.834 0.943 0.939 1.062 Load connection 1 × hole for M12 1 × hole for M12 1 × hole for M12 1 × hole for M12 PE connection M10 screw M10 screw M10 screw M10 screw 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 Cable length, max. between motor reactor and motor 1) • Shielded • Unshielded m m Degree of protection 6SL3000-2AE41-0AA0 Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 410 392 292 410 392 292 410 392 292 410 392 302 Weight, approx. kg 130 140 140 146 Approvals, according to cURus cURus cURus cURus Suitable for Power Module 6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3 (315 kW) 6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3 (400 kW) 6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3 (450 kW) 6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3 (560 kW) 3/38 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Load-side power components > Motor reactors ■ Technical specifications (continued) Line voltage 500 ... 600 V 3 AC Motor reactor (for pulse frequencies of 1.25 kHz to 2.5 kHz) 6SL30002AH31-8AA0 6SL30002AH32-4AA0 6SL30002AH32-6AA0 6SL30002AH33-6AA0 6SL30002AH34-5AA0 Rated current A 175 215 260 330 410 Power loss • At 50 Hz • At 150 Hz kW kW 0.357 0.403 0.376 0.425 0.389 0.441 0.4 0.454 0.481 0.545 Load connection 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 PE connection M8 screw M8 screw M8 screw M8 screw M8 screw 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 Cable length, max. between motor reactor and motor 1) • Shielded • Unshielded m m Degree of protection Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 300 285 212 300 285 212 300 285 212 300 285 212 350 330 215 Weight, approx. kg 3 34 34 40 43 56 Approvals, according to cURus cURus cURus cURus cURus Suitable for Power Module 6SL3310-1GF318AA3 (110 kW) 6SL3310-1GF322AA3 (132 kW) 6SL3310-1GF326AA3 (160 kW) 6SL3310-1GF333AA3 (200 kW) 6SL3310-1GF341AA3 (250 kW) Line voltage 500 ... 600 V 3 AC Motor reactor (for pulse frequencies of 1.25 kHz to 2.5 kHz) 6SL3000-2AH34-7AA0 6SL3000-2AH35-8AA0 6SL3000-2AH38-1AA0 Rated current A 465 575 810 810 Power loss • At 50 Hz • At 150 Hz kW kW 0.631 0.723 0.705 0.801 0.78 0.91 0.877 1.003 Load connection 1 × hole for M12 1 × hole for M12 1 × hole for M12 1 × hole for M12 PE connection M8 screw M8 screw M8 screw M8 screw 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 Cable length, max. between motor reactor and motor 1) • Shielded • Unshielded m m Degree of protection Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 410 392 292 410 392 292 410 392 279 410 392 279 Weight, approx. kg 80 80 146 146 Approvals, according to cURus cURus cURus cURus Suitable for Power Module 6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3 (315 kW) 6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3 (400 kW) 6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3 (500 kW) 6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3 (560 kW) Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/39 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Load-side power components > Motor reactors ■ Technical specifications (continued) Line voltage 660 ... 690 V 3 AC 6SL3000-2AH31-0AA0 6SL3000-2AH31-5AA0 6SL30002AH31-8AA0 6SL30002AH32-4AA0 6SL30002AH32-6AA0 Rated current A 100 100 150 150 175 215 260 Power loss • At 50 Hz • At 150 Hz kW kW 0.215 0.26 0.269 0.3 0.237 0.26 0.296 0.332 0.357 0.403 0.376 0.425 0.389 0.441 Load connection 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 PE connection M8 screw M8 screw M8 screw M8 screw M8 screw M8 screw M8 screw 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 Cable length, max. between motor reactor and motor 1) • Shielded • Unshielded 3 Motor reactor (for pulse frequencies of 1.25 kHz to 2.5 kHz) m m Degree of protection Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 270 248 200 270 248 200 270 248 200 270 248 200 300 285 212 300 285 212 300 285 212 Weight, approx. kg 26 26 26 26 33 35 40 Approvals, according to – – – – – – – Suitable for Power Module 6SL33101GH28-5AA3 (75 kW) 6SL33101GH31-0AA3 (90 kW) 6SL33101GH31-2AA3 (110 kW) 6SL33101GH31-5AA3 (132 kW) 6SL33101GH31-8AA3 (160 kW) 6SL33101GH32-2AA3 (200 kW) 6SL33101GH32-6AA3 (250 kW) Line voltage 660 ... 690 V 3 AC Motor reactor (for pulse frequencies of 1.25 kHz to 2.5 kHz) 6SL30002AH33-6AA0 6SL30002AH34-5AA0 6SL30002AH34-7AA0 6SL30002AH35-8AA0 6SL3000-2AH38-1AA0 Rated current A 330 410 465 575 810 810 Power loss • At 50 Hz • At 150 Hz kW kW 0.4 0.454 0.481 0.545 0.631 0.723 0.705 0.801 0.78 0.91 0.877 1.003 Load connection 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M12 1 × hole for M12 1 × hole for M12 1 × hole for M12 PE connection M8 screw M8 screw M8 screw M8 screw M8 screw M8 screw 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 Cable length, max. between motor reactor and motor 1) • Shielded • Unshielded m m Degree of protection Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 300 285 212 350 330 215 410 392 292 410 392 292 410 392 279 410 392 279 Weight, approx. kg 43 56 80 80 146 146 Approvals, according to – – – – – – Suitable for Power Module 6SL33101GH33-3AA3 (315 kW) 6SL33101GH34-1AA3 (400 kW) 6SL33101GH34-7AA3 (450 kW) 6SL33101GH35-8AA3 (560 kW) 6SL33101GH37-4AA3 (710 kW) 6SL33101GH38-1AA3 (800 kW) 1) Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request. 3/40 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Load-side power components > dv/dt filters plus VPL ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Suitable for Power Module Type rating of dv/dt filter plus VPL the Power Module at 400 V, 500 V or 690 V kW Article No. 6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3 110 6SL3000-2DE32-6AA0 6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3 132 6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3 160 6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3 200 6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3 250 6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3 315 6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3 400 6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3 450 6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3 560 6SL3000-2DE41-4AA0 6SL3000-2DH32-2AA0 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 6SL3000-2DE35-0AA0 6SL3000-2DE38-4AA0 500 ... 600 V 3 AC dv/dt filter plus VPL (Voltage Peak Limiter) limit the voltage rateof-rise dv/dt to values < 500 V/μs and the typical voltage peaks to the following values in accordance with the limit value curve according to IEC/TS 60034-17: 2006: • < 1000 V at Uline < 575 V • < 1250 V at 660 V < Uline < 690 V 6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3 110 6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3 132 6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3 160 6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3 200 Standard motors with standard insulation and without insulated bearings with a supply voltage of up to 690 V can be used for converter operation if a dv/dt filter plus VPL is used. dv/dt filters plus VPL are designed for the following maximum motor cable lengths: • Shielded cables: 300 m (e.g. Protodur NYCWY) • Unshielded cables: 450 m (e.g. Protodur NYY) For shorter cable lengths (100 m shielded, 150 m unshielded), refer to dv/dt filter compact plus VPL. 6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3 250 6SL3000-2DH34-1AA0 6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3 315 6SL3000-2DH35-8AA0 6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3 400 6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3 500 6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3 560 6SL3310-1GH28-5AA3 75 6SL3310-1GH31-0AA3 90 6SL3310-1GH31-2AA3 110 6SL3310-1GH31-5AA3 132 6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3 160 6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3 200 The max. permissible cable length between the dv/dt filter and Power Module is 5 m. 6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3 250 6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3 315 The dv/dt filter plus VPL consists of two components, which are also supplied as separate mechanical units: • dv/dt reactor • Voltage limiting network, which cuts-off the voltage peaks and feeds the energy back to the DC link. 6SL3000-2DH38-1AA0 660 ... 690 V 3 AC Notice: ■ Design 6SL3000-2DH33-3AA0 6SL3000-2DH31-0AA0 6SL3000-2DH31-5AA0 6SL3000-2DH32-2AA0 6SL3000-2DH33-3AA0 6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3 400 6SL3000-2DH34-1AA0 6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3 450 6SL3000-2DH35-8AA0 6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3 560 6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3 710 6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3 800 6SL3000-2DH38-1AA0 For further information on dv/dt filters, please refer to the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual. Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/41 3 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Load-side power components > dv/dt filters plus VPL ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC dv/dt filter plus VPL A Ith max Degree of protection Cable length, max. between dv/dt filter and motor 1) • Shielded • Unshielded m m Approvals, according to 6SL30002DE32-6AA0 6SL30002DE35-0AA0 6SL30002DE38-4AA0 6SL30002DE41-4AA0 260 490 840 1405 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 cURus cURus cURus cURus 0.701 0.729 0.78 0.874 0.904 0.963 1.106 1.115 1.226 1.111 1.154 1.23 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 M6 screw 1 × hole for M12 1 × hole for M12 M6 screw 1 × hole for M12 1 × hole for M12 M6 screw 2 × holes for M12 2 × holes for M12 M6 screw dv/dt reactor 3 Power loss • At 50 Hz • At 60 Hz • At 150 Hz kW kW kW Connections • To Power Module • To load • PE Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 410 370 229 460 370 275 460 385 312 445 385 312 Weight, approx. kg 66 122 149 158 kW kW kW 0.029 0.027 0.025 0.042 0.039 0.036 0.077 0.072 0.066 0.134 0.125 0.114 M8 nut M8 nut M8 stud 70 mm2 terminals 70 mm2 terminals 35 mm2 terminals 1 × hole for M8 1 × hole for M8 M8 stud 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 M8 stud Voltage Peak Limiter (VPL) Power loss • At 50 Hz • At 60 Hz • At 150 Hz Connections • To dv/dt reactor • To DC link • PE Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 263 265 188 392 285 210 309 1312.5 400 309 1312.5 400 Weight, approx. kg 6 16 48 72 6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3 (110 kW) 6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3 (160 kW) 6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3 (315 kW) 6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3 (560 kW) 6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3 (132 kW) 6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3 (200 kW) 6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3 (400 kW) 6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3 (250 kW) 6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3 (450 kW) Suitable for Power Module Note: Two dv/dt reactors are required for Power Modules with a type rating of 560 kW. The listed technical specifications refer to one dv/dt reactor. 1) Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request. 3/42 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Load-side power components > dv/dt filters plus VPL ■ Technical specifications (continued) Line voltage 500 ... 600 V 3 AC Ith max dv/dt filter plus VPL A Degree of protection Cable length, max. between dv/dt filter and motor 1) • Shielded • Unshielded m m Approvals, according to 6SL30002DH32-2AA0 6SL30002DH33-3AA0 6SL30002DH34-1AA0 6SL30002DH35-8AA0 6SL30002DH38-1AA0 215 330 410 575 810 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 cURus cURus cURus cURus cURus 0.578 0.604 0.645 0.595 0.62 0.661 0.786 0.826 0.884 0.862 0.902 0.964 0.828 0.867 0.927 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 M6 screw 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 M6 screw 1 × hole for M12 1 × hole for M12 M6 screw 1 × hole for M12 1 × hole for M12 M6 screw 2 × holes for M12 2 × holes for M12 M6 screw dv/dt reactor Power loss • At 50 Hz • At 60 Hz • At 150 Hz kW kW kW Connections • To Power Module • To load • PE 3 Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 460 360 275 460 360 275 460 385 312 460 385 312 445 385 312 Weight, approx. kg 83 135 147 172 160 kW kW kW 0.032 0.03 0.027 0.042 0.039 0.036 0.051 0.048 0.043 0.063 0.059 0.054 0.106 0.1 0.091 70 mm2 terminals 70 mm2 terminals 35 mm2 terminals 70 mm2 terminals 70 mm2 terminals 35 mm2 terminals 1 × hole for M8 1 × hole for M8 M8 stud 1 × hole for M8 1 × hole for M8 M8 stud 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 M8 stud Voltage Peak Limiter (VPL) Power loss • At 50 Hz • At 60 Hz • At 150 Hz Connections • To dv/dt reactor • To DC link • PE Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 392 285 210 392 285 210 309 1312.5 400 309 1312.5 400 309 1312.5 400 Weight, approx. kg 16 16 48 48 72 6SL3310-1GF318AA3 (110 kW) 6SL3310-1GF326AA3 (160 kW) 6SL3310-1GF341AA3 (250 kW) 6SL3310-1GF347AA3 (315 kW) 6SL3310-1GF374AA3 (500 kW) 6SL3310-1GF322AA3 (132 kW) 6SL3310-1GF333AA3 (200 kW) 6SL3310-1GF358AA3 (400 kW) 6SL3310-1GF381AA3 (560 kW) Suitable for Power Module Note: Two dv/dt reactors are required for Power Modules with a type rating of 500 kW and 560 kW. The listed technical specifications refer to one dv/dt reactor. 1) Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request. Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/43 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Load-side power components > dv/dt filters plus VPL ■ Technical specifications (continued) Line voltage 660 ... 690 V 3 AC dv/dt filter plus VPL A Ith max Degree of protection Cable length, max. between dv/dt filter and motor 1) • Shielded • Unshielded m m Approvals, according to 6SL3000-2DH31-0AA0 6SL3000-2DH31-5AA0 6SL3000-2DH32-2AA0 6SL3000-2DH33-3AA0 100 150 215 330 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 cURus cURus cURus cURus 0.49 0.508 0.541 0.389 0.408 0.436 0.578 0.604 0.645 0.595 0.62 0.661 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 M6 screw 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 M6 screw 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 M6 screw 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 M6 screw dv/dt reactor 3 Power loss • At 50 Hz • At 60 Hz • At 150 Hz kW kW kW Connections • To Power Module • To load • PE Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 350 320 227 350 320 227 460 360 275 460 360 275 Weight, approx. kg 48 50 83 135 kW kW kW 0.016 0.015 0.013 0.02 0.019 0.018 0.032 0.03 0.027 0.042 0.039 0.036 M8 nut M8 nut M8 stud M8 nut M8 nut M8 stud 70 mm2 terminals 70 mm2 terminals 35 mm2 terminals 70 mm2 terminals 70 mm2 terminals 35 mm2 terminals Voltage Peak Limiter (VPL) Power loss • At 50 Hz • At 60 Hz • At 150 Hz Connections • To dv/dt reactor • To DC link • PE Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 263 265 188 263 265 188 392 285 210 392 285 210 Weight, approx. kg 6 6 16 16 6SL3310-1GH28-5AA3 (75 kW) 6SL3310-1GH31-2AA3 (110 kW) 6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3 (160 kW) 6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3 (250 kW) 6SL3310-1GH31-0AA3 (90 kW) 6SL3310-1GH31-5AA3 (132 kW) 6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3 (200 kW) 6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3 (315 kW) Suitable for Power Module 1) Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request. 3/44 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Load-side power components > dv/dt filters plus VPL ■ Technical specifications (continued) Line voltage 660 ... 690 V 3 AC Ith max dv/dt filter plus VPL A Degree of protection Cable length, max. between dv/dt filter and motor 1) • Shielded • Unshielded m m Approvals, according to 6SL3000-2DH34-1AA0 6SL3000-2DH35-8AA0 6SL3000-2DH38-1AA0 410 575 810 IP00 IP00 IP00 300 450 300 450 300 450 cURus cURus cURus 0.786 0.826 0.884 0.862 0.902 0.964 0.828 0.867 0.927 1 × hole for M12 1 × hole for M12 M6 screw 1 × hole for M12 1 × hole for M12 M6 screw 2 × holes for M12 2 × holes for M12 M6 screw dv/dt reactor Power loss • At 50 Hz • At 60 Hz • At 150 Hz kW kW kW Connections • To Power Module • To load • PE Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 460 385 312 460 385 312 445 385 312 Weight, approx. kg 147 172 160 kW kW kW 0.051 0.048 0.043 0.063 0.059 0.054 0.106 0.1 0.091 1 × hole for M8 1 × hole for M8 M8 stud 1 × hole for M8 1 × hole for M8 M8 stud 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 M8 stud 3 Voltage Peak Limiter (VPL) Power loss • At 50 Hz • At 60 Hz • At 150 Hz Connections • To dv/dt reactor • To DC link • PE Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 309 1312.5 400 309 1312.5 400 309 1312.5 400 Weight, approx. kg 48 48 72 6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3 (400 kW) 6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3 (450 kW) 6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3 (710 kW) 6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3 (560 kW) 6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3 (800 kW) Suitable for Power Module Note: Two dv/dt reactors are required for Power Modules with a type rating of 710 kW and 800 kW. The listed technical specifications refer to one dv/dt reactor. 1) Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request. Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/45 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Load-side power components > dv/dt filters compact plus VPL ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Suitable for Power Module Type rating of dv/dt filter the Power compact plus VPL Module at 400 V, 500 V or 690 V kW Article No. 6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3 110 6SL3000-2DE32-6EA0 6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3 132 6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3 160 6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3 200 6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3 250 6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3 315 6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3 400 6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3 450 6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3 560 6SL3000-2DE41-4EA0 6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3 110 6SL3000-2DG32-2EA0 6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3 132 6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3 160 6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3 200 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 3 6SL3000-2DE35-0EA0 6SL3000-2DE38-4EA0 500 ... 600 V 3 AC dv/dt filters compact plus VPL (Voltage Peak Limiter) limit the voltage rate-of-rise dv/dt to values of < 1600 V/μs and the typical voltage peaks to the following values in accordance with the limit value curve A according to IEC 60034-25: 2007: • < 1150 V at Uline < 575 V • < 1400 V at 660 V < Uline < 690 V Standard motors with standard insulation and without insulated bearings with a supply voltage of up to 690 V can be used for converter operation if a dv/dt filter compact plus VPL is used. dv/dt filters compact plus VPL are designed for the following maximum motor cable lengths: • Shielded cables: 100 m (e.g. Protodur NYCWY) • Unshielded cables: 150 m (e.g. Protodur NYY) For longer cable lengths (> 100 m shielded, > 150 m unshielded) refer to dv/dt filter plus VPL. Notice: • The max. permissible cable length between the dv/dt filter and Power Module is 5 m. • Operation with output frequencies < 10 Hz is permissible for max. 5 min. ■ Design The dv/dt filter compact plus VPL consists of two components, which are supplied together as a compact mechanical unit: • dv/dt reactor • Voltage limiting network, which cuts-off the voltage peaks and feeds the energy back to the DC link. 3/46 Siemens D 11 · 2015 6SL3000-2DG33-3EA0 6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3 250 6SL3000-2DG34-1EA0 6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3 315 6SL3000-2DG35-8EA0 6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3 400 6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3 500 6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3 560 6SL3000-2DG38-1EA0 660 ... 690 V3 AC 6SL3310-1GH28-5AA3 75 6SL3310-1GH31-0AA3 90 6SL3310-1GH31-2AA3 110 6SL3310-1GH31-5AA3 132 6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3 160 6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3 200 6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3 250 6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3 315 6SL3000-2DG31-0EA0 6SL3000-2DG31-5EA0 6SL3000-2DG32-2EA0 6SL3000-2DG33-3EA0 6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3 400 6SL3000-2DG34-1EA0 6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3 450 6SL3000-2DG35-8EA0 6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3 560 6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3 710 6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3 800 6SL3000-2DG38-1EA0 For further information on dv/dt filters compact, please refer to the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual. © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Load-side power components > dv/dt filters compact plus VPL ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC dv/dt filter compact plus VPL 6SL3000-2DE32-6EA0 6SL3000-2DE35-0EA0 6SL3000-2DE38-4EA0 6SL3000-2DE41-1EA0 Rated current A 260 490 840 1405 Ith max A 260 490 840 1405 Power loss, max. • At 50 Hz 400 V kW 0.21 0.29 0.518 • At 60 Hz 460 V kW 0.215 0.296 0.529 • At 150 Hz 400 V kW 0.255 0.344 0.609 Reactor: 1.027 VPL: 0.127 Total: 1.154 Reactor: 1.077 VPL: 0.12 Total: 1.197 Reactor: 1.354 VPL: 0.09 Total: 1.444 Hole for M10 Hole for M10 Hole for M12 Provided for busbar connection Provided for busbar connection Provided for busbar connection 2 x elongated holes, 14 x 18 mm Provided for busbar connection Threaded socket M8 Threaded socket M8 Hole for M8 Hole for M8 16 25 50 95 Threaded socket M6 Threaded socket M6 Threaded socket M6 Threaded socket M6 (reactor and VPL) 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 Reactor: 430 VPL: 277 Reactor: 385 VPL: 360 Reactor: 323 VPL: 291 Power connection, input and output side • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) DC-link connection, DCPS, DCNS • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) mm2 PE/GND connection Cable length, max. between dv/dt filter and motor • Shielded • Unshielded m m Degree of protection Dimensions • Width mm 310 350 440 • Height mm 283 317 369 • Depth mm 238 260 311 Weight, approx. kg 41 61 103 Reactor: 168.8 VPL: 19.2 Total: 188 Approvals, according to cURus cURus cURus cURus Suitable for Power Module 6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3 (110 kW) 6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3 (160 kW) 6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3 (315 kW) 6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3 (560 kW) 6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3 (132 kW) 6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3 (200 kW) 6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3 (400 kW) 6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3 (250 kW) 6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3 (450 kW) Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/47 3 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Load-side power components > dv/dt filters compact plus VPL ■ Technical specifications (continued) Line voltage 500 ... 690 V 3 AC 3 dv/dt filter compact plus VPL 6SL3000-2DG31-0EA0 6SL3000-2DG31-5EA0 6SL3000-2DG32-2EA0 6SL3000-2DG33-3EA0 Rated current A 100 150 215 330 Ith max A 100 150 215 330 Power loss, max. • At 50 Hz 500/690 V • At 60 Hz 575 V • At 150 Hz 500/690 V kW kW kW 0.227 0.236 0.287 0.27 0.279 0.335 0.305 0.316 0.372 0.385 0.399 0.48 Power connection, input and output side • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) Hole for M10 Hole for M10 Hole for M10 Hole for M10 Provided for busbar connection Provided for busbar connection Provided for busbar connection Provided for busbar connection DC-link connection, DCPS, DCNS • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) Threaded socket M8 Threaded socket M8 Hole for M8 Hole for M8 16 16 25 25 Threaded socket M6 Threaded socket M6 Threaded socket M6 Threaded socket M6 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 mm2 PE/GND connection Cable length, max. between dv/dt filter and motor • Shielded • Unshielded m m Degree of protection Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 310 283 238 310 283 238 350 317 260 350 317 260 Weight, approx. kg 34 36 51 6 Approvals, according to cURus cURus cURus cURus Suitable for Power Module • 500 ... 600 V 3 AC – – 6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3 (110 kW) 6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3 (160 kW) 6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3 (200 kW) 6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3 (250 kW) 6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3 (315 kW) • 660 ... 690 V 3 AC 3/48 Siemens D 11 · 2015 6SL3310-1GH28-5AA3 (75 kW) 6SL3310-1GH31-2AA3 (110 kW) 6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3 (132 kW) 6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3 (160 kW) 6SL3310-1GH31-0AA3 (90 kW) 6SL3310-1GH31-5AA3 (132 kW) 6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3 (200 kW) © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Load-side power components > dv/dt filters compact plus VPL ■ Technical specifications (continued) Line voltage 500 ... 690 V 3 AC dv/dt filter compact plus VPL 6SL3000-2DG34-1EA0 6SL3000-2DG35-8EA0 6SL3000-2DG38-1EA0 Rated current A 410 575 810 Ith max A 410 575 810 Power loss, max. • At 50 Hz 500/690 V kW 0.55 0.571 • At 60 Hz 575 V kW 0.568 0.586 • At 150 Hz 500/690 V kW 0.678 0.689 Reactor: 0.88 VPL: 0.084 Total: 0.964 Reactor: 0.918 VPL: 0.08 Total: 0.998 Reactor: 1.137 VPL: 0.059 Total: 1.196 Power connection, input and output side • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) Hole for M12 Hole for M12 2 x elongated holes, 14 x 18 mm Provided for busbar connection Provided for busbar connection Provided for busbar connection DC-link connection, DCPS, DCNS • Conductor cross section, max. (IEC) Hole for M8 Hole for M8 Hole for M8 50 50 95 Threaded socket M6 Threaded socket M6 Threaded socket M6 (reactor and VPL) 100 150 100 150 100 150 IP00 IP00 IP00 Reactor: 430 VPL: 277 Reactor: 385 VPL: 360 Reactor: 323 VPL: 291 mm2 PE/GND connection Cable length, max. between dv/dt filter and motor • Shielded • Unshielded m m Degree of protection Dimensions • Width mm 440 440 • Height mm 369 369 • Depth mm 311 311 Weight, approx. kg 87 100 Reactor: 171.2 VPL: 18.8 Total: 190 cURus cURus cURus 6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3 (250 kW) 6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3 (315 kW) 6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3 (500 kW) 6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3 (400 kW) 6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3 (400 kW) 6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3 (450 kW) 6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3 (560 kW) 6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3 (710 kW) 6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3 (560 kW) 6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3 (800 kW) Approvals, according to Suitable for Power Module • 500 ... 600 V 3 AC • 660 ... 690 V 3 AC Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/49 3 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Load-side power components > Sine-wave filters ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Suitable for Power Module Type rating of Sine-wave filter the Power Module at 400 V or 500 V kW Article No. 6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3 6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3 110 132 6SL3000-2CE32-3AA0 6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3 160 6SL3000-2CE32-8AA0 6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3 200 6SL3000-2CE33-3AA0 6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3 250 6SL3000-2CE34-1AA0 110 132 6SL3000-2CF31-7AA0 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 500 ... 600 V 3 AC 6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3 6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3 3 Sine-wave filters are available in the voltage range 380 V to 480 V up to a type rating of 250 kW, and in the voltage range 500 V to 600 V up to a type rating of 132 kW. The sine-wave filter at the converter output supplies almost perfect sinusoidal voltages on the motor so that standard motors can be used without special cables or power derating. Standard cables can be used. Note the following when a sine-wave filter is used: • The output frequency is limited to max. 150 Hz (at 380 to 480 V) and 115 Hz (at 500 to 600 V). • The maximum output voltage is limited to approx. 85% of the input voltage. • Maximum permissible motor cable lengths: - Unshielded cable: 450 m - Shielded cable: 300 m • During commissioning, the pulse frequency is increased to double the factory setting. This induces current derating, which must be applied to the built-in units' rated currents listed in the technical specifications. Note: The reduced voltage at the motor terminals compared to the rated motor voltage means that the motor reaches the field weakening range earlier. The sine-wave filter may be operated only when the motor is connected; sine-wave filters are not no-load-proof! For further information on sine-wave filters, please refer to the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual. 3/50 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Load-side power components > Sine-wave filters ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Sine-wave filter 6SL3000-2CE32-3AA0 6SL3000-2CE32-8AA0 6SL3000-2CE33-3AA0 6SL3000-2CE34-1AA0 Rated current 1) A 225 276 333 408 Power loss kW 0.6 0.69 0.53 0.7 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 Connections • Load • PE Cable length, max. between sine-wave filter and motor • Shielded • Unshielded m m Degree of protection Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 620 300 320 620 300 320 620 370 360 620 370 360 Weight, approx. kg 3 124 127 136 198 Approvals, according to cURus cURus cURus cURus Suitable for Power Module 6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3 (110 kW) 6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3 (160 kW) 6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3 (200 kW) 6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3 (250 kW) 6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3 (132 kW) Line voltage 500 ... 600 V 3 AC Sine-wave filter 6SL3000-2CF31-7AA0 Rated current 2) A 188 Power loss kW 0.8 Connections • Load • PE Cable length, max. between sine-wave filter and motor • Shielded • Unshielded 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 m m 300 450 IP00 Degree of protection Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth mm mm mm 620 370 360 Weight, approx. kg 210 Approvals, according to cURus Suitable for Power Module 6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3 (110 kW) 6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3 (132 kW) 1) Output current of the Power Module at an adapted pulse frequency of 4 kHz. 2) Output current of the Power Module at an adapted pulse frequency of 2.5 kHz. Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/51 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units CU320-2 Control Unit and Control Unit Kit A shield connection for the signal cable shield of the option module is located on the CU320-2 Control Unit. ■ Overview The available option slot is used to expand the interfaces, e.g. number of terminals. The status of the CU320-2 Control Unit is indicated via multicolor LEDs. As the firmware and set parameters are stored on a plug-in CompactFlash card, the Control Unit can be changed without the need for tools. ■ Selection and ordering data 3 Description Article No. CU320-2 PN Control Unit without CompactFlash card 6SL3040-1MA01-0AA0 CU320-2 DP Control Unit without CompactFlash card 6SL3040-1MA00-0AA0 PROFINET PN Control Unit Kit 6SL3040-1GA01-1AA0 comprising: • CU320-2 PN Control Unit • CompactFlash card with the latest firmware • STARTER commissioning tool on DVD-ROM PROFIBUS DP Control Unit Kit The communication, open-loop and closed-loop control functions for the Power Modules are executed in a CU320-2 Control Unit. Communication with the higher-level control system is performed via PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET. The CU320-2 Control Unit and the associated CompactFlash card can be ordered separately or as Control Unit Kit. The Control Unit Kit comprises the CU320-2 Control Unit, a CompactFlash card and the stored drive software. ■ Design The CU320-2 Control Unit features the following connections and interfaces as standard: • Fieldbus interface: - CU320-2 PN: 1 PROFINET interface with 2 ports (RJ45 sockets) with PROFIdrive V4 profile - CU320-2 DP: 1 PROFIBUS interface with PROFIdrive V4 profile • 4 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets for communication with other DRIVE-CLiQ devices, e.g. Power Modules, Terminal Modules • 12 parameterizable digital inputs (floating) • 8 parameterizable bidirectional digital inputs/outputs (non-floating) • 1 serial RS232 interface • 1 interface for the BOP20 Basic Operator Panel • 1 slot for the CompactFlash card on which firmware and parameters are stored • 1 slot to install an option module for the interface expansion • 2 rotary coding switches for manually setting the PROFIBUS address • 1 Ethernet interface for commissioning and diagnostics • 3 measuring sockets and one reference ground for commissioning support • 1 connection for the electronics power supply via the 24 V DC supply connector • 1 PE connection • 1 ground connection 6SL3040-1GA00-1AA0 comprising: • CU320-2 DP Control Unit • CompactFlash card with the latest firmware • STARTER commissioning tool on DVD-ROM Accessories For CU320-2 PN: Industrial Ethernet FC • RJ45 plug 145 (1 unit) • RJ45 plug 145 (10 units) • Stripping tool • Standard cable GP 2x2 • Flexible cable GP 2x2 • Trailing cable GP 2x2 • Trailing cable 2x2 • Marine cable 2x2 6GK1901-1BB30-0AA0 6GK1901-1BB30-0AB0 6GK1901-1GA00 6XV1840-2AH10 6XV1870-2B 6XV1870-2D 6XV1840-3AH10 6XV1840-4AH10 For CU320-2 DP: PROFIBUS connector • Without PG/PC connection • With PG/PC connection 6ES7972-0BA42-0XA0 6ES7972-0BB42-0XA0 STARTER commissioning tool on DVD-ROM 6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0 Accessories for re-ordering Dust protection blanking plugs (50 units) for sealing unused DRIVE-CLiQ ports 6SL3066-4CA00-0AA0 For further information on the CU320-2 Control Unit, please refer to the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual. ■ Integration Communication between a CU320-2 Control Unit and the connected components takes place via DRIVE-CLiQ. A DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connecting the CU320-2 to the SINAMICS G130 converter is included in the scope of delivery of the Power Module. The BOP20 Basic Operator Panel can also be snapped onto the CU320-2 Control Unit during operation for diagnostic purposes. The CU320-2 Control Unit and other connected components are commissioned and diagnosed with the STARTER commissioning tool and the installed SINAMICS Support Package. The CU320-2 PN Control Unit requires a CompactFlash card with firmware as of V4.4. The CU320-2 DP Control Unit requires a CompactFlash card with firmware as of V4.3. 3/52 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units CU320-2 Control Unit and Control Unit Kit ■ Integration (continued) + ext. 24 V M M M M X122 1 DI 0 2 DI 1 3 DI 2 4 DI 3 5 DI 16 6 DI 17 3 M1 M1 X126 M1 PROFIBUS M1 M1 X150 P2 M1 7 2) DRIVE-CLiQ socket 3 + 24 V + X103 DRIVE-CLiQ socket 2 + PROFINET M1 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 M PROFINET DI/DO 8 1) DI/DO 9 1) Option board M X102 DRIVE-CLiQ socket 1 X124 + X101 DRIVE-CLiQ socket 0 M X100 Control Unit CU320-2 M DI/DO 10 1) X150 P1 X127 LAN DI/DO 11 1) M 3) X132 1 DI 4 2 DI 5 3 DI 6 4 DI 7 5 DI 20 6 DI 21 M2 M2 M2 M2 M2 M2 7 M2 14 3) 1) High-speed inputs (must be shielded). 2) Jumper open, isolation for digital inputs (DI). 3) Can be parameterized individually as input/output. G_D211_EN_00285 13 M DI/DO 14 1) DI/DO 15 1) M X140 M 12 DI/DO 13 1) TxD 11 DI/DO 12 1) T1 M T0 T2 5 10 M RxD 9 3 8 2 2) serial interface Test sockets Connection example of a CU320-2 Control Unit Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/53 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units CU320-2 Control Unit and Control Unit Kit ■ Technical specifications 3 CU320-2 Control Unit 6SL3040-1MA0 . -0AA0 Current requirement, max. at 24 V DC, typ. without taking into account digital outputs, expansion option slot and DRIVE-CLiQ supply • Conductor cross section, max. • Fuse protection, max. 1A Digital inputs according to IEC 61131-2 Type 1 12 floating digital inputs 2.5 mm2 20 A 8 bidirectional non-floating digital inputs/outputs -3 ... +30 V -3 ... +5 V • Voltage • Low level (an open digital input is interpreted as "low") • High level 15 ... 30 V • Current consumption 9 mA at 24 V DC, typ. • Delay time of digital inputs, approx. 1) - L→H - H→L • Delay time of high-speed digital inputs, approx. 1) - L→H - H→L • Conductor cross section, max. 50 μs 100 μs Digital outputs (continued short-circuit-proof) • Voltage • Load current per digital output, max. • Delay time, typ./max. - L→H - H→L • Conductor cross section, max. 8 bidirectional non-floating digital inputs/outputs 24 V DC 500 mA Power loss 24 W PE connection M5 screw Ground connection M5 screw Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth 50 mm 300 mm 226 mm Weight, approx. 2.3 kg Approvals, according to cULus 1) 5 μs 50 μs 1.5 mm2 150/400 μs 75/100 μs 1.5 mm2 The specified delay times refer to the hardware. The actual reaction time depends on the time slot in which the digital input or output is processed. 3/54 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units CompactFlash card for CU320-2 ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. CompactFlash card for CU320-2 Control Unit without Safety license 6SL3054-3E00-1BA0 CompactFlash card for CU320-2 Control Unit with Safety license 6SL3054-3E00-1BA0-Z F01 • For one axis ↑ Firmware V4.x The CompactFlash card contains the firmware and set parameters. The CompactFlash card is inserted into the appropriate slot of the CU320-2 Control Unit. ■ Design A CU320-2 Control Unit can process the communication, openloop and closed-loop control functions of the power units. The computing capacity requirement increases in proportion to the number of power units and system components and in relation to the dynamic response required. The computing capacity requirement and utilization of the CU320-2 Control Unit can be calculated with the SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool. In addition to the firmware, the CompactFlash card also contains license keys which are required to enable firmware options, e.g. for the Safety Integrated extended functions. The Safety Integrated extended functions must be ordered for each axis via order codes (F..) in addition to the article number. Converter cabinets with a Control Unit already contain the CompactFlash card with the current firmware. The Safety license can be added as a cabinet option. .3 D .4 E .5 F .6 G .7 H .8 J .9 K 3 Firmware license • Safety Integrated extended functions 6SL3074-0AA10-0AA0 option including Certificate of License for one axis for upgrading the license of a CompactFlash card. • SINAMICS DCB extension option 6SL3077-0AA00-0AB0 Runtime license as of firmware V 4.6 including Certificate of License for upgrading the license of a CompactFlash card (see Section Tools and configuration, Drive Control Chart engineering software). The current firmware version at the time of printing this catalog is firmware 4.7. The firmware options can be also enabled subsequently. You require the serial number of the CompactFlash card and the article number of the firmware license to be enabled. With this information, you can purchase the associated license key via a license database to enable the firmware option. The license key is only valid for the identifed CompactFlash card and cannot be transferred to other CompactFlash cards. A PDF guide for the purchase of the license key can be found at the following link at Usage Guide / Demonstration www.siemens.com/automation/license Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/55 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Supplementary system components > BOP20 Basic Operator Panel ■ Overview ■ Integration The BOP20 Basic Operator Panel can be snapped onto any CU305, CU310-2 or CU320-2 Control Unit. BOP20 Basic Operator Panel 3 Faults can be acknowledged, parameters set and diagnostics information read-out (e.g. alarm and fault messages) using the BOP20 Basic Operator Panel. ■ Design The BOP20 Basic Operator Panel has a backlit two-line display area and 6 keys. The integrated plug connector on the rear of the BOP20 Basic Operator Panel provides its power and establishes communication with the Control Unit. CU320-2 Control Unit with attached BOP20 Basic Operator Panel ■ Selection and ordering data 3/56 Siemens D 11 · 2015 Description Article No. BOP20 Basic Operator Panel 6SL3055-0AA00-4BA0 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Supplementary system components > AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel ■ Overview AOP30 X540 CU320-2 X140 9-pole SUB-D 2 RxD 3 TxD 5 M 0V 9-pole SUB-D 2 RxD 3 TxD 5 M 0V G_D011_EN_00068 Assignment of the serial plug-in cable ■ Design The AOP30 is an operator panel with graphical display and membrane keyboard. The device can be installed in a cabinet door which is between 2 mm and 4 mm thick. The AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel is an input/output device for converters of the SINAMICS series, preferably for cabinet installation. It has the following characteristics: • Graphical backlit LCD display for plain text display and a bar display of process variables • LEDs for display of the operating states • Help function describing causes of and remedies for faults and alarms • Keypad for controlling drives during operation • Local/remote switchover for selecting the operating location (control priority assigned to operator panel or customer terminal block / communication channel) • Numeric keypad for input of setpoint or parameter values • Function keys for guided navigation in the menu • Two-stage safety strategy to protect against accidental or unauthorized changes to settings. - Operation of the drive from the operator panel can be disabled by the keyboard lock so that only parameter values and process variables can be displayed on the operator panel. - A password can be used to prevent the unauthorized modification of converter parameters. • Front panel with degree of protection IP55 Features: • Display with green backlighting, resolution 240 × 64 pixels • Membrane keyboard with 26 keys • Connection for a 24 V power supply • RS232 interface • Time and date memory with internal battery backup • 4 LEDs to indicate the operating state of the drive: - RUN green - ALARM yellow - FAULT red - Local/Remote green ■ Function The current operating states, setpoints and actual values, parameters, indices, faults and alarms are displayed on the display panel. German, English, French, Italian, Spanish and Chinese are stored on the CU320-2 Control Unit CompactFlash card as operator panel languages. The desired language must be downloaded to the AOP30 prior to commissioning. In addition to these preinstalled languages, Russian and Portuguese (Brazil) are also available for subsequent installation. Further languages are available on request. The AOP30 and SINAMICS drive communicate via the RS232 serial interface with PPI protocol. The AOP30 may be omitted if the drive is only operated via PROFIBUS, for example, and no local display is required on the cabinet. The AOP30 can then be used simply for commissioning purposes and to obtain diagnostic information, in which case, it is plugged into the RS232 interface on the CU320-2 Control Unit. In this case, an external 24 V power supply (max. current requirement 200 mA) is required. Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/57 3 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Supplementary system components > AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel 6SL3055-0AA00-4CA5 Accessories RS232 plug-in cable for connecting the AOP30 to the CU320-2 3 1 m long 6FX8002-1AA01-1AB0 2 m long 6FX8002-1AA01-1AC0 3 m long 6FX8002-1AA01-1AD0 4 m long 6FX8002-1AA01-1AE0 5 m long 6FX8002-1AA01-1AF0 6 m long 6FX8002-1AA01-1AG0 7 m long 6FX8002-1AA01-1AH0 8 m long 6FX8002-1AA01-1AJ0 9 m long 6FX8002-1AA01-1AK0 10 m long 6FX8002-1AA01-1BA0 For the SINAMICS G150 and SINAMICS S150, the AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel is installed in the cabinet door as standard. For the SINAMICS S120 Cabinet Modules, the AOP30 can be ordered as an option by specifying order code K08. ■ Technical specifications AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel 6SL3055-0AA00-4CA5 Power supply 24 V DC (20.4 ... 28.8 V) Current requirement • Without backlighting • For max. backlighting < 100 mA < 200 mA Data interface RS232 interface, PPI protocol Backup battery 3 V lithium CR2032 Operating temperature 0 ... 55° C Storage and transport temperature -25 ... +70° C Degree of protection IP20 for the inside of the cabinet IP55 for the outside of the cabinet Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth 212 mm 156 mm 31 mm Weight, approx. 0.55 kg 3/58 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Supplementary system components > CBC10 Communication Board ■ Overview ■ Integration The CBC10 Communication Board plugs into the option slot on the CU320-2 Control Unit. Two SUB-D connections for input and output are provided for the CAN interface on the CBC10 Communication Board. ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. CBC10 Communication Board 6SL3055-0AA00-2CA0 Accessories CBC10 Communication Board The CBC10 Communication Board is used to interface the CU320-2 Control Unit (and therefore the drive system) to the CAN (Controller Area Network) protocol. The board's driver software fulfils the standards of the following CANopen specification of the CiA organization (CAN in Automation): • Communication profiles in accordance with DS 301 • Drive profile in accordance with DSP 402 (in this case Profile Velocity Mode) • EDS (Electronic Data Sheet) in accordance with DSP 306 • Operational status signaling in accordance with DSP 305 SUB-D connector 9-pin, female (3 units) 6FC9341-2AE SUB-D connector 9-pin, male (3 units) 6FC9341-2AF For the SINAMICS G150, SINAMICS S150 and SINAMICS S120 Cabinet Modules, the CBC10 Communication Board can be ordered as an option by specifying order code G20. ■ Technical specifications CBC10 Communication Board 6SL3055-0AA00-2CA0 Power requirement, max. at 24 V DC via CU320-2 Control Unit 0.05 A Power loss, max. 3W Weight, approx. 0.1 kg (0.22 lb) Approvals, according to cULus Note: The CAN address is set on the CU320-2 DP Control Unit by means of the two address switches. These address switches are not available on the CU320-2 PN Control Unit. In this case, the address can be set by means of parameters. Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/59 3 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Supplementary system components > CBE20 Communication Board ■ Overview ■ Integration The CBE20 Communication Board plugs into the option slot on the CU320-2 Control Unit. SINAMICS Link SINAMICS Link is to be used to directly exchange data between several CU320-2 DP (PROFIBUS) or CU320-2 PN (PROFINET) Control Units without using a higher-level control system. In this case, the CBE20 Communication Board is required. Possible applications for the SINAMICS Link include: • Torque distribution for several drives • Setpoint cascading for several drives • Load distribution for drives coupled through a material web • Couplings between SINAMICS G or SINAMICS S with CU320-2 and SINAMICS DC Master with CUD 3 Nodes other than the SINAMICS CU320-2 Control Units and the CUD Control Units of the SINAMICS DC MASTER cannot be integrated into this communication network. The CBE20 Communication Board is required when: • A SINAMICS G130 or SINAMICS G150 converter, equipped with a CU320-2 DP (PROFIBUS) Control Unit, is to be connected to a PROFINET IO network • SINAMICS Link is to be used to directly exchange data between several CU320-2 DP (PROFIBUS) or CU320-2 PN (PROFINET) Control Units without using a higher-level control system • EtherNet/IP is to be supported With the CBE20 Communication Board, SINAMICS G130 or SINAMICS G150 is a PROFINET IO device in the sense of PROFINET and offers the following functions: • PROFINET IO device • 100 Mbit/s full duplex • Supports real-time classes of PROFINET IO: - RT (Real-Time) - IRT (Isochronous Real-Time), minimum send cycle 500 μs • Connects to controllers as a PROFINET IO device according to the PROFIdrive profile • Standard TCP/IP communication for engineering processes using the STARTER commissioning tool • Integrated 4-port switch with four RJ45 sockets based on PROFINET ASICs ERTEC400. The optimum topology (line, star, tree) can therefore be configured without additional external switches. 3/60 Siemens D 11 · 2015 SINAMICS Link is activated by appropriately parameterizing the Control Units of the nodes. ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. CBE20 Communication Board 6SL3055-0AA00-2EB0 Accessories Industrial Ethernet FC • RJ45 plug 145 (1 unit) 6GK1901-1BB30-0AA0 • RJ45 plug 145 (10 units) 6GK1901-1BB30-0AB0 • Stripping tool 6GK1901-1GA00 • Standard cable GP 2x2 6XV1840-2AH10 • Flexible cable GP 2x2 6XV1870-2B • Trailing cable GP 2x2 6XV1870-2D • Trailing cable 2x2 6XV1840-3AH10 • Marine cable 2x2 6XV1840-4AH10 For SINAMICS G150, the CBE20 Communication Board can be ordered as an option by specifying order code G33. ■ Technical specifications CBE20 Communication Board 6SL3055-0AA00-2EB0 Current requirement at 24 V DC 0.16 A Power loss, max. 2.4 W Weight, approx. 0.1 kg © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Supplementary system components > TB30 Terminal Board ■ Overview ■ Technical specifications 6SL3055-0AA00-2TA0 Power requirement, max. at 24 V DC via Control Unit without taking account of digital outputs • Conductor cross-section, max. • Fuse protection, max. 0.05 A Digital inputs In accordance with IEC 61131-2 Type 1 • Voltage • Low level (an open digital input is interpreted as "low") • High level • Current consumption at 24 V DC, typ. • Delay time of digital inputs 1), approx. - L→H - H→L • Conductor cross-section, max. TB30 Terminal Board The TB30 Terminal Board supports the addition of digital inputs/ digital outputs and analog inputs/analog outputs to a Control Unit. ■ Design The following are located on the TB30 Terminal Board: • Power supply for digital inputs/digital outputs • 4 digital inputs • 4 digital outputs • 2 analog inputs • 2 analog outputs A shield connection for the signal cable shield is located on the Control Unit. ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. TB30 Terminal Board 6SL3055-0AA00-2TA0 For SINAMICS G150 and SINAMICS S150, the TB30 Terminal Board can be ordered as an option by specifying order code G62. 1) TB30 Terminal Board The specified delay times refer to the hardware. The actual reaction time depends on the time slot in which the digital input/output is processed. Digital outputs (continuously short-circuit proof) • Voltage • Load current per digital output, max. • Delay time of digital outputs 1), approx. • Conductor cross-section, max. Analog inputs (difference) • Voltage range (an open analog input is interpreted as 0 V) • Internal resistance Ri • Resolution 2) • Conductor cross-section, max. 2.5 mm2 20 A -3 ... +30 V -3 ... +5 V 15 ... 30 V 10 mA 24 V DC 500 mA 150 μs 0.5 mm2 -10 ... +10 V 65 kΩ 13 bit + sign 0.5 mm2 Analog outputs (continuously short-circuit proof) • Voltage range • Max. load current • Resolution • Settling time, approx. • Conductor cross-section, max. -10 ... +10 V -3 ... +3 mA 11 bit + sign 200 μs 0.5 mm2 Power loss, max. 3W Weight, approx. 0.1 kg (0.22 lb) Approvals, according to cULus 2) 3 50 μs 100 μs 0.5 mm2 If the analog input is to be operated in the signal processing sense with continuously variable input voltage, the sampling frequency fa = 1/ttime slot must be at least twice the value of the highest signal frequency fmax. Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/61 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Supplementary system components > TB30 Terminal Board ■ Integration The TB30 Terminal Board plugs into the option slot on a CU320-2 Control Unit. + ext. 24 V + M M X424 + 3 Terminal Board TB30 + 24 V + M M M M X481 1 DI 0 M 2 DI 1 3 DI 2 4 DI 3 5 DO 0 6 DO 1 M M M 7 8 Internal interface to the Control Unit 1 DO 2 8 DO 3 X482 V 1 AI 0+ + 2 AI 0- - 3 AI 1+ 4 AI 1- 5 AO 0+ 6 AO 0- 7 AO 1+ V 8 Connection example of TB30 Terminal Board 3/62 Siemens D 11 · 2015 8 AO 1- + + + G_D212_EN_00028c 1 ±10 V © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Supplementary system components > TM31 Terminal Module ■ Overview ■ Design The following are located on the TM31 Terminal Module: • 8 digital inputs • 4 bidirectional digital inputs/outputs • 2 relay outputs with changeover contact • 2 analog inputs • 2 analog outputs • 1 temperature sensor input (KTY84-130 or PTC) • 2 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets • 1 connection for the electronics power supply via the 24 V DC supply connector • 1 PE/protective conductor connection The status of the TM31 Terminal Module is indicated via a multicolor LED. The TM31 Terminal Module can be snapped onto a TH 35 standard mounting rail in accordance with EN 60715 (IEC 60715). TM31 Terminal Module With the TM31 Terminal Module, the number of available digital inputs and outputs and the number of analog input and outputs within a drive can be expanded. The TM31 Terminal Module also features relay outputs with changeover contact and a temperature sensor input. The signal cable shield can be connected to the TM31 Terminal Module via a shield connection terminal, e.g. type SK8 supplied by Phoenix Contact or type KLBÜ CO 1 supplied by Weidmüller. The shield connection terminal must not be used for strain relief. ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. TM31 Terminal Module 6SL3055-0AA00-3AA1 Without DRIVE-CLiQ cable Accessories for re-ordering SINAMICS/SINUMERIK/SIMOTION dust-proof blanking plugs (50 units) 6SL3066-4CA00-0AA0 For DRIVE-CLiQ port For the SINAMICS G150, SINAMICS S150 and SINAMICS S120 Cabinet Modules, the TM31 Terminal Module can be ordered as an option by specifying order code G60 or G61. Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/63 3 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Supplementary system components > TM31 Terminal Module ■ Technical specifications TM31 Terminal Module 3 6SL3055-0AA00-3AA1 TM31 Terminal Module 0.5 A Power requirement, max. At 24 V DC without taking account of the digital outputs and DRIVE-CLiQ supply • Conductor cross-section, max. 2.5 mm2 • Fuse protection, max. 20 A Analog outputs (continuously short-circuit proof) • Voltage range • Max. load current • Current ranges Digital inputs In accordance with IEC 61131-2 Type 1 • Voltage • Low level (an open digital input is interpreted as "low") • High level • Current consumption at 24 V DC, typ. • Delay times of digital inputs 1), approx. - L→H - H→L • Conductor cross-section, max. • Load resistance, max. Digital outputs (continuously short-circuit proof) • Voltage • Load current per digital output, max. • Aggregate current of digital outputs, max. • Delay times of digital outputs 1) - Typ. - Max. • Conductor cross-section, max. Analog inputs (a switch is used to toggle between voltage and current input) • As voltage input - Voltage range - Internal resistance Ri - Resolution 2) • As current input - Current ranges - Internal resistance Ri - Resolution 2) • Conductor cross-section, max. 1) -3 ... +30 V -3 ... +5 V 15 ... 30 V 10 mA 50 μs 100 μs 1.5 mm2 24 V DC 100 mA 400 mA 150 μs with 0.5 A resistive load 500 μs 1.5 mm2 Siemens D 11 · 2015 Relay outputs (changeover contacts) • Max. load current • Operational voltage, max. • Switching capacity, max. - At 250 V AC -10 ... +10 V -3 ... +3 mA 4 ... 20 mA, -20 ... +20 mA, 0 ... 20 mA 500 Ω for outputs in the range -20 ... +20 mA 11 bit + sign 1.5 mm2 8A 250 V AC, 30 V DC - At 30 V DC • Required minimum current • Conductor cross-section, max. 2000 VA (cos ϕ = 1) 750 VA (cos ϕ = 0.4) 240 W (resistive load) 100 mA 2.5 mm2 Power loss, max. 10 W PE connection M4 screw Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth 50 mm (1.97 in) 150 mm (5.91 in) 111 mm (4.37 in) Weight, approx. 0.87 kg (2 lb) Approvals, according to cULus -10 ... +10 V 100 kΩ 11 bits + sign 4 ... 20 mA, -20 ... +20 mA, 0 ... 20 mA 250 Ω 10 bits + sign 1.5 mm2 The specified delay times refer to the hardware. The actual reaction time depends on the time slot in which the digital input/output is processed. 3/64 • Resolution • Conductor cross-section, max. 6SL3055-0AA00-3AA1 2) If the analog input is to be operated in the signal processing sense with continuously variable input voltage, the sampling frequency fa = 1/ttime slot must be at least twice the value of the highest signal frequency fmax. © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Supplementary system components > TM31 Terminal Module ■ Integration The TM31 Terminal Module can communicate via DRIVE-CLiQ with the following Control Units. • CU310-2 Control Unit • CU320-2 Control Unit ext. 24 V • SINUMERIK Control Unit • SIMOTION D Control Unit • SINAMICS DCM Advanced CUD + + M M + 24 V + M M M M X521 DRIVE-CLiQ socket 1 + DRIVE-CLiQ socket 0 X500 X501 X524 + AI 0+ 1 - AI 0- 2 AI 1+ 3 + 3 AI 1- 4 - P10 M Terminal Module TM31 5 6 7 N10 M 8 X520 1 DI 0 2 DI 1 M 3 DI 2 M 4 DI 3 X522 + M1 6 AO 0- + M - 5 1) AO 0V+ 1 AO 0C+ 3 + M M + AO 1- + 24 V 0.15 A 3 IC for current limitation 5 8 4) X541 + 1 DI/DO 8 2 DI/DO 9 3 DI/DO 10 4 DI/DO 11 5 4 5 6 7 8 M 3) 6 X542 X530 1 DI 4 2 DI 5 M 3 DI 6 M 4 DI 7 1 M2 6 M DO 0 4 DO 1 M 2 3 M 5 1) A 7 - Temp 2 2) V AO 1C+ 6 +Temp 1 A AO 1V+ 4 X540 V 2 5 6 1) The jumpers must be inserted in this circuit example. 2) Can be parameterized individually G_D212_EN_00029e as current source. 3) Can be parameterized individually as output. 4) Current limitation can be parameterized (0.1 A or 1 A) Connection example of TM31 Terminal Module Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/65 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Supplementary system components > TM54F Terminal Module ■ Overview ■ Design 3 TM54F Terminal Module The TM54F Terminal Module is a dual-processor I/O interface with four fail-safe digital outputs and ten fail-safe digital inputs for utilization of the Safety Integrated functions of the SINAMICS drive system via external actuators and sensors. Every available safety function integrated in the drive can be controlled via the fail-safe digital inputs on the TM54F Terminal Module. In the event that the parameterized safety functions of several drives operated together on a Control Unit are to be executed together, then these drives can be grouped in the TM54F Terminal Module. The advantage of this approach is that only one fail-safe digital input needs to be connected for these drives. The fail-safe digital inputs and outputs have two channels and are redundantly configured with an internal data cross-check using the two processors. A fail-safe digital output consists of one P-switching and one M-switching output as well as one digital input to read back the switching state. A fail-safe digital input consists of two digital inputs. Safety sensors can be connected over two switchable 24 V sensor supplies and can be evaluated over the fail-safe digital inputs. The switchable 24 V sensor supply ensures that the failsafe digital inputs can be dynamized to detect dormant errors (this dynamization is used to check the shutdown paths). An unswitchable 24 V sensor supply is additionally provided by the TM54F Terminal Module for connecting undynamizable safety sensors. The TM54F Terminal Module must be directly connected to a Control Unit via a DRIVE-CLiQ cable. Only one TM54F Terminal Module can be assigned to each Control Unit. It is not permissible to make the TM54F connection via another DRIVE-CLiQ device, e.g. a Power Module, a Motor Module or a Line Module. 3/66 Siemens D 11 · 2015 The following are located on the TM54F Terminal Module: • 4 fail-safe digital outputs • 10 fail-safe digital inputs • 4 LEDs, single color for indicating the status of the read back channel of the fail-safe digital outputs • 4 LEDs, dual-color for indicating the status of the fail-safe digital outputs • 20 LEDs, dual-color for indicating the status of the fail-safe digital inputs • 3 LEDs, single color for indicating the status of the 24 V sensor supplies • 2 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets • 2 connections for 24 V sensor supply, switchable • 1 connection for 24 V sensor supply, not switchable • 1 connection for the electronics power supply via the 24 V DC power supply connector • 1 connection for the 24 V power supply to digital outputs and sensors • 1 PE (protective earth) connection The status of the TM54F Terminal Module is indicated via a multicolor LED. The TM54F Terminal Module can be snapped onto a TH 35 standard mounting rail in accordance with EN 60715 (IEC 60715). The signal cable shield can be connected to the TM54 Terminal Module via a shield connection terminal, e.g. type SK8 supplied by Phoenix Contact or type KLBÜ CO 1 supplied by Weidmüller. The shield connection terminal must not be used for strain relief. Pins for connector coding are supplied with the TM54F Terminal Module. ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. TM54F Terminal Module 6SL3055-0AA00-3BA0 Without DRIVE-CLiQ cable Accessories for re-ordering SINAMICS/SINUMERIK/SIMOTION dust-proof blanking plugs (50 units) 6SL3066-4CA00-0AA0 For DRIVE-CLiQ port For the SINAMICS G150, SINAMICS S150 and SINAMICS S120 Cabinet Modules, the TM54F Terminal Module can be ordered as an option by specifying order code K87. © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Supplementary system components > TM54F Terminal Module ■ Technical specifications TM54F Terminal Module 6SL3055-0AA00-3BA0 TM54F Terminal Module Current requirement (X524 at 24 V DC) without DRIVE-CLiQ supply • Conductor cross-section, max. • Fuse protection, max. 0.2 A Digital outputs (continuously short-circuit proof) • Voltage • Load current per fail-safe digital output, max. 2) • Delay times (resistive load) 1) - L → H, typ. - H → L, typ. • Safe state 2.5 mm2 20 A 4A Max. power requirement ext. 24 V for supplying the digital outputs and 24 V sensor supply (X514 at 24 V DC) • Conductor cross-section, max. 2.5 mm2 • Fuse protection, max. 20 A I/O • Number of fail-safe digital inputs • Number of fail-safe digital outputs • 24 V sensor supply • Cables and connections • Conductor cross-section, max. Digital inputs in accordance with IEC 61131-2 Type 1, with galvanic isolation • Voltage • Low level (an open digital input is interpreted as "low") • High level • Current consumption at 24 V DC, typ. • Delay time of digital inputs, approx. 1) - L → H, typ. - H → L, typ. • Safe state 6SL3055-0AA00-3BA0 24 V DC 0.5 A 300 μs 350 μs Output switched off Scanning cycle tSI for fail-safe digital inputs or fail-safe digital outputs 4 ... 25 ms (adjustable) 4 Power loss, max. At 24 V 4.5 W 3, of which 2 can be temporarily shut down using an internal test routine for dynamizing fail-safe digital inputs, current carrying capacity 0.5 A each Plug-in screw-type terminals 1.5 mm2 PE connection M4 screw Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth 50 mm (1.97 in) 150 mm (5.91 in) 111 mm (4.37 in) Weight, approx. 0.9 kg (2 lb) Approvals, according to cULus Safety Integrated According to IEC 61508 SIL 2 and EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and Category 3 10 -3 ... +30 V -3 ... +5 V 3 15 ... 30 V > 2 mA 30 μs 60 μs Low level (for inputs that can be inverted: without inversion) ■ Integration The TM54F Terminal Module can communicate via DRIVE-CLiQ with the following Control Units. • CU310-2 Control Unit • CU320-2 Control Unit • SINUMERIK Control Unit • SIMOTION D Control Unit or Controller Extension 1) The specified delay times refer to the hardware. The actual reaction time depends on the time slot in which the digital input/output is processed. 2) The total current of all fail-safe digital outputs must not exceed 5.33 A. Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/67 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Supplementary system components > TM54F Terminal Module ■ Integration (continued) + M + M + 24 V + X514 M M M M + + 24 V ext Terminal Module TM54F DRIVE-CLiQ socket 1 X524 + DRIVE-CLiQ socket 0 X500 X501 + 3 M M1 M M1 X520 IC for current limitation 1 L3+ 2 M1 X521 2) Sensor 1 L1 L2 DI 10 2 DI 0 3 DI 1+ & F-DI 0 F-DI 5 & 1) M1 6 DI 1- 1) & F-DI 1 F-DI 6 & 1) 4) M1 X522 DI 14 M1 1) 3 DI 6 Safety switch device XY 4 DI 7+ & F-DI 2 F-DI 7 & 1) M1 1) M1 1) & F-DI 3 F-DI 8 & 1) 1 X532 DI 15+ 2 DI 16 3 1) M1 5 DI 8 DI 17+ 4 DI 18 5 1) 6 DI 9+ 7 DI 5- 7 M1 8 1 DI 4 2 DI 5+ DO- Safety switch device XY DI 11- 6 DI 13- 8 M1 DO+ DO2 DI 13+ 5 7 DI 3+ M DO1 DI 12 4 1) 1) 5 DI 3+ M + 5) 2 M1 4 DI 2 Sensor X531 DI 11+ 3 M1 1) 3) 1 M1 1) 1) & F-DI 4 F-DI 9 & 1) DI 19+ 6 M1 DI 15- 7 8 DI 7- DI 17- 8 9 DI 9- DI 19- 9 + 24 V est. M1 10 10 M1 6) Load circuit X523 DI 20 1 DI 22 M1 F-DO 0 2 DO 0+ + 24 V 3 DO 0X525 M1 DI 21 1 F-DO 2 F-DO 1 + 24 V 3 DO 1- M1 X533 7) DO 2+ 2 + 24 V DO 2- 3 M1 DI 23 M1 2 DO 1+ 1 M1 1 M1 F-DO 3 + 24 V M1 DO 3+ 2 DO 3- 3 X535 G_D211_EN_00201 1) Inversion can be parameterized 2) Sensor with NC/NO contacts (inversion for digital input 1 can be parameterized) 3) Sensor with NC/NC contacts 4) Sensor is a fail-safe digital output of a safety relay/F control Connection example of TM54F Terminal Module 3/68 Siemens D 11 · 2015 5) Sensor consists of 2 standard digital outputs of a safety relay/F control 6) Control of an actuator via fail-safe digital output 7) Positively-driven auxiliary contacts © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Supplementary system components > TM150 Terminal Module ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. TM150 Terminal Module 6SL3055-0AA00-3LA0 Without DRIVE-CLiQ cable Accessories for re-ordering SINAMICS/SINUMERIK/SIMOTION dust-proof blanking plugs (50 units) 6SL3066-4CA00-0AA0 For DRIVE-CLiQ port For the SINAMICS G150, SINAMICS S150 and SINAMICS S120 Cabinet Modules, the TM150 Terminal Module can be ordered as an option by specifying order code G51 or G51 ... G54. ■ Technical specifications TM150 Terminal Module 6SL3055-0AA00-3LA0 Power requirement, max. at 24 V DC • Conductor cross section, max. • Fuse protection, max. 0.5 A 3 2.5 mm2 20 A Temperature sensor inputs TM150 Terminal Module The TM150 Terminal Module is a DRIVE-CLiQ component for temperature evaluation. The temperature is measured in a temperature range from -99 °C to +250 °C (-146.2 °F to 482 °F) for the following temperature sensors: • Pt100 (with monitoring for open-circuit and short-circuit) • Pt1000 (with monitoring for open-circuit and short-circuit) • KTY84 (with monitoring for open-circuit and short-circuit) • PTC (with short-circuit monitoring) • Bimetallic NC contact (without monitoring) The inputs can be parameterized individually for the evaluation of sensors • Conductor cross section, max. • Measuring current per sensor, approx. 1.5 mm2 0.8 mA Power loss 1.6 W PE connection M4 screw Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth 30 mm (1.18 in) 150 mm (5.91 in) 119 mm (4.69 in) Weight, approx. 0.41 kg (0.90 lb) For the temperature sensor inputs, for each terminal block the evaluation can be parameterized for 1×2-wire, 2×2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire. There is no galvanic isolation in the TM150 Terminal Module. The temperature channels can be subdivided into 3 groups and evaluated together. ■ Design The following are located on the TM150 Terminal Module: • 6 terminal blocks for max. 12 temperature sensor inputs • 2 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets • 1 connection for the electronics power supply via the 24 V DC supply connector • 1 PE/protective conductor connection The status of the TM150 Terminal Module is indicated via a multicolor LED. The TM150 Terminal Module can be snapped onto a TH 35 standard mounting rail in accordance with EN 60715 (IEC 60715). Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/69 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Supplementary system components > TM150 Terminal Module ■ Integration The TM150 Terminal Module can communicate via DRIVE-CLiQ with the following Control Units. + M X500 X501 DRIVE-CLiQ socket 1 + M DRIVE-CLiQ socket 0 ext. 24 V • CU310-2 Control Unit • CU320-2 Control Unit • SINAMICS DCM Advanced CUD X524 + +24 V + 3 M M M M X531 +Temp 1 -Temp 2 Channel 0 3 2×2-wire 4 Channel 6 +Temp -Temp X532 +Temp -Temp +Temp Terminal Module TM150 -Temp 1 Channel 1 2 2×2-wire 3 Channel 7 4 X533 +Temp -Temp +Temp -Temp 1 Channel 2 2 2×2-wire 3 Channel 8 4 X534 + - 1 2 + lc 3 - lc 4 Channel 3 3-wire X535 + 1 - 2 + lc 3 - lc 4 Channel 4 4-wire X536 + 1 - 2 + lc 3 - lc 4 Channel 5 4-wire G_D211_EN_00295 G Connection example of TM150 Terminal Module 3/70 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Supplementary system components > VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module 6SL3053-0AA00-3AA1 Without DRIVE-CLiQ cable For the SINAMICS G150, the VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module can be ordered as an option with order code K51 to implement the flying restart function. ■ Technical specifications The VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module enables the line or motor voltage characteristic to be measured precisely. The phase differential voltage can be measured, either grounded (in the delivery state with jumper plugged in) or isolated. In addition, the VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module is used to connect to rotating synchronous motors – or for a "quick flying restart" of rotating induction motors. ■ Design The VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module has the following interfaces: • 1 connection for direct voltage sensing up to 690 V • 1 connection for voltage sensing using voltage transformers, maximum voltage 100 V • 1 temperature sensor input (KTY84-130 or PTC) • 1 DRIVE-CLiQ socket • 1 connection for the electronics power supply via the 24 V DC supply connector • 1 plug-in jumper for either grounded (delivery state) or isolated measurement • 1 PE connection VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module 6SL3053-0AA00-3AA1 Power requirement, max. at 24 V DC • Conductor cross section, max. 0.2 A Power loss < 10 W 2.5 mm2 Line voltage detection • Insulation resistance neutral point - ground when the jumper is not inserted • Input resistance - Terminal X521 - Terminal X522 3 > 10 MΩ > 362 kΩ/phase > 2.5 MΩ/phase 2 analog inputs (reserved for monitoring an Active Interface Module in chassis format) • Internal resistance (between differential in- Approx. 100 kΩ puts) • Resolution 12-bit PE connection On housing with M4 screw Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth 50 mm 150 mm 111 mm Weight, approx. 0.9 kg The status of the VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module is indicated by a two-color LED. The VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module can be snapped onto a TH 35 mounting rail according to EN 60715 (IEC 60715). Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/71 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Supplementary system components > VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module ■ Integration The VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module communicates with the CU320-2 Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ. + ext. 24 V M X524 + + M M DRIVE-CLiQ socket X500 +24 V M M Voltage Sensing Module VSM10 LED 3 X520 1 2 3 4 5 6 + – + – X522 1 U Line voltage detection 2 V via direct line connection 3 W max. 690 V + – +Temp -Temp G_D211_EN_00069a 1) Point READY X530 1) grounding (delivery state with jumper plugged in) Connection example of a VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module 3/72 Siemens D 11 · 2015 X521 1 U Line voltage detection 2 V via transformers 3 W max. 100 V 1 2 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Supplementary system components > Safe Brake Adapter SBA ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. Safe Brake Adapter 6SL3355-2DX00-1AA0 230 V AC/2 A Accessories Connecting cable for connecting the SBA to the Control Interface Module in the Motor Module/ Power Module 6SL3060-4DX04-0AA0 ■ Technical specifications Safe Brake Adapter 6SL3355-2DX00-1AA0 Electronics power supply • Supply voltage (via the Control Interface Module) 24 V DC (20.4 ... 28.8 V) 3 230 V AC Safe Brake Adapter SBA Supply voltage of the motor holding brake The Safe Brake Adapter SBA is required to implement a Safe Brake Control (Safety Integrated function "SBC") in conjunction with Motor Modules and Power Modules in chassis format. Current consumption, max perm. • Motor holding brake • Fast de-energization 2A 2A The Safe Brake Adapter is available for a 230 V AC brake control voltage. Cable length, max. • To the Control Interface Module • To the brake 10 m (32 ft) 300 m (984 ft) Conductor cross-section 2.5 mm2 Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth 75 mm (2.95 in) 111 mm (4.37 in) 89 mm (3.50 in) Weight, approx. 0.25 kg (0.55 lb) Safety Integrated According to IEC 61508 SIL 2, EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and Category 3 ■ Design The Safe Brake Adapter SBA has the following connections and interfaces: • 1 connection for controlling and transferring feedback from the integrated safety relay (X11) • 1 connection for controlling the motor brake solenoid (X14) • 2 connections for supplying power to the brake, either via 24 V DC (X13) or 230 V AC (X12) • 1 connection for quick de-excitation of the operating solenoid (X15) The Safe Brake Adapter is designed for attachment to a support rail in accordance with EN 50022 Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/73 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Supplementary system components > Safe Brake Adapter SBA ■ Integration For SINAMICS S120, the brake supply voltage must be externally supplied at the SBA. The control and feedback signal regarding the switching state of the SBA relay is implemented via terminals of the Control Interface Module (CIM) in the Motor Module/Power Module. The excitation coil of the holding brake is connected directly at the SBA. Safe Brake Adapter SBA 230 V AC Motor Module / Power Module -X11 BR+ 1 LEDs 230 V OK K1 ON K2 ON external voltage supply AUX1 Fast de-excitation AUX2 -X12 1 230 V AC 2 L N SBA_BR_L SBA_BR_N 2 3 4 5 6 Connecting cable 6SL3060-4DX04-0AA0 -X42 2 3 Control Interface Module (CIM) BR Output+ BR OutputFB Input+ FB InputP24 M -X15 1 2 -X14 1 2 G_D213_EN_00091b U2 V2 W2 PE 3 BRFB+ FBP24 M -X46 1 2 3 4 M 3~ Connection example of a Safe Brake Adapter SBA 3/74 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Supplementary system components > SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted 6SL3055-0AA00-5CA2 Without DRIVE-CLiQ cable For the SINAMICS S150 and SINAMICS S120 Cabinet Modules, the SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted can be ordered as an option by specifying order code K50. ■ Technical specifications SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted 6SL3055-0AA00-5CA2 Power requirement, max. at 24 V DC, without taking encoder into account • Conductor cross-section, max. • Fuse protection, max. 0.2 A Power loss, max. 10 W Encoders which can be evaluated • Incremental encoder TTL/HTL • SSI encoder with TTL/HTL incremental signals • SSI encoder without incremental signals SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted The SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted is required to evaluate the encoder signals of motors without a DRIVE-CLiQ interface. External encoders can also be connected via the SMC30. The following encoder signals can be evaluated: • Incremental encoders TTL/HTL with/without open-circuit detection (open-circuit detection is only available with bipolar signals) • SSI encoder with TTL/HTL incremental signals • SSI encoder without incremental signals The motor temperature can also be detected using KTY84-130 or PTC thermistors. ■ Design The SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted features the following connections and interfaces as standard: • 1 encoder connection including motor temperature detection (KTY84-130 or PTC) via SUB-D connector or terminals • 1 DRIVE-CLiQ interface • 1 connection for the electronics power supply via the 24 V DC supply connector • 1 PE connection The status of the SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted is indicated using a multi-color LED. • Input impedance - TTL - HTL, max. • Encoder supply • • • • • Encoder frequency, max. SSI baud rate Limiting frequency Resolution absolute position SSI Cable length, max. - TTL encoder - HTL encoder - SSI encoder 2.5 mm2 20 A 3 570 Ω 16 mA 24 V DC/0.35 A or 5 V DC/0.35 A 300 kHz 100 ... 1000 kBaud 300 kHz 30 bit 100 m (328 ft) (only bipolar signals permitted)1) 100 m (328 ft) for unipolar signals 300 m (984 ft) for bipolar signals1) 100 m (328 ft) PE connection M4 screw Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth 30 mm (1.18 in) 150 mm (5.91 in) 111 mm (4.37 in) Weight, approx. 0.45 kg (1 lb) Approvals, according to cULus The SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted can be snapped onto a TH 35 mounting rail according to EN 60715 (IEC 60715). The maximum encoder cable length between SMC30 modules and encoders is 100 m. For HTL encoders, this length can be increased to 300 m if the A+/A- and B+/B- signals are evaluated and the power supply cable has a minimum cross-section of 0.5 mm2. The signal cable shield can be connected to the SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted via a shield connection terminal, e.g. type SK8 from Phoenix Contact or type KLBÜ CO 1 from Weidmüller. The shield connection terminal must not be used as a strain relief mechanism. ■ Integration SMC30 Sensor Modules Cabinet-Mounted communicate with a Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ. 1) Signal cables twisted in pairs and shielded. Siemens D 11 · 2015 3/75 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units Supplementary system components > Signal cables MOTION-CONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ signal cables ■ Overview MOTION-CONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ signal cables are used whenever components with DRIVE-CLiQ connections must meet high requirements such as mechanical stress and oil resistance, e.g. where a connection is made outside the cabinet between • Power Modules and Sensor Modules • Power Modules and motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface MOTION-CONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ signal cables have 24 V DC cores. Serial plug-in cable for connecting the AOP30 to the CU320-2 The AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel is connected to the CU320-2 Control Unit via a serial plug-in cable (RS232C cable). The maximum cable length is 10 m. To guarantee disturbancefree communication, a shielded cable is recommended, and the cable shield should be connected to both connector housings. 3 ■ Selection and ordering data Signal cables are required for the DRIVE-CLiQ connection between different components. Signal cables are pre-assembled and are sold by the meter. The following signal cables are available: • DRIVE-CLiQ signal cables • MOTION-CONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ signal cables • MOTION-CONNECT pre-assembled signal cables Length Signal cable Article No. m Pre-assembled DRIVE-CLiQ signal cables (without 24 V DC cores) 0.11 6SL3060-4AB00-0AA0 0.16 6SL3060-4AD00-0AA0 Connectors with degree of protection IP20/IP20 0.21 6SL3060-4AF00-0AA0 0.26 6SL3060-4AH00-0AA0 0.36 6SL3060-4AM00-0AA0 0.6 6SL3060-4AU00-0AA0 0.95 6SL3060-4AA10-0AA0 1.2 6SL3060-4AW00-0AA0 1.45 6SL3060-4AF10-0AA0 2.8 6SL3060-4AJ20-0AA0 5 6SL3060-4AA50-0AA0 Type of delivery for pre-assembled signal cables Pre-assembled signal cables are available in units of 10 cm. Cables up to 30 kg or 100 m are supplied as coils; above this, they are supplied on drums. ■ Application DRIVE-CLiQ signal cables DRIVE-CLiQ signal cables are used to connect components with DRIVE-CLiQ connections, which have a separate or external 24 V DC power supply. ■ Integration CU320-2 Control Unit Power Module -X140 -X400 -X401 6SL3060-4A..0-0AA0*) 6SL3060-4A..0-0AA0 6FX8002- 1AA01-1..0 -X540 -X100 AOP30 Operator Panel -X500 TM31 Terminal -X501 Module 6SL3060-4A..0-0AA0 -X500 -X501 TM31 Terminal Module G_D011_EN_00043b -X402 6SL3060-4A..0-0AA0 *) This DRIVE-CLiQ cable is supplied with the Power Module. Connection example of a CU320-2 Control Unit 3/76 Siemens D 11 · 2015 -X500 SMC30 4 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 4/2 Overview 4/3 Benefits 4/3 Application 4/3 Design 4/6 Function 4/9 4/9 4/9 Selection and ordering data Single connection Parallel connection 4/10 4/13 4/14 4/15 Options Option selection matrix Ordering examples Description of options 4/29 4/30 4/31 4/35 Technical specifications General technical specifications Single connection Parallel connection 4/37 4/37 4/40 Characteristic curves Derating data Overload capability 4/41 4/41 4/41 4/42 4/42 Configuration Cable cross-sections and connections Single connection Parallel connection Minimum motor cable lengths for operation with power units connected in parallel Cable cross-sections for line and motor connection 4/43 4/44 4/44 Line-side power components Recommended fuses Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Overview SINAMICS G150 is available in two versions: • Version A All optionally available line connection components, such as the main switch, circuit breakers, line contactor, line fuses, line filter or motor-side components and additional monitoring devices, can be installed as required. This version is also available with power units connected in parallel. • Version C Offers an extremely space-optimized structure without lineside components. This particularly slimline version can be used, for example, when line connection components are accommodated in a central low-voltage distribution panel (MCC) in the plant. The following voltages and power ratings are available: Line voltage Power range single connection Power range parallel connection (versions A and C) (version A) 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 110 ... 560 kW 630 ... 900 kW 500 ... 600 V 3 AC 110 ... 560 kW 630 ... 1000 kW 660 ... 690 V 3 AC 75 ... 800 kW 1000 ... 2700 kW Degrees of protection are IP20 (standard) and optionally IP21, IP23, IP43 and IP54. 4 SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units, versions A and C With its SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units, a drive system is available on which all line-side and motor-side components are integrated together with the Power Module extremely compact into a specially designed cabinet enclosure. This approach minimizes the effort and expense required to configure and install them. SINAMICS G150 has been specially designed to meet the requirements of drives with square-wave and constant load characteristics, with medium performance requirements, and without regenerative feedback capability. The control accuracy of the sensorless vector control is suitable for most applications, which means that an additional actual speed value encoder is not required. SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units are optionally available with an encoder evaluation function in order to handle applications that require an encoder for plant-specific reasons. SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units offer an economic drive solution that can be adapted to customer-specific requirements through a wide range of components and options. 4/2 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Benefits • Particularly quiet and compact converters thanks to state-ofthe-art IGBT power semiconductors and an innovative cooling concept. • Individual modules and power components can be replaced quickly and easily, which ensures a higher level of plant availability. Replaceable components have been designed so that they can be quickly and easily replaced. In addition, the "Spares On Web" Internet tool makes it easy to view the spare parts that are available for the particular order at all times. • Can be easily integrated in automation solutions by means of a standard communications interface as well as a range of analog and digital interfaces. • Easy commissioning and parameterization using interactive menus on the AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel with graphic LCD and plain-text display, or PC-supported using the STARTER commissioning tool (see Chapter Tools and configuration). • Preset software functions make it easier to adapt the converter to the individual plant. For example, the key functions for controlling pumps are stored as a preprogrammed macro in the drive. • With regard to EMC, the devices are subdivided into various zones, and as a consequence, they are extremely insensitive to disturbances and are very reliable in operation. With the help of simulated conditions, partitions have been designed to act as air guides and to help dissipate heat. • Special measures used in the construction of the cabinets ensure that they remain mechanically durable over their entire life cycle. All components, from individual parts to the readyto-connect cabinet, undergo rigorous testing throughout the entire production process. This guarantees a high level of functional reliability during installation and commissioning, as well as in operation. ■ Application Variable-speed drives are ideal for all applications that involve moving, conveying, pumping or compressing solids, liquids or gases. This means the following applications in particular: • Pumps and fans • Compressors • Extruders and mixers • Mills ■ Design SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units are characterized by their compact, modular and service-friendly design. A wide range of options is available depending on the cabinet version which permit optimum adaptation of the drive system to the respective requirements (see Options). 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 4 8 9 10 G_D011_EN_00470 1 Power unit 2 Main switch with fuses (option L26) 3 Main contactor (option L13) 4 Customer terminal block 5 CU320-2 Control Unit 6 TM31 Terminal Module (option G60) 7 Motor connection 8 Line reactor (≤ 500 kW standard) (option L23) 9 Line connection 10 dv/dt-Filter compact plus VPL (option L07) Standard version Option Example of the design of a SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet unit, version A Siemens D 11 · 2015 4/3 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Design (continued) Line connection PE Line contactor 1) Line contactor (Option L13)1) Line reactor vk = 2 % (Option L23) Line reactor Vk = 2 % ≤ 500 kW as standard > 500 kW (Option L23) DC link PE G_D011_EN_00016d -X2 Motor connection -X2 -X2 PE PE Converter version A Converter version A Options M 3~ Options 1) With an output current > 800 A, the main control switch, fuses and line contactor are replaced by a circuit-breaker. Basic design of a SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet unit with several essential options Siemens D 11 · 2015 AC AC AC G_D011_EN_00066c Inverter DC DC Inverter (2 Units)2) DC 4/4 DC DC DC DC link Converter version C AC AC Rectifier (2 Units) AC Rectifier 4 PE PE Main control switch1) (Option L26) Fuses1) Main control switch1) (Option L26) Fuses1) Motor connection -X1 -X1 -X1 Line connection M 3~ 1) With an output current _ >1500 A, the main control switch, fuses and line contactor are replaced by circuit-breakers. The output current is composed of the sum of both subsystems. 2) 3 inverter units at 2700 kW Basic design of a SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet unit in parallel connection in order to increase the power rating, with several essential options © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Design (continued) Coated modules Degrees of protection of the cabinet units The following converter components are equipped as standard with coated modules: • Power Modules • Control Units • Sensor Modules • Terminal Modules • Advanced Operator Panel (AOP30) The EN 60529 standard covers the protection of electrical equipment by means of housings, covers or equivalent, and includes: • Protection of persons against accidental contact with live or moving parts within the housing and protection of the equipment against the ingress of solid foreign bodies (touch protection and protection against ingress of solid foreign bodies) • Protection of the equipment against the ingress of water (water protection) • Abbreviations for the internationally agreed degrees of protection The coating on the modules protects the sensitive SMD components against corrosive gases, chemically active dust and moisture. Nickel-plated busbars The degrees of protection are specified by abbreviations comprising the code letters IP and two digits. All of the copper busbars used in the converter cabinet are nickel-plated in order to achieve the best possible immunity to environmental effects. The bare copper connections also do not have to be cleaned for customer connections. Degrees of protection for the converter cabinet unit First digit (touch protection and protection against ingress of foreign solid bodies) Second digit (protection of the equipment against the ingress of water) Note: IP20 (standard) Protected against solid foreign bodies with a diameter ≥ 12.5 mm No water protection IP21 (option M21) Protected against solid foreign bodies with a diameter ≥ 12.5 mm Protected against drip water Protected against solid foreign bodies with a diameter ≥ 12.5 mm Protected against spray water Protected against solid foreign bodies with a diameter ≥ 1 mm Protected against spray water Dust protected. Protected against splash water With some options, parts of the copper busbars cannot be nickel-plated for technical reasons. IP23 (option M23) IP43 (option M43) IP54 (option M54) Ingress of dust is not totally prevented, but dust must not be allowed to enter in such quantities that the functioning or safety of the equipment is impaired. Vertically falling water drops must not have any harmful effects. Water sprayed on at an angle of up to 60° both sides of the vertical must not have any harmful effects. Water sprayed on at an angle of up to 60° both sides of the vertical must not have any harmful effects. Water splashing onto the housing from any direction must not have any harmful effects. Siemens D 11 · 2015 4/5 4 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Function Motor data Back p0304 MOT.U_rated p0305 MOT. I_rated p0307 MOT.P_rated p0308 MOT.CosPhi_ rated 400.0 V 405.0 A 235.0 kW 0.870 Help Change OK G_D011_EN_00048 This information can be found on the motor rating plate, and must be entered in the screens on the display by following a short, menu-assisted procedure. The motor cooling method must also be specified. AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel Basic commissioning Back p0700 Default BI p1000 Default DI n_set p1080 Minimum speed p1082 Maximum speed S/G150 TM 31 0.000 1500.000 Help Examples of plain-text displays during various phases of operation are shown below. Operation NSET 1465.50 Fout 48.50 Imot 748 A 0% Nact 1465 rpm 0% rpm Hz 12:25:30 1450.0 rpm 385.3 V 7 A 48 Nact Vou tImot rpm Hz Nm kW Pact Vout G_D011_EN_00011c Operation Nset 1450.0 Fout 0 48.50 2700 M 410 Pact Nact: 1450.0 rpm 12:25:30 410 kW 385.3 V 50 100% 50 100% Any alarms which occur are signaled by the flashing of the yellow "ALARM" LED, faults by the lighting up of the red "FAULT" LED. There is also an indication of the cause displayed in plain text on the display's status line. (3 : Vector) Current fault in The first commissioning is performed via the operator panel. F 07901 Motor overspeed Service / Commissioning Drive commissioning Help Device commissioning AOP settings AOP diagnosis Help Back Select Only six motor parameters have to be entered: Power, speed, current, cos ϕ, voltage and frequency of the motor. 4/6 Siemens D 11 · 2015 G_D011_EN_00012b German, English, French, Italian, Spanish and Chinese are stored on the CU320-2 Control Unit CompactFlash card as operator panel languages. The desired language must be downloaded to the AOP30 prior to commissioning. In addition to these preinstalled languages, Russian and Portuguese (Brazil) are also available for subsequent installation. Further languages are available on request. Further Alt Motor overspeed Fault val = 000000007 00000007 (hex) Cause: The maximum permisible positive or negative speed has been exceeded. The maximum permissile positive speed is calculated as follows: Back Back Ack. G_D011_EN_00050a The user is guided by interactive menus through the drive commissioning screens. When commissioning the drive for the first time, only six motor parameters (which can be found on the motor rating plate) have to be entered on the AOP30. The closedloop control is then optimized automatically to adapt the converter to the motor. Change During operation, the display shows current data, such as setpoints and actual values as absolute values or it is possible to parameterize up to three process variables as a quasi-analog bar display. G_D011_EN_00051a The AOP30's two-stage safety concept prevents unintentional or unauthorized changes to settings. Operation of the drive from the operator panel can be disabled by the keyboard lock so that only parameter values and process variables can be displayed on the operator panel. The OFF key is factory-set to "active", but can be deactivated by the customer. A password can be used to prevent the unauthorized changing of converter parameters. G_D011_EN_00047b 4 An AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel is located in the cabinet door of the converter for the operator control and monitoring as well as for the commissioning. TM 31 AIO rpm rpm G_D011_EN_00049a The next screen contains the parameter values that are used to automatically optimize the control. © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Function (continued) Communication with higher-level controller and customer terminal block A PROFIBUS interface on the CU320-2 DP Control Unit is provided as standard as the customer interface for the controller. When using the CU320-2 PN (PROFINET) Control Unit (option K95), communication is via PROFINET in accordance with the PROFIdrive profile. The Control Unit can be connected to the higher-level controller via its digital inputs and outputs to exchange digital signals. The inputs and outputs available as standard can be optionally expanded using a TB30 Terminal Board (option G62) and/or up to two TM31 Terminal Modules (option G60 or G61). To simplify configuration and commissioning of the drive, the optional TM31 Terminal Module can be preset with a variety of factory settings. For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual. Open-loop and closed-loop control functions The converter control contains a high-quality sensorless vector control with speed and current control as well as motor and converter protection. Software and protective functions The software functions available as standard are described below: Software and protective functions Description Setpoint specification The setpoint can be specified both internally and externally; internally as a fixed setpoint, motorized potentiometer setpoint or jog setpoint, externally via the communications interface or an analog input on the customer terminal block. The internal fixed setpoint and the motorized potentiometer setpoint can be switched or adjusted via control commands from any interface. Motor identification The automatic motor identification function makes commissioning faster and easier and optimizes closed-loop control of the drive. Ramp-function generator A user-friendly ramp-function generator with separately adjustable ramp-up and ramp-down times, together with adjustable rounding times in the lower and upper speed ranges, allows the drive to be smoothly accelerated and braked. As a consequence, this avoids the drive train from being overloaded and reduces the stress on mechanical components. The down ramps can be parameterized separately for quick stop. Vdc max controller The Vdc max controller automatically prevents overvoltages in the DC link, if the set down ramp is too short, for example. This may also extend the set ramp-down time. Vdc_min control For brief line supply failures, the kinetic energy of the rotating drive is used to buffer the DC link and therefore prevents fault trips. The converter remains operational as long as the drive can provide regenerative energy as a result of its motion and the DC-link voltage does not drop below the shutdown threshold. When the line supply recovers within this time, the drive is again accelerated up to its speed setpoint. Automatic restart 1) The automatic restart switches the drive on again when the power is restored after a power failure, and ramps up to the current speed setpoint. Flying restart 1) The flying restart function allows the converter to be switched to a motor that is still turning. With the voltage sensing capability provided by the optional VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module, the flying restart time for large induction motors can be significantly reduced because the motor does not need to be de-magnetized. Technology controller The technology controller function module allows simple control functions to be implemented, e.g. level control or volumetric flow control. The technology controller is designed as a PID controller. The differentiator can be switched to the control deviation channel or to the actual value channel (factory setting). The P, I, and D components can be set separately. Free function blocks Using the freely programmable function blocks, it is easy to implement logic and arithmetic functions for controlling the SINAMICS G150. The blocks can be programmed by means of an operator panel or the STARTER commissioning tool. Drive Control Chart (DCC) Drive Control Chart (DCC) is an additional tool for the easy configuration of technology functions for the SINAMICS G150. The block library contains a large selection of control, arithmetic and logic blocks as well as extensive openloop and closed-loop control functions. The user-friendly DCC editor enables easy graphics-based configuration, allows control loop structures to be clearly represented and provides a high degree of reusability of charts that have already been created. DCC is an add-on to the STARTER commissioning tool. I²t detection for motor protection A motor model stored in the converter software calculates the motor temperature based on the current speed and load. More exact measurement of the temperature, which also takes into account the influence of the ambient temperature, is possible by means of direct temperature measurement using KTY84 sensors in the motor winding. Motor temperature evaluation Motor protection by evaluating a KTY84, PTC or Pt100 temperature sensor. When a KTY84 sensor is connected, the limit values can be set for alarm or trip. When a PTC thermistor is connected, the system reaction to triggering of the thermistor (alarm or trip) can be defined. Motor blocking protection A blocked motor is detected and protected against thermal overloading by a fault trip. Essential service mode Special converter operating mode that increases the availability of the drive system, e.g. in the event of a fire. Bypass This circuit allows the motor to be operated via the converter or directly on the line supply. Brake control "Simple brake control" for control of holding brakes: The holding brake is used to secure drives against unwanted motion when deactivated. "Extended brake control" function module for complex brake control, e.g. for motor holding brakes and operational brakes: When braking with a feedback signal, the brake control reacts to the feedback signal contacts of the brake. Write protection 1) Write protection to prevent unintentional changing of the setting parameters (without password function). Factory setting: Not activated (can be parameterized). Siemens D 11 · 2015 4/7 4 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Function (continued) Software and protective functions Description Know-how protection Know-how protection for encrypting stored data, e.g. to protect configuration know-how, and to protect against changes and duplication (with password function). Web server The integrated web server provides information about the drive unit via its web pages. The web server is accessed using an Internet browser via unsecured (http) or secured transmission (https). Power unit protection Description Ground fault monitoring at the output A ground fault at the output is detected by a total current monitor and results in shutdown in grounded systems. Electronic short-circuit protection at the output A short-circuit at the output (e.g. at the converter output terminals, in the motor cable or in the motor terminal box) is detected and the converter shuts down with a "fault". Thermal overload protection An alarm is issued first when the overtemperature threshold responds. If the temperature rises further, the device either shuts down or independently adjusts the pulse frequency or output current so that a reduction in the thermal load is achieved. Once the cause of the fault has been eliminated (e.g. cooling has been improved), the original operating values are automatically resumed. 4 4/8 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Selection and ordering data Parallel connection Single connection Type rating Rated output SINAMICS G150 current converter cabinet units, versions A and C at 50 Hz 400 V, 500 V or 690 V at 60 Hz 460 V or 575 V kW hp A Type rating Rated output SINAMICS G150 current converter cabinet units, version A (Article No. supplement, see below) at 50 Hz 400 V, 500 V or 690 V at 60 Hz 460 V or 575 V Article No. kW hp 380 ... 480 V 3 AC A Article No. 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 110 150 210 6SL3710-1GE32-1■A3 630 900 1120 6SL3710-2GE41-1AA3 132 200 260 6SL3710-1GE32-6■A3 710 1000 1380 6SL3710-2GE41-4AA3 160 250 310 6SL3710-1GE33-1■A3 900 1250 1560 6SL3710-2GE41-6AA3 200 300 380 6SL3710-1GE33-8■A3 500 ... 600 V 3 AC 250 400 490 6SL3710-1GE35-0■A3 630 900 860 6SL3710-2GF38-6AA3 315 500 605 6SL3710-1GE36-1■A3 710 1000 1070 6SL3710-2GF41-1AA3 400 600 745 6SL3710-1GE37-5■A3 1000 1250 1360 6SL3710-2GF41-4AA3 450 700 840 6SL3710-1GE38-4■A3 660 ... 690 V 3 AC 560 800 985 6SL3710-1GE41-0■A3 1000 1070 6SL3710-2GH41-1AA3 1350 1360 6SL3710-2GH41-4AA3 500 ... 600 V 3 AC 110 150 175 6SL3710-1GF31-8■A3 1500 1500 6SL3710-2GH41-5AA3 132 200 215 6SL3710-1GF32-2■A3 1750 1729 6SL3710-2GH41-8EA3 160 250 260 6SL3710-1GF32-6■A3 1950 1948 6SL3710-2GH42-0EA3 200 300 330 6SL3710-1GF33-3■A3 2150 2158 6SL3710-2GH42-2EA3 250 400 410 6SL3710-1GF34-1■A3 2400 2413 6SL3710-2GH42-4EA3 315 450 465 6SL3710-1GF34-7■A3 2700 2752 6SL3710-2GH42-7EA3 400 600 575 6SL3710-1GF35-8■A3 500 700 735 6SL3710-1GF37-4■A3 Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market. 560 800 810 6SL3710-1GF38-1■A3 4 660 ... 690 V 3 AC 75 85 6SL3710-1GH28-5■A3 90 100 6SL3710-1GH31-0■A3 110 120 6SL3710-1GH31-2■A3 132 150 6SL3710-1GH31-5■A3 160 175 6SL3710-1GH31-8■A3 200 215 6SL3710-1GH32-2■A3 250 260 6SL3710-1GH32-6■A3 315 330 6SL3710-1GH33-3■A3 400 410 6SL3710-1GH34-1■A3 450 465 6SL3710-1GH34-7■A3 560 575 6SL3710-1GH35-8■A3 710 735 6SL3710-1GH37-4■A3 800 810 6SL3710-1GH38-1■A3 Article No. supplement • Version A All available options can be installed as required A • Version C Especially space-saving design C Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market. Siemens D 11 · 2015 4/9 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Options Example: 6SL3710-1GE32-1CA3-Z +M07+D60+... When ordering a converter with options, add the suffix "-Z" to the article number and then the order code(s) for the desired option(s). See also ordering examples. Available options Order code Version A Version C Input-side options Use in the first environment according to EN 61800-3 Category C2 (TN systems or TT systems with grounded neutral point) 1) L00 – Clean Power version with integrated Line Harmonics Filter compact 2) L01 – Line contactor (for currents ≤ 800 A for single connection) L13 – Surge suppression L21 – Scope of delivery without line reactor (for converters ≤ 500 kW) L22 Line reactor uk = 2% (for converters > 500 kW) L23 Main switch incl. fuses or circuit breakers L26 – Quick start (for option L01) L76 – EMC shield bus 3) (cable connection from below) M70 PE busbar 3) 4) (cable connection from below) M75 – dv/dt filter compact plus Voltage Peak Limiter L07 – Motor reactor L08 – dv/dt filter plus Voltage Peak Limiter 2) L10 – Sine-wave filter (up to 250 kW at 380 ... 480 V, up to 132 kW at 500 ... 600 V) L15 – EMC shield bus 3) (cable connection from below) M70 PE busbar 3) 4) (cable connection from below) M75 – EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton installed in the cabinet door L45 – EMERGENCY OFF Category 0, 230 V AC or 24 V DC L57 – EMERGENCY STOP Category 1, 230 V AC 5) L59 – EMERGENCY STOP Category 1, 24 V DC 5) L60 – Thermistor motor protection (alarm) L83 – Thermistor motor protection (trip) L84 – Pt100 evaluation unit L86 – Insulation monitoring L87 – Degree of protection IP21 M21 Degree of protection IP23 M23 Degree of protection IP43 M43 Degree of protection IP54 M54 Base 100 mm high, RAL 7022 M06 Cable-marshaling compartment 200 mm high, RAL 7035 M07 Line connection from above 2) M13 – Motor connection from above 2) M78 – Crane transport assembly (top-mounted) M90 Output-side options 4 Motor protection and safety functions Degree of protection increase Mechanical options Option can be ordered – Option cannot be ordered Please refer to the selection matrix for information about possible option combinations. 2) Applies to motor cable lengths < 100 m. 5) This option is contained as standard in version A. 3) Not available for converters > 1500 kW with power units connected in parallel. 6) The stopping requirements must be taken into account with this option. Additional braking units may be required. 4) This option is listed for the input- and output-side options, but is only required once. 4/10 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Options (continued) Available options Order code Version A Version C Safety Integrated Safety license for one axis K01 – Additional SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted K52 – Terminal module for controlling the "Safe Torque Off" and "Safe Stop 1" safety functions K82 – TM54F Terminal Module K87 – SBA Safe Brake Adapter, 230 V AC K88 – CBC10 Communication Board G20 CBE20 Communication Board G33 TM150 temperature sensor evaluation unit G51 TM31 Terminal Module G60 Additional TM31 Terminal Module G61 – TB30 Terminal Board G62 SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted K50 VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module K51 – Auxiliary power supply, 230 V AC K74 – CU320-2 PN Control Unit K95 – Connection for external auxiliary equipment L19 – Cabinet lighting with service socket L50 – Cabinet anti-condensation heating L55 Braking unit 25 kW (P20 power: 100 kW) L61 – Braking unit 50 kW (P20 power: 200 kW) L62 – Marking of all control cable conductor ends M91 Special cabinet paint finish 1) Y09 One-line label for system identification, 40 × 80 mm Y31 Two-line label for system identification, 40 × 180 mm Y32 Four-line label for system identification, 40 × 180 mm Y33 Documentation, production flowchart: Created once B43 Documentation, production flowchart: Created every two weeks B44 Documentation, production flowchart: Updated every month B45 Additional documentation in German D00 Customer documentation (circuit diagram, terminal diagram, layout diagram) in DXF format D02 Customer documentation as hard copy D04 Preliminary version of customer documentation D14 Additional documentation in Russian D56 Documentation language: English/French D58 Documentation language: English/Spanish D60 Additional documentation in Italian D72 Additional documentation in English D76 Additional documentation in French D77 Additional documentation in Spanish D78 Documentation language: English/Italian D80 Additional documentation in Chinese D84 Documentation language English/Chinese D91 Documentation language English/Russian D94 Other options 4 Documentation (standard: English/German) Option can be ordered – Option cannot be ordered Please refer to the selection matrix for information about possible option combinations. 1) The order code Y.. requires data in plain text. Siemens D 11 · 2015 4/11 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Options (continued) Available options Order code Version A Version C Rating plate language (standard: English/German) Rating plate data in English/French T58 Rating plate data in English/Spanish T60 Rating plate data in English/Italian T80 Rating plate data in English/Russian T85 Rating plate data in English/Chinese T91 NAMUR terminal block B00 – Protective separation for 24 V supply (PELV) B02 – Outlet for external auxiliary equipment (uncontrolled) B03 – Marine version M66 Individual certificate from Germanische Lloyd (GL) E11 Individual certificate from Lloyds Register (LR) E21 Individual certificate from Bureau Veritas (BV) E31 Individual certificate from Det Norske Veritas (DNV) E51 Individual certificate from American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) E61 Individual certificate from Chinese Classification Society (CCS) E71 Visual acceptance F03 Function test without connected motor F71 Function test with test bay motor under no-load conditions F75 Insulation test F77 Customer-specific acceptance inspections (on request) F97 Function test without connected motor F72 Function test with test bay motor under no-load conditions F74 Insulation test F76 Options specific to the chemical industry Options specific to the shipbuilding industry 4 Converter acceptance in presence of customer Converter acceptance without the customer present Option can be ordered – Option cannot be ordered Please refer to the selection matrix for information about possible option combinations. 4/12 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Options (continued) Option selection matrix Certain options are mutually exclusive. The tables below only provide an overview. Please refer to the descriptions of the individual options for a precise description of the options and other exclusions. Electrical options G20 G33 – G20 G51 G61 K50 K51 K87 L00 L01 L13 L22 L23 L26 L57 L59 L60 L61 L62 L86 L87 G62 – – – 4) – – 1) – – – 2) 3) 3) 3) – 3) 3) 3) – – – – G33 – G51 G61 G62 – – K50 K51 – K87 4) L00 L01 L13 L22 – – L23 1) – – L26 2) L57 3) 3) L59 3) 3) – L60 3) 3) – – L61 L62 – L86 – L87 – Option can be ordered – Option cannot be ordered 1) For converters ≤ 500 kW / 700 hp, the line reactor (order code L23) is included in the converter scope of delivery. For converters > 500 kW / 700 hp, option L23 must be ordered separately when the converter is to be operated on line supplies with high short-circuit power (RSC > 20) or when a line filter is used (option L00). 3) Options L57, L59 and L60 always require electrical separation from the line supply, this means for converters in a single circuit, for converter currents ≤ 800 A, option L13 and for converter currents > 800 A, option L26. For converters with power units connected in parallel, electrical separation from the line supply is included as standard. 2) Combination L13/L26 only possible for currents < 800 A. As of 800 A, circuit breakers are used that also include the function of options L13 and L26. 4) A combination of options G61 and K87 as a special version is available on request. Siemens D 11 · 2015 4/13 4 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Options (continued) Mechanical options / electrical options E11 E11 4 E21 E31 E51 E61 E71 L00 L01 L07 L08 L10 L15 M06 M07 M13 M21 M43 M54 M66 M70 M78 – M23 1) – 1) – 1) – 1) – 1) – 1) 2) – – – – – – – – – – – – – 3) – – – – – – – 1) – E21 E31 E51 E61 E71 L00 L01 L07 L08 – L10 – – L15 – – – M06 M07 – M13 M21 – – – – – – – M23 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) – M43 – – M54 – – – M66 – – 1) M70 2) 3) M78 – – – – – Option can be ordered – Option cannot be ordered Rating plate data T58 T60 2) 3) T80 – T58 1) T85 T91 – – – – – – – – T60 – Option L00 includes option M70. T80 – – If the line connection (option M13) and the motor connection (option M78) are from above, the EMC shield bus (option M70) is not required in the lower cabinet area. T85 – – – T91 – – – Option M66 includes option M23. 3) 3) – – Ordering examples Example 1 Example 2 Task: A converter cabinet unit is required to control the fan speed for a 380 kW fan drive connected to an existing 400 V MCC outgoing feeder. The rated speed of the fan is 975 rpm. Due to the prevailing ambient conditions, the converter must be mounted on a 100 mm cabinet base and have IP54 degree of protection. The installation altitude is < 1000 m above sea level, the ambient temperature is 45° C. Task: A 280 kW pump to control pressure compensation is to be supplied via a converter for a completely new district heating pumping station. A 690 V supply is available. The installation altitude is 350 m above sea level and the ambient temperature is 40° C. The rated speed of the pump is 740 rpm. The pump unit and motor are located in an unmanned substation, so the winding temperature of the motor must be monitored by Pt100 thermistors and evaluated by the converter. The color of the converter cabinet units is to be RAL 3002. Solution: Because an MCC outgoing feeder already exists, line connection components, such as main switch, line contactor and line fuses, can be omitted and the space-saving version C can be selected. If we take into account the derating factors for the IP54 degree of protection and the increased ambient temperature, a 450 kW, 400 V converter cabinet unit with options M06 (cabinet base 100 mm) and M54 (IP54 degree of protection) must be selected for this constellation. The ordering data is as follows: 6SL3710-1GE38-4CA3-Z +M06 +M54 4/14 Siemens D 11 · 2015 Solution: A converter cabinet unit with 315 kW, 690 V in the version A with the following options should be selected: L26 (main switch including fuses), L13 (line contactor), L86 (Pt100 evaluation unit) and Y09 (special cabinet paint finish). The ordering data is as follows: 6SL3710-1GH33-3AA3-Z +L26 +L13 +L86 +Y09 cabinet color RAL 3002 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Options (continued) Description of options Further descriptions of the options are provided in the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual. Terminal -A1-X2: Meaning Default Remark 10 DI ON (dynamic) / ON/OFF (static) The effective mode can be encoded using a wire jumper at terminal -A1-400:9; 10. B00, B02, B03 Options compliant with NAMUR requirements Exclusion list with other options: The following restrictions and exclusions applicable to the NAMUR terminal block B00 with regard to other available options must be taken into account. Remark on the option Reason L45, L57, L59, L60 An EMERGENCY OFF Category 0 is already provided in the NAMUR version. The forced line supply disconnection is connected at terminal -A1-X2: 17, 18. L83, L84 A thermistor evaluation unit (trip) is already included as standard with option B00. L19 Alternatively, option B03 can be selected. This means that a reduced scope is available for external auxiliaries. L87 The insulation monitor monitors the complete electrically coupled network. This combination is available on request. An insulation monitor can also be provided on site. G60 A TM31 Terminal Module is already included as standard with option B00. With options such as L50, L55, L86, the connection is made as described in the standard. There is no wiring to the NAMUR terminal block. 11 DI OFF (dynamic) 12 DI Faster 13 DI Slower 14 DI RESET 15 DI Interlock 16 DI Counter-clockwise 17, 18 Supply disconnection EMERGENCY OFF circuit 30, 31 Ready Relay output (NO contact) 32, 33 Motor is turning Relay output (NO contact) Fault Relay output (changeover contact) 34 DO (NO) 35 DO (COM) 36 DO (NC) 50, 51 AI 0/4-20 mA Speed setpoint 60, 61 AO 0/4-20 mA Motor frequency 62, 63 AO 0/4-20 mA Motor current Notice: In addition to option B00 for supply disconnection, option L13 for currents ≤ 800 A or option L26 for currents > 800 A must be ordered. For converters with power units connected in parallel, electrical separation from the line supply is included as standard. B00 NAMUR terminal block The terminal block has been designed and implemented in accordance with the requirements and guidelines of the Standards Working Group for Instrumentation and Control in the Chemical Industry (NAMUR Recommendation NE37), i.e. certain functions of the device are assigned to specified terminals. The inputs and outputs connected to the terminals fulfill PELV requirements ("protective extra-low voltage with protective separation"). The terminal block and associated functions have been reduced to the necessary minimum. Unlike the NAMUR recommendation, optional terminals are not available. "0" signal for CW rotating field "1" signal for CCW rotating field Motor current is default setting; can be reparameterized for other variables The 24 V supply is provided on the plant side via terminals -A1-X2:1-3 (fused in the converter with 1 A). It must be ensured that the PELV safety requirements are fulfilled (protective extralow voltage with protective separation). Terminal -A1-X2: Meaning 1 M Reference conductor 2 P24 24 V DC supply 3 P24 24 V DC outgoing feeder For temperature monitoring of explosion-proof motors, option B00 includes a PTC thermistor evaluation unit. Exceeding the limit value causes a shutdown. The associated PTC sensor is connected to terminal -A1-X3:90, 91. Terminal -A1-X3: Meaning 90, 91 AI Connection of PTC sensor In parallel to operation via the NAMUR terminal block, there is also the option to operate the converter via the communications interface provided as standard on the CU320-2 Control Unit. The PROFIdrive profile "Process engineering" employed in the chemical industry can be selected by macros. Siemens D 11 · 2015 4/15 4 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Options (continued) B02 Protective separation for 24 V supply (PELV) If no protective separation for 24 V supply (PELV) is available at the customer site, this option is used to provide a second power supply to guarantee compliance with the PELV voltage. (Terminal assignments as for option B00, 24 V supply at terminals -X1:1, 2, 3 is not required) Note: Option B02 is only possible in conjunction with option B00. B03 Outgoing feeder for external auxiliaries (uncontrolled) If a motor fan is to be supplied with power from the plant, option B03 provides an uncontrolled external outgoing feeder with a 10 A fuse. As soon as the supply voltage is present at the converter input, a voltage is also present at these terminals. This corresponds to the converter input voltage (U = Uline). You must take this into account when configuring an external fan. Terminal -A1-X1: Meaning 1, 2, 3, PE Outgoing feeder for external auxiliary equipment Note: 4 Option B03 is only possible in conjunction with option B00. B43, B44, B45 Production flowcharts Production flowcharts are provided with options B43, B44 and B45. After the order has been clarified, these are e-mailed as a dual language (English/German) PDF file. Order code Description B43 Documentation, production flowchart: Created once B44 Documentation, production flowchart: Updated every two weeks B45 Documentation, production flowchart: Updated every month D00, D56, D72, D76, D77, D78, D84 Additional documentation When options D00, D56, D72, D76, D77, D78 and D84 are selected, additional documentation is supplied in the appropriate language. Order code Description D02 Customer documentation (circuit diagram, terminal diagram, layout diagram) in DXF format This option can be used to order documents such as circuit diagrams, terminal diagrams, layout diagrams, and dimension drawings in DXF format, in order to process them further in CAD systems, for example. D04 Customer documentation as hard copy Device documentation is supplied electronically on a CD-ROM as standard. If the customer also requires a hard copy of the documentation and selects option D04, the following documents will be supplied in a folder with the converter: • Operating instructions • Circuit diagram • Terminal diagram • Layout diagram • Dimension drawing • Spare parts list • Test certificate Regardless of whether option D04 is selected, hard copies of the safety and transportation guidelines, a check list and a registration form are always supplied. D14 Preliminary version of customer documentation If documents such as circuit diagrams, terminal diagrams, layout diagrams and dimensional drawings are required in advance for system engineering, a preliminary copy of the relevant documentation can be ordered with the converter. These documents are then supplied electronically a few working days following receipt of the order. If the order includes options that fall outside the scope of standard delivery, these will not be covered by the documentation due to the obvious time constraints. The systemspecific documentation is supplied to the customer via e-mail in the desired language (standard is English/German, for other languages, see options for the documentation). The recipient's email address must be specified with the order for this purpose. If option D02 is selected at the same time, the documents are provided in the DXF format, otherwise they are sent in PDF format. In the e-mail, the recipient is also provided with a link for downloading general documentation which is not order-specific such as operating instructions, manual and commissioning guide. D00 German D56 Russian D72 Italian D76 English Order code Language D77 French D58 English/French Spanish D60 English/Spanish Chinese D80 English/Italian D91 English/Chinese D94 English/Russian D78 D84 D58, D60, D80, D91, D94 Documentation language Note: If a documentation option is not selected, the relevant documentation is supplied as standard in English/German. 4/16 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Options (continued) E11 to E71 Individual certification of the converter G20 CBC10 Communication Board The individual certification of the converter by the relevant certification body contains the expansions described in option M66. The CBC10 Communication Board is used to connect the CU320-2 Control Unit and thus the SINAMICS G150 to the CAN (Controller Area Network) protocol. The associated driver software fulfils the standards of the following CANopen specification of the CiA organization (CAN in Automation): • Communication profiles according to DS 301 • Drive profile according to DSP 402 (in this case Profile Velocity Mode) • EDS (Electronic Data Sheet) according to DSP 306 • Operational state signaling according to DSP 305 Order code Description E11 Individual certificate from Germanische Lloyd (GL) E21 Individual certificate from Lloyds Register (LR) E31 Individual certificate from Bureau Veritas (BV) E51 Individual certificate from Det Norske Veritas (DNV) E61 Individual certificate from American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) E71 Individual certificate from Chinese Classification Society (CCS) Note: It is not possible to combine several individual certificates. F03, F71, F75, F77, F97 Converter acceptance tests with the customer present F72, F74, F76 Converter acceptance tests without the customer present Option Description F03 Visual acceptance The tests are carried out with the converter de-energized. The following is included in the scope of the acceptance tests: • Check of degree of protection • Check of equipment (components) • Check of equipment identifiers • Check of clearance and creepage distances • Check of cables • Check of customer documentation • Submission of the acceptance report F71, F72 Function test without connected motor After the visual acceptance with the converter switched off, the converter is connected to rated voltage. No current at the converter output end. The following is included in the scope of the acceptance tests: • Visual acceptance as described for option F03 • Check of power supply • Check of protective and monitoring devices (simulation) • Check of fans • Pre-charging test • Function test without connected motor • Submission of the acceptance report F74, F75 Function test with test bay motor under no-load conditions After the visual acceptance with the converter switched off, the converter is connected to rated voltage. A small current flows at the converter output end in order to operate the test bay motor under no-load conditions. The following is included in the scope of the acceptance tests: • Visual acceptance as described for option F03 • Check of power supply • Check of protective and monitoring devices (simulation) • Check of fans • Function test with test bay motor under no-load conditions • Submission of the acceptance report F76, F77 Acceptance of the converter insulation test The following is included in the scope of the acceptance tests: • High-voltage test • Measurement of the insulation resistance • Submission of the acceptance report F97 The CBC10 Communication Board is inserted into the option slot on the CU320-2 Control Unit. The CAN interface on the CBC10 has two SUB-D connections for input and output. For a description of the CBC10 Communication Board, see SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units, Supplementary system components. G33 CBE20 Communication Board The CBE20 Communication Board is required when: • A SINAMICS G130 or SINAMICS G150 converter, equipped with a CU320-2 DP (PROFIBUS) Control Unit, is to be connected to a PROFINET IO network • SINAMICS Link is to be used to directly exchange data between several CU320-2 DP (PROFIBUS) or CU320-2 PN (PROFINET) Control Units without using a higher-level control system. With the CBE20 Communication Board, a SINAMICS G130 or a SINAMICS G150 is a PROFINET IO device in the sense of PROFINET and offers the following functions: • PROFINET IO device • 100 Mbit/s full duplex • Supports real-time classes of PROFINET IO: - RT (Real-Time) - IRT (Isochronous Real-Time), minimum send cycle 500 μs • Connects to controllers as a PROFINET IO device according to the PROFIdrive profile • Standard TCP/IP communication for engineering processes using the STARTER commissioning tool • Integrated 4-port switch with four RJ45-B sockets based on PROFINET ASICs ERTEC400. The optimum topology (line, star, tree) can therefore be configured without additional external switches. The CBE20 Communication Board is inserted into the option slot of the CU320-2 Control Unit. For a description of the CBE20 Communication Board, see SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units, Supplementary system components. Customer-specific system acceptance tests (on request) If acceptance tests are desired which are not covered by the options F03, F71/F72, F74/F75 or F76/F77, customer-specific acceptance tests / supplementary tests can be ordered using order code F97 on request and following technical clarification. Siemens D 11 · 2015 4/17 4 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Options (continued) G51 TM150 temperature sensor evaluation unit G62 TB30 Terminal Board The TM150 Terminal Module is a DRIVE-CLiQ component that is used to acquire and evaluate data from several temperature sensors. The temperature is measured in a temperature range from -99° C to +250° C for the following temperature sensors: • Pt100 (with monitoring for wire breakage and short-circuit) • Pt1000 (with monitoring for wire breakage and short-circuit) • KTY84 (with monitoring for wire breakage and short-circuit) • PTC (with monitoring for short-circuit) • Bimetallic NC contact (without monitoring) The TB30 Terminal Board is inserted into the option slot of the Control Unit and offers the possibility of expanding the CU320-2 Control Unit by four digital inputs/outputs each as well as two analog inputs/outputs each. For the temperature sensor inputs, for each terminal block the evaluation can be parameterized for 1 × 2-wire, 2 × 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire. There is no galvanic isolation in the TM150 Terminal Module. A maximum of 12 temperature sensors can be connected to the TM150 Terminal Module. For a description of the TM150 Terminal Module, see SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units, Supplementary system components. 4 G60 TM31 Terminal Module Note: Option G62 cannot be combined with options G20 (CBC10 communication board) or G33 (CBE20 communication board). For a description of the TB30 Terminal Board, see SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units, Supplementary system components. K01 Safety license for one axis The Safety Integrated basic functions do not require a license. However, the Safety Integrated extended functions require a license for each axis equipped with safety functions. It is irrelevant which safety functions are used and how many. Option K01 contains the license for one axis. Subsequent licensing is possible in the Internet via the WEB License Manager by generating a license key: www.siemens.com/automation/license The TM31 Terminal Module is used to extend the customer terminals on the CU320-2 Control Unit. K50 SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted The following additional interfaces are available: • 8 digital inputs • 4 bidirectional digital inputs/outputs • 2 relay outputs with changeover contact • 2 analog inputs • 2 analog outputs • 1 temperature sensor input (KTY84-130/PTC) • 2 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets • 1 connection for the electronics power supply via the 24 V DC supply connector • 1 PE connection The SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted can be used to evaluate the encoders of motors without a DRIVE-CLiQ interface. External encoders can also be connected via the SMC30. To simplify configuration and commissioning of the drive, the optional TM31 Terminal Module can already be preset to a variety of factory settings, which can then be selected during commissioning. For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual. For a description of the TM31 Terminal Module, see SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units, Supplementary system components. G61 Additional TM31 Terminal Module With option G61, the number of digital inputs/outputs, as well as the number of analog inputs/outputs in the drive system can be expanded using a second TM31 Terminal Module (in addition to the TM31 Terminal Module that can be selected using option G60). Note: Option G61 requires option G60. For a description of the TM31 Terminal Module, see SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units, Supplementary system components. 4/18 Siemens D 11 · 2015 The following encoder signals can be evaluated: • Incremental encoders TTL/HTL with and without wire break detection (wire break detection is only available with bipolar signals) • SSI encoders with TTL/HTL incremental signals • SSI encoders without incremental signals The motor temperature can also be measured using KTY84-130 or PTC thermistors. For a description of the SMC30 Sensor Module CabinetMounted, see SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units, Supplementary system components. K51 VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module Cabinet-Mounted The VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module is used to measure the voltage characteristic on the motor side, so that the following function can be implemented: • Operation of a permanent-magnet synchronous motor without encoder with the requirement to be able to connect to a motor that is already running (flying restart function). • Quick flying restart of large induction motors: The time for the demagnetization of the motor is eliminated through the measurement of the voltage. For a description of the VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module Cabinet-Mounted, see SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units, Supplementary system components. K52 Second SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted With option K50, the converter cabinet contains an SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted. An additional SMC30 Sensor Module enables reliable actual-value acquisition when using Safety Integrated extended functions (requires a license: Option K01). © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Options (continued) K74 Provision of a cabinet-internal 230 V AC auxiliary power supply If there is no 230 V AC power supply in the plant, option K74 can be used to provide a cabinet-internal auxiliary power supply for the required auxiliary voltages of the external control circuits of the cabinet unit. The auxiliary voltages are generated by a transformer. Note: If there is no 230 V AC power supply in the plant, it is essential to select option K74 in order to ensure proper functioning of the following SINAMICS G150 cabinet units: • Type 6SL3710-2... • Type 6SL3710-1... for options B00, G61, K50, L13, L26 > 800 A, L57, L59, L60, L83, L84, L86 and L87 for cabinet version A Options L50 and L55 always require an external supply voltage and must not be supplied via option K74. K82 Terminal Module for controlling the Safe Torque Off and Safe Stop 1 safety functions The Terminal Module is used to control the "Safety Integrated basic functions" with isolation • Safe Torque Off (STO) and • Safe Stop 1 (SS1) (time-controlled) over a wide voltage range from DC/AC 24 V to 240 V (terminology according to IEC 61800-5-2). As a consequence, the STO and SS1 safety functions can be flexibly controlled by the plant signal voltages. The integrated safety functions, starting from the Safety Integrated (SI) input terminals of the components (Control Unit and Power Module), satisfy the requirements of EN 61800-5-2, EN 60204-1, DIN EN ISO 13849-1 Category 3 for Performance Level (PL) d and IEC 61508 SIL 2. With option K82, the requirements specified in EN 61800-5-2, EN 60204-1, DIN EN ISO 13849-1 Category 3 for Performance Level (PL) d and IEC 61508 SIL 2 are fulfilled. The Safety Integrated functions using option K82 are only available in conjunction with certified components and software versions. The Safety Integrated functions of SINAMICS are generally certified by independent institutes. An up-to-date list of certified components is available on request from your local Siemens office. K88 SBA Safe Brake Adapter, 230 V AC Safe Brake Control (SBC) is a safety function that is used in safety-related applications. In the no-current state, the brake acts on the drive motor using spring force. The brake is released when current flows in it (low active). The SBA Safe Brake Adapter is installed in the converter cabinet in the factory. An infeed is connected to terminal -X12 on the SBA Safe Brake Adapter for the power supply. For control, a connection is also made between the SBA and the Control Interface Module in the factory using a cable harness. On the plant side, to control the brake, a connection must be made between terminal -X14 on the SBA Safe Brake Adapter and the brake. For a description of the SBA Safe Brake Adapter, see SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units, Supplementary system components. K95 CU320-2 PN Control Unit (PROFINET) Instead of the CU320-2 DP Control Unit (PROFIBUS) supplied as standard, the converter is supplied with a CU320-2 PN (PROFINET). For a description of the CU320-2 Control Unit, see SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units, Supplementary system components. L00 Use in the first environment according to EN 61800-3, Category C2 (TN systems or TT systems with grounded neutral point) To limit the emitted interference, the converters are equipped as standard with a radio interference suppression filter that conforms to the limits defined in Category C3. SINAMICS G150 converters equipped with a line filter also meet the limits for use in the first environment (Category C2) according to EN 61800-3 1). SINAMICS G150 units comply with the noise immunity requirements defined in this standard for the first and second environments. In conjunction with line reactors, line filters also limit the conducted interference emitted by the Power Modules to the limit values of Category C2 defined in product standard EN 61800-3. For converter power ratings > 500 kW, option L23 must also be ordered (not required when option L01 has been selected). To allow the power cable shield to be connected in conformance with EMC requirements, an additional EMC shield bus (option M70) is installed at the converter input and output. A separate order is not required in this case. K87 TM54F Terminal Module The TM54F Terminal Module is a terminal expansion module with safe digital inputs and outputs for controlling the Safety Integrated functions. The TM54F provides four fail-safe digital outputs and ten failsafe digital inputs. A fail-safe digital output consists of one 24 V DC switching output, one output switching to ground and one digital input to check the switching state. A fail-safe digital input consists of two digital inputs. For a description of the TM54F Terminal Module, see SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units, Supplementary system components. 1) Applies to motor cable lengths < 100 m. Siemens D 11 · 2015 4/19 4 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Options (continued) L01 Clean Power version with integrated Line Harmonics Filter compact Power loss, width and weight of the SINAMICS G150 Clean Power converter cabinet units SINAMICS G150 Clean Power 6SL3710-... Type rating Power loss at 50 Hz/60 Hz 1) Width Weight Z = +L01 kW kW mm kg 1GE32-1AA3-Z 110 5.36/4.52 1200 685 1GE32-6AA3-Z 132 6.26/5.34 1200 685 1GE33-1AA3-Z 160 7.38/6.57 1200 940 1GE33-8AA3-Z 200 8.28/7.17 1400 940 1GE35-0AA3-Z 250 10.03/9.01 1400 955 1GE36-1AA3-Z 315 12.77/12.2 1800 1115 1GE37-5AA3-Z 400 15.22/14.5 1800 1170 1GE38-4AA3-Z 450 15.72/15 1800 1200 1GE41-0AA3-Z 560 22.07/21.45 2200 1580 2GE41-1AA3-Z 630 25.34/24.4 3600 2430 2GE41-4AA3-Z 710 30.24/29 3600 2550 2GE41-6AA3-Z 900 31.14/30 3600 2970 1GF31-8AA3-Z 110 6.93/6.5 1200 705 1GF32-2AA3-Z 132 7.33/6.9 1200 705 1GF32-6AA3-Z 160 9.68/8.95 1200 755 1GF33-3AA3-Z 200 10.78/9.95 1200 755 1GF34-1AA3-Z 250 13.97/13.1 1800 1130 1GF34-7AA3-Z 315 13.67/13.9 1800 1130 1GF35-8AA3-Z 400 16.07/16.2 1800 1270 1GF37-4AA3-Z 500 19.32/19.6 2200 1730 1GF38-1AA3-Z 560 20.72/20.9 2200 1730 2GF38-6AA3-Z 630 27.14/27.8 3600 2460 2GF41-1AA3-Z 710 31.94/32.4 3600 2460 2GF41-4AA3-Z 1000 37.04/39.2 4400 3780 1GH28-5AA3-Z 75 3.71 1200 655 Option L01 always requires electrical separation from the line supply, this means for converters in a single circuit, for converter currents ≤ 800 A, option L13 and for converter currents > 800 A, option L26. For converters with power units connected in parallel, electrical separation from the line supply is included as standard. 1GH31-0AA3-Z 90 4.11 1200 655 1GH31-2AA3-Z 110 4.96 1200 695 1GH31-5AA3-Z 132 5.06 1200 695 1GH31-8AA3-Z 160 6.93 1200 935 1GH32-2AA3-Z 200 7.33 1200 935 SINAMICS G150 Clean Power with integrated Line Harmonics Filter is available for power ratings up to 1500 kW in all available degrees of protection up to IP54 (see options M21 to M54). 1GH32-6AA3-Z 250 9.68 1200 975 1GH33-3AA3-Z 315 10.78 1200 975 1GH34-1AA3-Z 400 13.97 1800 1150 Notice: 1GH34-7AA3-Z 450 14.97 1800 1150 When using option L01 on 60 Hz line supplies, a restricted voltage tolerance of +8% applies! 1GH35-8AA3-Z 560 18.17 1800 1250 1GH37-4AA3-Z 710 20.12 2200 1900 Note: 1GH38-1AA3-Z 800 21.32 2200 1940 Option L01 is not available for converters > 1500 kW with power units connected in parallel and cannot be combined with the following options: • L22 (without line reactor) • L23 (line reactor uk = 2%) • M66 (marine version) 2GH41-1AA3-Z 1000 36.04 3600 2560 2GH41-4AA3-Z 1350 39.84 4400 3780 2GH41-5AA3-Z 1500 42.24 4400 3860 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 500 ... 600 V 3 AC 4 Instead of the line reactor, a line harmonics filter is integrated in the control cabinet; this minimizes the harmonics that occur due to the principle of operation. As a consequence, the unit fully complies with the limit values stipulated in standard IEEE 519: 1992 without any exceptions (precondition: uk ≤ 5% or RSC ≥ 20). 660 ... 690 V 3 AC 1) 4/20 Siemens D 11 · 2015 Associated voltages for 50 Hz/60 Hz, see Section Technical specifications. © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Options (continued) L07 dv/dt filter compact plus Voltage Peak Limiter L10 dv/dt filter plus Voltage Peak Limiter dv/dt filters compact plus VPL (Voltage Peak Limiter) limit the voltage rate-of-rise dv/dt to values of < 1600 V/μs and the typical voltage peaks to the following values in accordance with the limit value curve A according to IEC 60034-25: 2007: • < 1150 V at Uline < 575 V • < 1400 V at 660 V < Uline < 690 V dv/dt filters plus VPL (Voltage Peak Limiter) limit the voltage rateof-rise dv/dt to values < 500 V/μs and the typical voltage peaks to the following values in accordance with the limit value curve according to IEC/TS 60034-17: 2006: • < 1000 V at Uline < 575 V • < 1250 V at 660 V < Uline < 690 V The dv/dt filter compact plus VPL functionally consists of two components that are supplied as a compact mechanical unit, the dv/dt reactor and the voltage limiting network (VPL), which limits voltage peaks and feeds back the energy to the DC link. It is so compact that it can be completely integrated into the cabinet, even for high power ratings. A supplementary cabinet is not required. The dv/dt filter plus VPL functionally consists of two components, the dv/dt reactor and the voltage limiting network (VPL), which limits voltage peaks and feeds the energy back to the DC link. By using a dv/dt filter compact plus VPL, standard motors with standard insulation and without insulated bearings can be used with supply voltages up to 690 V in converter operation. Voltage range Installation of the dv/dt filter Installation of the dv/dt filter plus VPL within the conver- plus VPL in an additional ter cabinet unit cabinet V kW kW 380 ... 480 110 ... 250 315 ... 900 500 ... 600 110 ... 200 250 ... 1000 660 ... 690 75 ... 315 400 ... 2700 dv/dt filters compact plus VPL are designed for the following maximum motor cable lengths: • Shielded cables: 100 m (e.g. Protodur NYCWY) • Unshielded cables: 150 m (e.g. Protodur NYY) For longer cable lengths (> 100 m shielded, >150 m unshielded), the dv/dt filter plus VPL (option L10) should be used. Notice: • Operation with output frequencies < 10 Hz is permissible for max. 5 min. • The maximum permissible output frequency is 150 Hz. The appropriate information in the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual should also be carefully observed. Note: Option L07 cannot be combined with the following options: • L08 (motor reactor) • L10 (dv/dt filter plus VPL) • L15 (sine-wave filter) • M78 (motor connection from above) L08 Motor reactor Motor reactors reduce the voltage load on the motor windings by reducing the voltage gradients at the motor terminals that occur during converter operation. At the same time, the capacitive charge/discharge currents that place an additional load on the converter output when long motor cables are used, are reduced. The maximum permissible output frequency when a motor reactor is used is 150 Hz. Depending on the converter output rating, option L10 can be accommodated in the converter cabinet unit or an additional cabinet of 400 mm or 600 mm width is required. By using a dv/dt filter plus VPL, standard motors with standard insulation and without insulated bearings can be used with supply voltages up to 690 V in converter operation. dv/dt filters plus VPL are designed for the following maximum motor cable lengths: • Shielded cables: 300 m (e.g. Protodur NYCWY) • Unshielded cables: 450 m (e.g. Protodur NYY) For cable lengths < 100 m shielded or < 150 m unshielded, the dv/dt filter compact plus VPL (option L07) can be advantageously used. The appropriate information in the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual should also be carefully observed. Note: Option L10 cannot be combined with the following options: • L07 (dv/dt filter compact plus VPL) • L08 (motor reactor) • L15 (sine-wave filter) • M78 (motor connection from above) Motor reactors are designed for the following maximum motor cable lengths: • Shielded cables: 300 m (e.g. Protodur NYCWY) • Unshielded cables: 450 m (e.g. Protodur NYY) Note: Option L08 cannot be combined with the following options: • L07 (dv/dt filter compact plus VPL) • L10 (dv/dt filter plus VPL) • L15 (sine-wave filter) • M78 (motor connection from above) Siemens D 11 · 2015 4/21 4 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Options (continued) L13 Line contactor (for currents ≤ 800 A for single connection) L19 Connection for external auxiliary equipment SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units in a single connection do not have a line contactor as standard. Option L13 is required if a switching element is required for disconnecting the cabinet from the supply (required for EMERGENCY OFF). The contactor is controlled and powered inside the converter. For devices with rated input currents > 800 A in single connection, the function of option L13 is provided by option L26. An outgoing, controlled feeder fused with max. 10 A for external auxiliary equipment (e.g. motor external fan). Note: 4 5 6 Meaning Range 1 L1 380 ... 690 V AC 2 L2 380 ... 690 V AC Checkback contact (NO contact), contactor closed 3 L3 380 ... 690 V AC Checkback contact (NC contact), contactor closed 11 Contactor control 230 V AC Common potential 12 Contactor control 230 V AC 13 Feedback signal, circuit breaker 230 V AC / 0.5 A; 24 V DC / 2 A 14 Feedback signal, circuit breaker 230 V AC / 0.5 A; 24 V DC / 2 A 15 Feedback signal, contactor 230 V AC / 6 A 16 Feedback signal, contactor 230 V AC / 6 A PE PE Meaning L15 Sine-wave filter 4 Sine-wave filters are available in the voltage range 380 V to 480 V up to a type rating of 250 kW, and in the voltage range 500 V to 600 V up to a type rating of 132 kW. The sine-wave filter at the converter output supplies almost perfect sinusoidal voltages to the motor so that standard motors can be used without special insulation and without insulated bearings. The sine-wave filter also reduces the converter-related supplementary motor noise. The maximum permissible motor supply cable length is limited to 300 m. Notice: In conjunction with the option L15, the pulse frequency of the converter must be increased. This reduces the power available at the converter output (for the derating factor, see SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual). The modulation depth of the output voltage decreases to approx. 85% (380 V to 480 V) or approx. 83% (500 V to 600 V). The maximum output frequency is 150 Hz (for 380 V to 480 V) or 115 Hz (for 500 V to 600 V). It should be noted that the reduced voltage at the motor terminals compared to the rated motor voltage means that the motor switches to field weakening mode earlier. Note: Option L15 cannot be combined with the following options: • L07 (dv/dt filter compact plus VPL) • L08 (motor reactor) • L10 (dv/dt filter plus VPL) • M78 (motor connection from above) 4/22 The outgoing feeder can be controlled internally by the converter or externally. Terminal -X155: For converters with power units connected in parallel, the line contactor is included as standard. Terminal -X50: The voltage is tapped at the converter input upstream of the main contactor / circuit breaker and, therefore, has the same level as the supply voltage. Siemens D 11 · 2015 L21 Surge suppression In ungrounded IT systems, the line voltage is not permanently connected to the ground potential because of the missing ground connection of the supply network. Therefore, when a ground fault occurs during operation, a voltage against ground increased by a factor of 2 can occur. For this reason, it is recommended that a surge suppression against ground be installed for operation on IT systems. The surge suppression option includes the installation of line-side surge arresters and upstream fuses for each system phase. The signaling contacts of the surge arresters are connected in series for the monitoring and connected to a customer interface. Note: Option L21 does not include the installation of an insulation monitor for the IT system. An insulation monitor should always be ordered separately as option L87 when the supplying IT system is not monitored at another position (e.g. at the transformer outgoing feeder). Only one insulation monitor can be used in each galvanically coupled network. Option L21 also does not include the factory-side removal of the metal bracket which establishes the connection to ground of the radio interference suppression filter installed as standard. The metal bracket should therefore be removed during the installation or commissioning of the converter if the device is to be operated on an ungrounded IT system. © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Options (continued) L22 Scope of delivery without line reactor (for converters ≤ 500 kW) L23 Line reactor uk = 2% (for converters > 500 kW) The line reactor is included as standard in converters up to 500 kW. For converter power ratings > 500 kW, including the parallel connections, the line reactor (uK = 2%) is optionally available, as in this power range, the converter is often connected to the medium-voltage line supply via transformers that are adapted to the converter rating. A line reactor is needed for high short-circuit power levels, partly to protect the actual converter against excessive harmonic currents, and thus against overload, and partly to limit the line harmonics to the permissible values. The harmonic currents are limited by the complete inductance comprising the line reactor and line supply cable inductance. Line reactors can be omitted if the line supply cable inductance is increased sufficiently, i.e. the RSC value must be sufficiently small. RSC = Relative Short-Circuit power: Ratio of short-circuit power SK line at the supply connection point to fundamental apparent output Sconv of the connected converters (according to EN 50178/VDE 0160). Connection point of the converter S k line Line Converter G_D011_EN_00023c Mains supply cable inductance Line reactor The following applies for SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units: Type rating Line reactor can be omitted Line reactor required kW For RSC Order code (option) For RSC Order code (option) <200 ≤43 L22 >43 – 200 ... 500 ≤33 L22 >33 – ≥500 ≤20 – >20 L23 It is recommended that a line reactor is always connected on the line side of the converter, as in practice, it is often not known on which supply configuration individual converters are to be operated, i.e. which supply short-circuit power is present at the converter connection point. The line reactor can only be omitted (option L22) if the values for RSC are lower than those shown in the table. This is the case, as shown in the following diagram, when the converter is connected to the line supply via a transformer with the appropriate rating. Connection point of the transformer S k2 line A line reactor (option L23) is always required when • For cabinet units > 500 kW, the RSC ratio is > 20, or • Several converters are connected to the same line connection point • For cabinet units in a parallel connection, the line supply is not fed-in through a three-winding transformer, or • A line filter is used For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual. Note: When option L01 is selected, a line reactor is not required (options L22/L23 and L01 cannot be combined). L26 Main switch incl. fuses or circuit breakers A switch disconnector with fuses is available as main switch for converters in single connection with ratings up to 800 A. With currents above 800 A, a circuit breaker is used instead of a switch disconnector. The circuit breaker is controlled and supplied within the converter. Option L26 is included as standard for converters with power units connected in parallel and a rated input current of ≥ 1500 A. Circuit breakers are installed in this case. For rated input currents < 1500 A, by selecting option L26, main switches including fuses are installed in addition to the line contactors provided as standard. L45 EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton installed in the cabinet door Option L45 only includes the EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton. This is fitted with a protective collar in the cabinet door of the converter. The contacts of the pushbutton are brought out and connected to a terminal block. The EMERGENCY OFF functions, Category 0 or 1, can be activated in conjunction with options L57, L59 and L60 . Notice: By pressing the EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton, in compliance with IEC 60204-1 (VDE 0113), the motor is stopped – either uncontrolled or controlled depending on the selected Category 0 or 1 – and the converter disconnected from the line supply. Auxiliary voltages such as the supply for an external fan or anti-condensation heating may still be present. Certain areas within the converter also remain live (under voltage), such as the control or auxiliary equipment. If complete disconnection of all voltages is required, the EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton must be incorporated into a protective system to be implemented by the customer. For this purpose, an NC contact is provided at terminal -X120. The EMERGENCY OFF button is preconfigured at the factory only when one of the options L57 to L60 is selected simultaneously. Additional wiring must be provided at the plant. Connection point of the converter S transf Line S k1 Converter Mains supply cable inductance uk transf % G_D011_EN_00022c As high-rating converters are usually connected to medium-voltage supply systems via transformers to reduce their harmonic effects on the supply, cabinet units over 500 kW are not equipped with line reactors as standard. Siemens D 11 · 2015 4/23 4 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Options (continued) L50 Cabinet lighting with service socket L59 EMERGENCY STOP Category 1, 230 V AC With option L50, cabinet lighting is included with an additional service socket for a SCHUKO connector (connector type F) according to CEE 7/4. The power supply for the cabinet lighting and the service socket is external and must be fuse-protected for max. 10 A. EMERGENCY STOP Category 1 for controlled stopping according to EN 60204-1. The cabinet lighting consists of an LED hand lamp with On/Off switch and with magnetic fasteners on an approx. 3 m long connecting cable. The lamp is factory-positioned in the cabinet door at a defined marking, and the connecting cable is wound on the associated mount. L55 Anti-condensation heating for cabinet The anti-condensation heating is recommended at low ambient temperatures and high levels of humidity to prevent condensation. A 100 W cabinet heater is installed in each cabinet section (two heaters are installed per cabinet with cabinet section widths of between 800 mm and 1200 mm). The power supply for the anti-condensation heating (110 V to 230 V AC, at terminal block -X240) must be provided externally and fused with max. 16 A. 4 Terminal -X240: Meaning 1 L1 (110 ... 230 V AC) 2 N 3 PE L57 EMERGENCY OFF Category 0, 230 V AC or 24 V DC EMERGENCY OFF Category 0 for uncontrolled stopping according to EN 60204-1. The function includes interrupting the power supply for the converter via the line contactor and bypassing the microprocessor controller using a safety combination according to EN 60204-1. The motor coasts to a standstill. When delivered, the pushbutton circuit is preset to 230 V AC. Jumpers must be appropriately set when using 24 V DC. Notice: Option L57 always requires electrical separation from the line supply, this means for converters in a single circuit, for converter currents ≤ 800 A, option L13 and for converter currents > 800 A, option L26. For converters with power units connected in parallel, electrical separation from the line supply is included as standard. Terminal -X120: Meaning 7 Loop in the EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton from the plant side; remove jumper 7-8! 8 Loop in the EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton from the plant side; remove jumper 7-8! 15 "On" for monitored start; remove jumper 15-16! 16 17 18 4/24 The function stops the drive using a fast stop along a down ramp that is parameterized by the user. The power supply to the converter is then interrupted as described for EMERGENCY OFF Category 0. In order to maintain the specified stopping times, it may be necessary to use a braking unit. Notice: Option L59 always requires electrical separation from the line supply, this means for converters in a single circuit, for converter currents ≤ 800 A, option L13 and for converter currents > 800 A, option L26. For converters with power units connected in parallel, electrical separation from the line supply is included as standard. Terminal -X120: Meaning 7 Loop in the EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton from the plant side; remove jumper 7-8! 8 Loop in the EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton from the plant side; remove jumper 7-8! 15 "On" for manual start; remove jumper 15-16! 16 "On" for manual start; remove jumper 15-16! 17 Checkback signal, "Safety combination has tripped" 18 Checkback signal, "Safety combination has tripped" L60 EMERGENCY STOP Category 1, 24 V DC EMERGENCY STOP Category 1 for controlled stopping according to EN 60204-1. The function stops the drive using a fast stop along a down ramp that is parameterized by the user. The power supply to the converter is then interrupted as described for EMERGENCY OFF Category 0. In order to maintain the specified stopping times, it may be necessary to use a braking unit. Notice: Option L60 always requires electrical separation from the line supply, this means for converters in a single circuit, for converter currents ≤ 800 A, option L13 and for converter currents > 800 A, option L26. For converters with power units connected in parallel, electrical separation from the line supply is included as standard. Terminal -X120: Meaning 7 Loop in the EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton from the plant side; remove jumper 7-8! 8 Loop in the EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton from the plant side; remove jumper 7-8! "On" for monitored start; remove jumper 15-16! 15 "On" for manual start; remove jumper 15-16! Checkback signal, "Safety combination has tripped" 16 "On" for manual start; remove jumper 15-16! Checkback signal, "Safety combination has tripped" 17 Checkback signal, "Safety combination has tripped" 18 Checkback signal, "Safety combination has tripped" Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Options (continued) L61, L62 Braking units The following braking units are available for SINAMICS G150 converters – depending on the converter type: Braking units may be required for drives in which motors might operate in generator mode, but have no facility for feeding energy back into the supply system. Option The braking unit comprises two components: • A Braking Module that is installed in the converter cabinet • A braking resistor to be mounted externally (IP20 degree of protection). The braking unit functions as an autonomous unit, and does not require an external power supply. The braking energy is converted into heat in the braking resistor that must be mounted externally. SINAMICS Braking Module G150 converter cabinet units Braking resistor RB Type rating PDB P40 P20 P15 kW kW kW kW kW Ω 380 ... 480 V 3 AC L61 110 ... 132 25 50 100 125 4.4 ±7.5 % L62 160 ... 900 50 100 200 250 2.2 ±7.5 % 50 100 200 250 3.4 ±7.5 % 3500 ... 600 V AC L62 110 ... 1000 A max. cable length of 100 m is permissible between the Braking Module and the braking resistor. This allows the braking resistor to be mounted externally so that heat losses can be dissipated outside the converter enclosure. 660 ... 690 V 3 AC The braking resistor is connected to terminal block –X5 on the converter cabinet unit: PDB: Rated power (continuous braking power) P40: 40 s power in relation to a braking interval of 90 s P20: 20 s power in relation to a braking interval of 90 s P15: 15 s power in relation to a braking interval of 90 s Terminal -X5: Meaning 1 Braking resistor connection 2 Braking resistor connection P/P20 G_D011_EN_00328 1.50 1.00 P20 50 100 125 9.8 ±7.5 % 50 100 200 250 4.9 ±7.5 % If more braking power is required than provided by the braking units listed here, then braking units may be connected in parallel for higher converter outputs (on request). For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual. If L01 (line harmonics filter) is in use, after the converter has been switched off, as a result of the principle of operation, a waiting period of at least 30 seconds must be allowed to elapse before switching on again. With option L76, the wait time is shortened to approx. 3 s. 0.75 P40 PDB 0.25 0 10 15 20 30 25 160 ... 2700 L76 Quick start (for option L01) P15 0.50 75 ... 132 L62 A second 50 kW braking unit can be used in converters with power units connected in parallel in order to increase the braking power. In this case, a Braking Module is assigned to each braking resistor. You can order a second braking unit by selecting option L62 twice. Characteristic curves 1.25 L61 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 s t PDB = Rated power P15 = 5 x PDB = Power which is permissible every 90 s for 15 s P20 = 4 x PDB = Power which is permissible every 90 s for 20 s P40 = 2 x PDB = Power which is permissible every 90 s for 40 s L83 Thermistor motor protection device (alarm) Thermistor motor protection device for PTC thermistors (PTC resistors, type A) for alarm. The thermistor motor protection device is supplied with power and evaluated internally in the converter. Terminal -F127: Meaning T1 Sensor circuit connection T2 Sensor circuit connection Load diagram for Braking Modules and braking resistors Information about possible duty cycles of the braking units and other configuration notes are contained in the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual. Siemens D 11 · 2015 4/25 4 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Options (continued) L84 Thermistor motor protection device (trip) M06 Base 100 mm high, RAL 7022 Thermistor motor protection device for PTC thermistors (PTC resistors, type A) for trip. The thermistor motor protection device is supplied with power and evaluated internally in the converter. The additional cabinet base allows larger bending radii for cables (cable inlet from below) and enables them to be routed within the cabinet base. Terminal -F125: Meaning T1 Sensor circuit connection T2 Sensor circuit connection L86 Pt100 evaluation unit The Pt100 evaluation unit can monitor up to six sensors. The sensors can be connected using a two-wire or three-wire system. The limit values can be freely programmed for each channel. In the factory setting, the measuring channels are subdivided into two groups, each with three channels. With motors, for example, this means that three Pt100s in the stator windings and two Pt100s in the motor bearings can be monitored. Unused channels can be hidden via parameters. The output relays are integrated into the internal fault and shutdown sequence of the converter. 4 L87 Insulation monitoring An insulation monitor must be used if the converter is connected to an ungrounded line supply. The device monitors the entire galvanically coupled circuit for insulation faults. An alarm is output in the event of a fault. Notice: Only one insulation monitor can be used in each galvanically coupled network. As there are different response strategies when a ground fault occurs in an ungrounded system, output relays of the insulation monitor are provided for integration in a plant-side control. It is also possible to integrate the outputs into the converter monitoring system on the plant side. The cabinet base is supplied in RAL 7022 as standard. A special paint finish is not available for the base. It is delivered completely assembled with the cabinet. The height of the operator panel changes accordingly. M07 Cable marshalling space 200 mm high, RAL 7035 The cable marshalling space is made of strong sheet steel and allows cables to be connected more flexibly (entry from below). It also allows routing of cables within the marshalling compartment. It is delivered completely assembled with the cabinet. The height of the operator panel changes accordingly. Note: The cable compartment is painted as standard with RAL 7035. If a special color is requested for the cabinet (order code Y09), the cable-marshaling space is also painted in this color. M13 Line connection from above The control cabinet is provided with an additional roof section to allow a line connection from above. The connection lugs for the power cables, the clamping bar for mechanically securing the cables, an EMC shield bus, and a PE busbar are located within this roof section. This increases the cabinet height by 405 mm. The busbars for the connection from above are delivered completely pre-installed. For transport reasons, the roof sections are delivered separately and must be fitted on site. Crane transport assemblies (option M90) can still be used. However, they must be removed on site before the roof sections can be installed. Use of rope spreaders should be considered in the case of small crane hook heights. Terminal -A1-A101: Meaning 11 Signaling relay ALARM 1 An undrilled aluminum mounting plate (5 mm thick) is provided in the roof section for feeding in the cables. Depending on the number of cables and the cross-sections used, holes for attaching cable glands for feeding in the cables must be drilled in this mounting plate on site. 12 Signaling relay ALARM 1 Notice: 14 Signaling relay ALARM 1 21 Signaling relay ALARM 2 22 Signaling relay ALARM 2 The control cables are still connected from below. When option M13 is selected, the standard line connection from below is omitted. 24 Signaling relay ALARM 2 M+ External kΩ display, 0 – 400 µA M- External kΩ display, 0 – 400 µA R1 External reset button (NC contact or wire jumper, otherwise the error message is not stored) R2 External reset button (NC contact or wire jumper) T1 External test button T2 External test button Insulation monitoring can be supplied on request for converter cabinet units with power units connected in parallel. 4/26 Siemens D 11 · 2015 The degree of protection of the roof sections is IP21. In combination with options M23, M43 and M54 , additional plastic ventilation grilles and filter elements are provided. Note: The roof sections are painted in RAL 7035 as standard. If a special color is requested for the cabinet (order code Y09), the roof sections are also painted in this color. Ventilation grilles used with IP23, IP43 and IP54 degrees of protection are in RAL 7035 and cannot be painted. Option M13 is not available for converters > 1500 kW with power units connected in parallel. © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Options (continued) M21 Degree of protection IP21 M70 EMC shield bus (cable connection from below) Cabinet version in IP20, but with additional top cover or canopy. This increases the cabinet height by 250 mm. The EMC shield bus is used to connect shielded line and motor supply cables. The EMC shield bus is included as standard with option L00 (RFI suppression filter). For transport reasons, the top covers or canopies are delivered separately and must be fitted on site. Note: M75 PE busbar (cable connection from below) The top covers or canopies are painted in RAL 7035 as standard. If a special color is requested for the cabinet (order code Y09), the top covers or canopies will also be painted this color. The PE busbar is used to connect and secure PE cables. The PE busbar is contained as standard in version A. For version C, the PE busbar can be ordered separately as option M75. M23/M43/M54 Degree of protection IP23/IP43/IP54 M78 Motor connection from above When M23, M43 or M54 is selected, the converter is equipped with a roof section. This increases the cabinet height by 400 mm. The control cabinet is provided with an additional roof section for a motor connection from above. The connection lugs for the power cables, the clamping bar for mechanically securing the cables, an EMC shield bus, and a PE busbar are located within this roof section. For transport reasons, the roof sections are delivered separately and must be fitted on site. Note: The roof sections are painted in RAL 7035 as standard. If a special color is requested for the cabinet (order code Y09), the roof sections are also painted in this color. The molded plastic parts (e.g. ventilation grilles) are in RAL 7035 and cannot be painted. M66 Marine version For compliance with the requirements of the classification institutes: • Lloyds Register • American Bureau of Shipping • Germanischer Lloyd • Bureau Veritas • Det Norske Veritas • Chinese Classification Society This option includes a strengthened mechanical version of the cabinet, handles (handrail) below the operator panel and mechanical locking of the cabinet doors. The cabinet has degree of protection IP23 (option M23) and includes a cabinet anti-condensation heater (option L55). To attach the converter to the ship's deck, a welding frame (5 mm high) is supplied separately. Option M66 is not available for converters > 1500 kW with power units connected in parallel. Note: A combination with options M21, M23 and L01 or L55 is not possible. If the converter is used for a safety-relevant drive on a ship, then individual certification is also required (see options E11 to E71) – these include option M66. This increases the cabinet height by 405 mm. The busbars for the connection from above are delivered completely pre-installed. For transport reasons, the roof sections are delivered separately and must be fitted on site. Crane transport assemblies (option M90) can still be used. However, they must be removed on site before the roof sections can be installed. An undrilled aluminum mounting plate (5 mm thick) is provided in the roof section for feeding in the cables. Depending on the number of cables and the cross-sections used, holes for attaching cable glands for feeding in the cables must be drilled in this mounting plate on site. Notice: The control cables are still connected from below. When option M78 is selected, the standard motor connection from below is omitted. A combination with motor-side options L07, L08, L10 and L15 is not possible. If option L61 or L62 is selected at the same time as option M78, the braking-resistor should also be connected from above. The degree of protection of the roof sections is IP21. In combination with options M23, M43 and M54 , additional plastic ventilation grilles and filter elements are provided. Note: The roof sections are painted in RAL 7035 as standard. If a special color is requested for the cabinet (order code Y09), the roof sections are also painted in this color. Ventilation grilles used with IP23, IP43 and IP54 degrees of protection are in RAL 7035 and cannot be painted. Option M78 is not available for converters > 1500 kW with power units connected in parallel M90 Crane transport assembly (top-mounted) For single cabinets up to a width of 600 mm, the crane transport assembly consists of transport eyebolts. For cabinet widths of 800 mm and wider, transport rails are used. Rope spreaders should be used for low crane hook heights. Siemens D 11 · 2015 4/27 4 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Options (continued) M91 Marking of all control cable conductor ends Y32 Two-line label for system identification, 40 × 180 mm When this option is selected, all control cables or conductor ends (including all customer-specific options) are labeled throughout the cabinet. Resopal labels (white with black lettering) for identifying the control cabinets are available. The labels are stuck to the cabinet door. T58, T60, T80, T85, T91 Rating plate data Dimensions H × W: 40 × 180 mm The standard version of the rating plate is in English/German. Field 1: Max. 9 characters, font size 10 mm Field 2: Max. 9 characters, font size 10 mm Field 3: Max. 20 characters, font size 10 mm. The text must be specified in plain text when ordering. A rating plate in another language can be selected using the following order code for the option. Order code Rating plate language T58 English/French T60 English/Spanish T80 English/Italian T85 English/Russian T91 English/Chinese 90 +D4Z01R04 -31FA011 infeed roller FS Field 1 40 Field 3 180 Y09 Special cabinet paint finish 4 Field 2 The converter cabinet units are delivered in RAL7035 as standard. The special paint finish must be specified in plain text when ordering. All RAL colors which are available as powder coatings can be selected. Y33 Four-line label for system identification, 40 × 180 mm Resopal labels (white with black lettering) for identifying the control cabinets are available. The labels are stuck to the cabinet door. Note: Dimensions H × W: 40 × 180 mm If options such as cable marshalling space (order code M07), top covers or canopies (order code M21), roof sections (order codes M23/M43/M54) or cable connection from above (order codes M13/M78) are ordered for the converter cabinet units, they will also be supplied in the paint finish specified in the order. The molded plastic parts (e.g. ventilation grilles) are in RAL 7035 and cannot be painted. The text must be specified in plain text when ordering. Field 1: Max. 9 characters, font size 10 mm Field 2: Max. 20 characters, font size 6 mm Field 3: Max. 20 characters, font size 6 mm Field 4: Max. 20 characters, font size 6 mm Field 5: Max. 20 characters, font size 6 mm Y31 One-line label for system identification, 40 × 80 mm Resopal labels (white with black lettering) for identifying the control cabinets are available. The labels are stuck to the cabinet door. Dimensions H × W: 40 × 80 mm Field 1: Max. 9 characters, font size 10 mm. Field 1 80 4/28 Siemens D 11 · 2015 +D4Z01R04 Field 1 -31 FA011 Short text 1 Field 2 -31FA012 Short text 2 Field 3 -31FA013 Short text 3 Field 4 -31FA014 Short text 4 Field 5 180 The text must be specified in plain text when ordering. +D4Z01R04 80 40 40 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Technical specifications The most important directives and standards are listed below. These are used as basis for the SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units and they must be carefully observed to achieve an EMC-compliant configuration that is safe both functionally and in operation. European directives 2006/95/EC Low-voltage directive: Directive of the European Parliament and Council of December 12, 2006, on the approximation of the laws of the member states relating to electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits 2006/42/EC Machinery directive: Directive of the European Parliament and Council of May 17, 2006 on machinery and for changing Directive 95/16/EC (amendment) 2004/108/EC EMC directive: Directive of the European Parliament and Council of December 15, 2004, which repeals directive 89/336/EEC, on the approximation of laws of the member states relating to electromagnetic compatibility European standards EN ISO 3744 Acoustics – Determination of the sound power level and sound energy level for noise sources that result from sound pressure measurements – envelope surface procedure of the accuracy class 2 for a largely free sound field over a reflecting plane EN ISO 13849-1 Safety of machinery – Safety-related parts of control systems Part 1: General design principles (ISO 13849-1:2006) (replaced EN 954-1) EN 60146-1-1 Semiconductor converters – General requirements and line-commutated converters 4 Part 1-1: Specification of basic requirements EN 60204-1 Electrical equipment of machines Part 1: General definitions EN 60529 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code) EN 61508-1 Functional safety of electrical/electronic/programmable electronic safety-related systems Part 1: General requirements EN 61800-2 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 2: General requirements – Rating specifications for the measurement of low-voltage adjustable frequency AC power drive systems EN 61800-3 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 3: EMC product standard including special test procedure EN 61800-5-1 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 5: Safety requirements Main section 1: Electrical and thermal requirements EN 61800-5-2 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 2: Safety requirements – Functional safety (IEC 61800-5-2:2007) Siemens D 11 · 2015 4/29 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Technical specifications (continued) General technical specifications Electrical specifications Line voltages and power ranges Single connection Parallel connection • 380 ... 480 V 3 AC ±10% (-15% < 1 min) 110 ... 560 kW 630 ... 900 kW • 500 ... 600 V 3 AC ±10% (-15% < 1 min) 110 ... 560 kW 630 ... 1000 kW • 660 ... 690 V 3 AC ±10% (-15% < 1 min) 75 ... 800 kW 1000 ... 2700 kW Line system configurations Grounded TN/TT systems or ungrounded IT systems (a grounded line conductor is not permissible in 690 V line supplies) Line frequency 47 ... 63 Hz Output frequency 0 ... 550 Hz1) Line power factor - Fundamental - Total > 0.96 0.75 ... 0.93 Efficiency > 98% Overvoltage category III according to EN 61800-5-1 Control method Vector control with and without encoder or V/f control Fixed speeds 15 fixed speeds plus 1 minimum speed, parameterizable (in the default setting, 3 fixed setpoints plus 1 minimum speed are selectable using terminal block / PROFIBUS) Speed ranges that can be skipped 4, parameterizable Setpoint resolution 0.001 rpm digital 12-bit analog 4 Braking operation Optional via braking unit Mechanical specifications Degree of protection IP20 (higher degrees of protection up to IP54 optional) Protection class I according to EN 61800-5-1 Touch protection EN 50274 / BGV A3 when used for the intended purpose Cabinet system Rittal TS8, doors with double-bit key, three-section base plates for cable entry Paint finish RAL 7035 (indoor requirements) Cooling method Forced air cooling AF according to EN 60146 Ambient conditions Storage Transport Operation Ambient temperature -25 ... +55° C -25 ... +70° C as of -40° C for 24 hours 0 ... +40° C to +50° C see derating data Relative humidity (condensation not permissible) 5 ... 95% 5 ... 95% at 40° C 5 ... 95% Class 1K4 according to EN 60721-3-1 Class 2K3 according to EN 60721-3-2 Class 3K3 according to EN 60721-3-3 Environmental class / harm- Class 1C2 according to EN 60721-3-1 ful chemical substances Organic/biological influences Class 1B1 according to EN 60721-3-1 Class 2C2 according to EN 60721-3-2 Class 3C2 according to EN 60721-3-3 Class 2B1 according to EN 60721-3-2 Class 3B1 according to EN 60721-3-3 Degree of pollution 2 according to EN 61800-5-1 Installation altitude Up to 2000 m above sea level without derating; > 2000 m see derating data Mechanical stability Storage Transport Operation Vibratory load - Deflection - Acceleration 1.5 mm at 5 ... 9 Hz 5 m/s2 at > 9 ... 200 Hz 3.1 mm at 5 ... 9 Hz 10 m/s2 at > 9 ... 200 Hz 0.075 mm at 10 ... 58 Hz 10 m/s2 at > 58 … 200 Hz Class 1M2 according to EN 60721-3-1 Class 2M2 according to EN 60721-3-2 – 40 m/s2 for 22 ms 100 m/s2 for 11 ms Class 1M2 according to EN 60721-3-1 Class 2M2 according to EN 60721-3-2 Class 3M4 according to EN 60721-3-3 Shock load - Acceleration 100 m/s2 for 11 ms Compliance with standards CE marking According to EMC Directive No. 2004/108/EC and Low Voltage Directive No. 2006/95/EC and Machinery Directive No. 2006/42/EC for functional safety Radio interference suppression The SINAMICS G150 converter systems are not designed for connection to the public power network ("first environment"). Radio interference suppression is compliant with the EMC product standard for variable-speed drives EN 61800-3, "Second environment" (industrial networks). EMC disturbances can occur when connected to the public power networks. However, if supplementary measures are taken (e.g. line filter, see option L00) operation in the "first environment" is possible. 2) Deviations from the specified classes are underlined. 4/30 Siemens D 11 · 2015 1) The output frequency is also affected by the selected control method and the pulse frequency. For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual. 2) Applies to motor cable lengths < 100 m. © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Technical specifications (continued) Technical specifications for single connection Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units 6SL3710-1GE..-.... Single connection 32-1.A3 32-6.A3 33-1.A3 33-8.A3 35-0.A3 36-1.A3 37-5.A3 38-4.A3 41-0.A3 Type rating • For IL at 50 Hz 400 V 1) • For IH at 50 Hz 400 V 1) • For IL at 60 Hz 460 V 2) • For IH at 60 Hz 460 V 2) kW kW hp hp 110 90 150 125 132 110 200 150 160 132 250 200 200 160 300 250 250 200 400 350 315 250 500 350 400 315 600 450 450 400 600 500 560 450 800 700 Output current • Rated current In • Base-load current IL3) • Base-load current IH4) A A A 210 205 178 260 250 233 310 302 277 380 370 340 490 477 438 605 590 460 745 725 570 840 820 700 985 960 860 A A A 229 335 1.1 284 410 1.1 338 495 1.35 395 606 1.35 509 781 1.35 629 967 1.4 775 1188 1.4 873 1344 1.4 1024 1573 1.5 Rated short-circuit current according to IEC 7) kA 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 84 84 Minimum short-circuit current 8) A 3000 3600 4400 4400 8000 10000 10500 16000/1800 9) 18400/2000 9) Power loss, max. 10) • At 50 Hz 400 V • At 60 Hz 460 V kW kW 2.9 2.54 3.8 3.36 4.4 4.07 5.3 4.67 6.4 5.96 8.2 8.3 9.6 9.7 10.1 10.2 14.4 14.7 Cooling air requirement m3/s 0.17 0.23 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.78 0.78 0.78 1.48 Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) at 50/60 Hz dB 67/68 69/73 69/73 69/73 69/73 70/73 70/73 70/73 72/75 m m 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 mm 800/400 800/400 800/400 1000/400 1000/400 1200/600 1200/600 1200/600 1600/1000 mm mm 2000 600 2000 600 2000 600 2000 600 2000 600 2000 600 2000 600 2000 600 2000 600 kg 460/225 460/225 670/300 670/300 670/300 750/670 750/670 780/670 1100/880 Input current • Rated input current 5) • Input current, max. • Current requirement, 24 V DC auxiliary power supply 6) Cable lengths between converter and motor 11) • Shielded • Unshielded Dimensions • Width for version A/C • Height 12) • Depth Weight, approx. (degree of protection IP20, without options) for version A/C 4 Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market. For information on the line connection, motor connection and cabinet grounding, see Section Configuration. 1) 2) 3) Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH for 3 AC 50 Hz 400 V. 7) In conjunction with the specified fuses or circuit breakers. 8) Minimum current required for reliably triggering the protective devices. Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH for 3 AC 60 Hz 460 V. 9) For option L26 (version A) the low value applies. 10) The specified power losses are the maximum values for a utilization of 100%. The values are lower under normal operating conditions. 11) Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request. 12) Version A: The cabinet height increases by – 250 mm for degree of protection IP21 – 400 mm for degrees of protection IP23, IP43 and IP54 – 405 mm for options M13 and M78 Version C: The cabinet height increases by – 250 mm for degree of protection IP21 – 400 mm for degrees of protection IP23, IP43 and IP54 The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 110% for 60 s or 150% for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s. See Characteristic curves, Section Overload capability. 4) The base-load current IH is based on a duty cycle of 150% for 60 s or 160% for 10 s with a duty cycle duration of 300 s. See Characteristic curves, Section Overload capability. 5) The currents listed here are based on the rated output current. 6) If the drive control is to remain active after a main infeed failure, the converter must be externally supplied with 24 V DC. The following must also be taken into account: – CU320-2: 1 A – TM31: 0.5 A – AOP30: 0.2 A – SMC: 0.6 A – Current requirement of digital inputs/outputs. Siemens D 11 · 2015 4/31 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Technical specifications (continued) 4 Line voltage 500 ... 600 V 3 AC SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units 6SL3710-1GF..-.... Single connection 31-8.A3 32-2.A3 32-6.A3 33-3.A3 34-1.A3 34-7.A3 35-8.A3 37-4.A3 38-1.A3 Type rating • For IL at 50 Hz 500 V 1) • For IH at 50 Hz 500 V 1) • For IL at 60 Hz 575 V 2) • For IH at 60 Hz 575 V 2) kW kW hp hp 110 90 150 150 132 110 200 200 160 132 250 200 200 160 300 250 250 200 400 350 315 250 450 450 400 315 600 500 500 450 700 700 560 500 800 700 Output current • Rated current In • Base-load current IL3) • Base-load current IH4) A A A 175 171 157 215 208 192 260 250 233 330 320 280 410 400 367 465 452 416 575 560 514 735 710 657 810 790 724 Input current • Rated input current 5) A • Input current, max. A • Current requirement, 24 V DC A 6) auxiliary power supply 191 279 1.35 224 341 1.35 270 410 1.35 343 525 1.4 426 655 1.4 483 740 1.4 598 918 1.4 764 1164 1.5 842 1295 1.5 Rated short-circuit current according to IEC 7) kA 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 84 84 Minimum short-circuit current 8) A 2400 3000 3600 5200 5200 6200 8400 10500 10400/1800 9) Power loss, max. 10) • At 50 Hz 500 V • At 60 Hz 575 V kW kW 3.8 3.2 4.2 3.6 5 4.1 6.1 5.1 8.1 6.7 7.8 7.5 8.7 8.4 12.7 12.5 14.1 13.8 Cooling air requirement m3/s 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.78 0.78 0.78 1.48 1.48 Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) at 50/60 Hz dB 69/73 69/73 69/73 69/73 72/75 72/75 72/75 72/75 72/75 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 mm 800/400 800/400 800/400 800/400 1200/600 1200/600 1200/600 1600/1000 1600/1000 mm mm 2000 600 2000 600 2000 600 2000 600 2000 600 2000 600 2000 600 2000 600 2000 600 460/300 460/300 460/300 460/300 750/670 750/670 860/670 1150/940 1150/960 Cable lengths between converter and motor 11) • Shielded m m • Unshielded Dimensions • Width for version A/C • Height 12) • Depth Weight, approx. kg (degree of protection IP20, without options) for version A/C Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market. For information on the line connection, motor connection and cabinet grounding, see Section Configuration. 1) 2) 3) Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH for 3 AC 50 Hz 400 V. 7) In conjunction with the specified fuses or circuit breakers. 8) Minimum current required for reliably triggering the protective devices. Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH for 3 AC 60 Hz 460 V. 9) For option L26 (version A) the low value applies. 10) The specified power losses are the maximum values for a utilization of 100%. The values are lower under normal operating conditions. 11) Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request. 12) Version A: The cabinet height increases by – 250 mm for degree of protection IP21 – 400 mm for degrees of protection IP23, IP43 and IP54 – 405 mm for options M13 and M78 Version C: The cabinet height increases by – 250 mm for degree of protection IP21 – 400 mm for degrees of protection IP23, IP43 and IP54 The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 110% for 60 s or 150% for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s. See Characteristic curves, Section Overload capability. 4) The base-load current IH is based on a duty cycle of 150% for 60 s or 160% for 10 s with a duty cycle duration of 300 s. See Characteristic curves, Section Overload capability. 5) The currents listed here are based on the rated output current. 6) If the drive control is to remain active after a main infeed failure, the converter must be externally supplied with 24 V DC. The following must also be taken into account: – CU320-2: 1 A – TM31: 0.5 A – AOP30: 0.2 A – SMC: 0.6 A – Current requirement of digital inputs/outputs. 4/32 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Technical specifications (continued) Line voltage 660 ... 690 V 3 AC SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units 6SL3710-1GH..-.... Single connection 28-5.A3 31-0.A3 31-2.A3 31-5.A3 31-8.A3 32-2.A3 32-6.A3 Type rating • For IL at 50 Hz 690 V 1) • For IH at 50 Hz 690 V 1) kW kW 75 55 90 75 110 90 132 110 160 132 200 160 250 200 Output current • Rated current In • Base-load current IL 2) • Base-load current IH 3) A A A 85 80 76 100 95 89 120 115 107 150 142 134 175 171 157 215 208 192 260 250 233 93 131 1.1 109 155 1.1 131 188 1.1 164 232 1.1 191 279 1.35 224 341 1.35 270 410 1.35 Input current • Rated input current 4) A • Input current, max. A • Current requirement, 24 V DC A auxiliary power supply 5) Rated short-circuit current according to IEC 6) kA 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 Minimum short-circuit current 7) A 1500 1500 1200 1600 2400 3000 3600 Power loss, max. 8) at 50 Hz 690 V kW 1.7 2.1 2.7 2.8 3.8 4.2 5 Cooling air requirement m3/s 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.36 0.36 0.36 Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) at 50/60 Hz dB 67/68 67/68 67/68 67/68 67/73 67/73 67/73 Cable lengths between converter and motor 9) • Shielded m m • Unshielded Dimensions • Width for version A/C • Height 10) • Depth 4 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 mm 800/400 800/400 800/400 800/400 800/400 800/400 800/400 mm mm 2000 600 2000 600 2000 600 2000 600 2000 600 2000 600 2000 600 460/225 460/225 460/225 460/225 670/300 670/300 670/300 Weight, approx. kg (degree of protection IP20, without options) for version A/C Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market. For information on the line connection, motor connection and cabinet grounding, see Section Configuration. 1) Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH for 3 AC 50 Hz 400 V. 6) In conjunction with the specified fuses or circuit breakers. 7) 2) Minimum current required for reliably triggering the protective devices. The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 110% for 60 s or 150% for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s. See Characteristic curves, Section Overload capability. 8) The specified power losses are the maximum values for a utilization of 100%. The values are lower under normal operating conditions. 3) 9) The base-load current IH is based on a duty cycle of 150% for 60 s or 160% for 10 s with a duty cycle duration of 300 s. See Characteristic curves, Section Overload capability. Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request. 10) Version A: The cabinet height increases by – 250 mm for degree of protection IP21 – 400 mm for degrees of protection IP23, IP43 and IP54 – 405 mm for options M13 and M78 Version C: The cabinet height increases by – 250 mm for degree of protection IP21 – 400 mm for degrees of protection IP23, IP43 and IP54 4) The currents listed here are based on the rated output current. 5) If the drive control is to remain active after a main infeed failure, the converter must be externally supplied with 24 V DC. The following must also be taken into account: – CU320-2: 1 A – TM31: 0.5 A – AOP30: 0.2 A – SMC: 0.6 A – Current requirement of digital inputs/outputs. Siemens D 11 · 2015 4/33 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Technical specifications (continued) 4 Line voltage 660 ... 690 V 3 AC SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units 6SL3710-1GH..-.... Single connection 33-3.A3 34-1.A3 34-7.A3 35-8.A3 37-4.A3 38-1.A3 Type rating • For IL at 50 Hz 690 V 1) • For IH at 50 Hz 690 V 1) kW kW 315 250 400 315 450 400 560 450 710 560 800 710 Output current • Rated current In • Base-load current IL 2) • Base-load current IH 3) A A A 330 320 280 410 400 367 465 452 416 575 560 514 735 710 657 810 790 724 Input current • Rated input current 4) A • Input current, max. A • Current requirement, 24 V DC A auxiliary power supply 5) 343 525 1.35 426 655 1.4 483 740 1.4 598 918 1.4 764 1164 1.5 842 1295 1.5 Rated short-circuit current according to IEC 6) kA 65 65 84 84 85 85 Minimum short-circuit current 7) A 5200 5200 6200 8400 10500 10400/1800 8) Power loss, max. 9) at 50 Hz 690 V kW 6.1 8.1 9.1 10.8 13.5 14.7 Cooling air requirement m3/s 0.36 0.78 0.78 0.78 1.48 1.48 Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) at 50/60 Hz dB 67/73 72/75 72/75 72/75 72/75 72/75 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 mm 800/400 1200/600 1200/600 1200/600 1600/1000 1600/1000 mm mm 2000 600 2000 600 2000 600 2000 600 2000 600 2000 600 670/300 780/670 780/670 840/670 1320/940 1360/980 Cable lengths between converter and motor 10) • Shielded m m • Unshielded Dimensions • Width for version A/C • Height 11) • Depth Weight, approx. kg (degree of protection IP20, without options) for version A/C Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market. For information on the line connection, motor connection and cabinet grounding, see Section Configuration. 1) Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH for 3 AC 50 Hz 690 V. 6) In conjunction with the specified fuses or circuit breakers. 7) 2) Minimum current required for reliably triggering the protective devices. The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 110% for 60 s or 150% for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s. See Characteristic curves, Section Overload capability. 8) For option L26 (version A) the low value applies. 9) The specified power losses are the maximum values for a utilization of 100%. The values are lower under normal operating conditions. 10) Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request. 11) Version A: The cabinet height increases by – 250 mm for degree of protection IP21 – 400 mm for degrees of protection IP23, IP43 and IP54 – 405 mm for options M13 and M78 Version C: The cabinet height increases by – 250 mm for degree of protection IP21 – 400 mm for degrees of protection IP23, IP43 and IP54 3) The base-load current IH is based on a duty cycle of 150% for 60 s or 160% for 10 s with a duty cycle duration of 300 s. See Characteristic curves, Section Overload capability. 4) The currents listed here are based on the rated output current. 5) If the drive control is to remain active after a main infeed failure, the converter must be externally supplied with 24 V DC. The following must also be taken into account: – CU320-2: 1 A – TM31: 0.5 A – AOP30: 0.2 A – SMC: 0.6 A – Current requirement of digital inputs/outputs. 4/34 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Technical specifications (continued) Technical specifications for parallel connection SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units, version A 6SL3710-2GE..-.... SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units, version A 6SL3710-2GF..-.... Parallel connection 41-1AA3 38-6AA3 Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Type rating • For IL1) • For IH1) • For IL at 60 Hz 460 V or 575 V 2) • For IH at 60 Hz 460 V or 575 V 2) 41-4AA3 41-6AA3 41-1AA3 41-4AA3 500 ... 600 V 3 AC kW kW hp 630 500 900 710 560 1000 900 710 1250 630 560 900 710 630 1000 1000 800 1250 hp 700 900 1000 800 900 1000 A A A 1120 1092 850 1380 1340 1054 1560 1516 1294 860 836 770 1070 1036 950 1360 1314 1216 Input current • Rated input current 3)6) A • Input current, max. A • Current requirement, 24 V DC A 7) auxiliary power supply 1174 1800 2.8 1444 2215 2.8 1624 2495 3 904 1388 2.8 1116 1708 2.8 1424 2186 3 Output current • Rated current In 3) • Base-load current IL3)4) • Base-load current IH3)5) Rated short-circuit current according to IEC 8) kA 2 × 65 2 × 65 2 × 65 2 × 65 2 × 65 2 × 84 Minimum short-circuit current 9) A 2 × 1000 2 × 10500 2 × 1800 2 × 6200 2 × 8400 2 × 10500 Power loss, max. • At 50 Hz 400 V / 500 V • At 60 Hz 460 V / 575 V kW kW 16.2 16.6 19 19.4 19.9 20.4 15.4 15 17.2 16.8 23.8 25 Cooling air requirement m3/s 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 2.96 Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) at 50/60 Hz dB 73/76 73/76 73/76 75/78 75/78 75/78 Cable lengths between converter and motor 11) • Shielded m m • Unshielded 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 Dimensions • Width 12) • Height 13) • Depth mm mm mm 2400 2000 600 2400 2000 600 2400 2000 600 2400 2000 600 2400 2000 600 3200 2000 600 kg 1700 1710 2130 1700 1700 2620 4 10) Weight, approx. (degree of protection IP20, without options) Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market. For information on the line connection, motor connection and cabinet grounding, see Section Configuration. 1) Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH for 3 AC 50 Hz 400 V, 500 V or 690 V. 8) In conjunction with the specified fuses or circuit breakers. 9) 2) Minimum current required for reliably triggering the protective devices. Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH for 3 AC 60 Hz 460 V or 575 V. 10) 3) The specified power losses are the maximum values for a utilization of 100%. The values are lower under normal operating conditions. The currents listed here are the aggregate current of the two converter sections. 11) Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request. 12) Power units connected in parallel are shipped as two transport units. 13) Version A: The cabinet height increases by – 250 mm for degree of protection IP21 – 400 mm for degrees of protection IP23, IP43 and IP54 – 405 mm for options M13 and M78 4) The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 110% for 60 s or 150% for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s. See Characteristic curves, Section Overload capability. 5) The base-load current IH is based on a duty cycle of 150% for 60 s or 160% for 10 s with a duty cycle duration of 300 s. See Characteristic curves, Section Overload capability. 6) The currents listed here are based on the rated output current. 7) If the drive control is to remain active after a main infeed failure, the converter must be externally supplied with 24 V DC. The following must also be taken into account: – CU320-2: 1 A – TM31: 0.5 A – AOP30: 0.2 A – SMC: 0.6 A – Current requirement of digital inputs/outputs. Siemens D 11 · 2015 4/35 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Technical specifications (continued) SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units, version A 6SL3710-2GH..-.... Parallel connection 41-1AA3 Line voltage 660 ... 690 V 3 AC Type rating • For IL1) • For IH1) • For IL at 60 Hz 460 V or 575 V 2) • For IH at 60 Hz 460 V or 575 V 2) 41-5AA3 41-8EA3 42-0EA3 42-2EA3 42-4E A3 42-7E A3 kW kW hp 1000 900 – 1350 1200 – 1500 1350 – 1750 1500 – 1950 1750 – 2150 1950 – 2400 2150 – 2700 2400 – hp – – – – – – – – A A A 1070 1036 950 1360 1314 1216 1500 1462 1340 1729 1720 1547 1948 1940 1742 2158 2150 1930 2413 2390 2158 2752 2685 2463 Input current • Rated input current 3) 6) A A • Input current, max. • Current requirement, 24 V DC A 7) auxiliary power supply 1116 1708 2.8 1424 2186 2.8 1568 2406 3 1800 2765 4.7 2030 3115 4.7 2245 3450 4.7 2510 3860 4.7 2865 4400 6 Output current • Rated current In 3) • Base-load current IL3) 4) • Base-load current IH3) 5) 4 41-4AA3 Rated short-circuit current according to IEC 8) kA 2 × 65 2 × 84 2 × 84 2 × 85 2 × 85 2 × 85 2 × 85 2 × 85 Minimum short-circuit current 9) A 2 × 8400 2 × 10500 2 × 1800 2 × 1800 2 × 2000 2 × 2300 2 × 2500 2 × 3000 Power loss, max. 10) at 50 Hz 690 V kW 21.3 26.6 29 35 38 40 46 52 Cooling air requirement m3/s 1.56 2.96 2.96 3.67 3.67 3.67 3.67 5.15 Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) at 50/60 Hz dB 75/78 75/78 75/78 75/78 75/78 75/78 75/78 75/78 Cable lengths between converter and motor 11) • Shielded m • Unshielded m 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 300 450 Dimensions • Width 12) • Height 13) • Depth mm mm mm 2400 2000 600 3200 2000 600 3200 2000 600 3600 2000 600 3600 2000 600 3600 2000 600 3600 2000 600 4400 2000 600 kg 1700 2620 2700 3010 3010 3070 3860 4580 Weight, approx. (degree of protection IP20, without options) Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market. For information on the line connection, motor connection and cabinet grounding, see Section Configuration. 1) Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH for 3 AC 50 Hz 400 V, 500 V or 690 V. 8) In conjunction with the specified fuses or circuit breakers. 9) 2) Minimum current required for reliably triggering the protective devices. Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH for 3 AC 60 Hz 460 V or 575 V. 10) 3) The specified power losses are the maximum values for a utilization of 100%. The values are lower under normal operating conditions. The currents listed here are the aggregate current of the two converter sections. 11) Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request. 4) The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 110% for 60 s or 150% for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s. See Characteristic curves, Section Overload capability. 5) The base-load current IH is based on a duty cycle of 150% for 60 s or 160% for 10 s with a duty cycle duration of 300 s. See Characteristic curves, Section Overload capability. 6) The currents listed here are based on the rated output current. 7) If the drive control is to remain active after a main infeed failure, the converter must be externally supplied with 24 V DC. The following must also be taken into account: – CU320-2: 1 A – TM31: 0.5 A – AOP30: 0.2 A – SMC: 0.6 A – Current requirement of digital inputs/outputs. 4/36 Siemens D 11 · 2015 12) Power units connected in parallel are shipped as two transport units. 13) Version A: The cabinet height increases by – 250 mm for degree of protection IP21 – 400 mm for degrees of protection IP23, IP43 and IP54 – 405 mm for options M13 and M78 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Characteristic curves Derating data SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units and the associated system components are rated for an ambient temperature of 40° C and installation altitudes up to 2000 m above sea level. At ambient temperatures > 40° C, the output current must be reduced. Ambient temperatures above 50° C are not permissible. At installation altitudes > 2000 m above sea level, it must be taken into account that the air pressure, and therefore air density, decreases as the height increases. As a consequence, the cooling efficiency and the insulation capacity of the air also decrease. Due to the reduced cooling efficiency, it is necessary, on the one hand, to reduce the ambient temperature and on the other hand, to lower heat loss in the converter cabinet unit by reducing the output current, whereby ambient temperatures lower than 40° C may be offset to compensate. The following table lists the permissible output currents depending on the installation altitude and ambient temperature for the various degrees of protection. The specified values already include a permitted compensation in respect of installation altitude and ambient temperatures < 40° C (temperature at the air intake of the converter cabinet unit). The values apply under the precondition that it is guaranteed that the cooling air, as specified in the technical data, flows through the units as a result of the cabinet arrangement. As additional measure for installation altitudes from 2000 m up to 5000 m, an isolating transformer is required in order to reduce transient overvoltages according to EN 60664-1. For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual. Current-derating factors for converter cabinet units depending on the ambient / air intake temperature, the installation altitude and the degree of protection Degree of protection IP20, IP21, IP23 and IP43 Installation altitude above sea level Current derating factor (as a percentage of the rated current) for an ambient / air intake temperature of m 20 °C 25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 0 ... 2000 2001 ... 2500 45 °C 50 °C 93.3 % 86.7 % 86.7 % 80 % 4 96.3 % 2501 ... 3000 100 % 98.7 % 3001 ... 3500 3501 ... 4000 96.3 % 4001 ... 4500 4501 ... 5000 IP54 97.5 % 98.2 % 0 ... 2000 93.3 % 2001 ... 2500 100 % 2501 ... 3000 3001 ... 3500 96.3 % 98.7 % 89.8 % 92.5 % 94.7 % 3501 ... 4000 96.3 % 4001 ... 4500 97.5 % 4501 ... 5000 93 % 90.7 % 92.1 % Siemens D 11 · 2015 4/37 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Characteristic curves (continued) Current derating depending on the pulse frequency To reduce motor noise or to increase output frequency, the pulse frequency can be increased relative to the factory setting (1.25 kHz or 2 kHz). When the pulse frequency is increased, the derating factor of the output current must be taken into account. This derating factor must be applied to the currents specified in the technical specifications. For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual. Derating factor of the output current depending on the pulse frequency for devices with a rated pulse frequency of 2 kHz SINAMICS G150 Output current Derating factor at 2 kHz for pulse frequency kW A 2.5 kHz 4 kHz 1GE32-1 . A3 110 210 95 % 82 % 1GE32-6 . A3 132 260 95 % 83 % 1GE33-1 . A3 160 310 97 % 88 % 1GE33-8 . A3 200 380 96 % 87 % 1GE35-0 . A3 250 490 94 % 78 % 6SL3710-... Type rating 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Derating factor of the output current depending on the pulse frequency for devices with a rated pulse frequency of 1.25 kHz 4 SINAMICS G150 Output current Derating factor at 1.25 kHz for pulse frequency kW A 2 kHz 2.5 kHz 4 kHz 1GE36-1 . A3 315 605 83 % 72 % 64 % 1GE37-5 . A3 400 745 83 % 72 % 64 % 1GE38-4 . A3 450 840 87 % 79 % 64 % 1GE41-0 . A3 560 985 92 % 87 % 70 % 2GE41-1AA3 630 1120 83 % 72 % 64 % 2GE41-4AA3 710 1380 83 % 72 % 64 % 2GE41-6AA3 900 1560 87 % 79 % 64 % 1GF31-8 . A3 110 175 92 % 87 % 70 % 1GF32-2 . A3 132 215 92 % 87 % 70 % 1GF32-6 . A3 160 260 92 % 88 % 71 % 1GF33-3 . A3 200 330 89 % 82 % 65 % 1GF34-1 . A3 250 410 89 % 82 % 65 % 1GF34-7 . A3 315 465 92 % 87 % 67 % 1GF35-8 . A3 400 575 91 % 85 % 64 % 1GF37-4 . A3 500 735 87 % 79 % 64 % 1GF38-1 . A3 560 810 83 % 72 % 61 % 2GF38-6AA3 630 860 92 % 87 % 67 % 2GF41-1AA3 710 1070 91 % 85 % 64 % 2GF41-4AA3 1000 1360 87 % 79 % 64 % 6SL3710-... Type rating 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 500 ... 600 V 3 AC 4/38 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Characteristic curves (continued) SINAMICS G150 Output current Derating factor at 1.25 kHz for pulse frequency kW A 2 kHz 2.5 kHz 4 kHz 1GH28-5 . A3 75 85 93 % 89 % 71 % 1GH31-0 . A3 90 100 92 % 88 % 71 % 1GH31-2 . A3 110 120 92 % 88 % 71 % 1GH31-5 . A3 132 150 90 % 84 % 66 % 1GH31-8 . A3 160 175 92 % 87 % 70 % 1GH32-2 . A3 200 215 92 % 87 % 70 % 1GH32-6 . A3 250 260 92 % 88 % 71 % 1GH33-3 . A3 315 330 89 % 82 % 65 % 1GH34-1 . A3 400 410 89 % 82 % 65 % 1GH34-7 . A3 450 465 92 % 87 % 67 % 1GH35-8 . A3 560 575 91 % 85 % 64 % 1GH37-4 . A3 710 735 87 % 79 % 64 % 1GH38-1 . A3 800 810 83 % 72 % 61 % 2GH41-1AA3 1000 1070 91 % 85 % 64 % 2GH41-4AA3 1350 1360 87 % 79 % 64 % 2GH41-5AA3 1500 1500 83 % 72 % 61 % 2GH41-8EA3 1750 1729 92 % 87 % 67 % 2GH42-0EA3 1950 1948 91 % 86 % 64 % 2GH42-2EA3 2150 2158 87 % 79 % 55 % 2GH42-4EA3 2400 2413 87 % 79 % 55 % 2GH42-7EA3 2700 2752 91 % 86 % 64 % 6SL3710-... Type rating 660 ... 690 V 3 AC Siemens D 11 · 2015 4 4/39 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Characteristic curves (continued) Overload capability The SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units have an overload reserve in order to overcome breakaway torques, for example. If larger surge loads occur, this must be taken into account in the configuration. For drives with overload requirements, the appropriate base load current must, therefore, be used as a basis for the required load. The criterion for overload is that the drive is operated with its base load current before and after the overload occurs on the basis of a duty cycle duration of 300 s. The base load current for a low overload IL is based on a duty cycle of 110% for 60 s or 150% for 10 s. The base load current for a high overload IH is based on a duty cycle of 150% for 60 s or 160% for 10 s. Converter current 10 s 1.5 x IL Short-time current 150 % Short-time current 110 % Base-load current IL for low overload 1.1 x IL G_D213_EN_00035 Irated IL 60 s 300 s t Low overload Converter current 10 s 1.6 x IH Short-time current 160 % 1.5 x IH Short-time current 150 % Rated current (continuous) Base-load current IH for high overload Irated IH G_D213_EN_00036 4 Rated current (continuous) 60 s 300 s t High overload 4/40 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Configuration Cable cross-sections and connections The following tables list the recommended and maximum possible cable connections at the line and motor ends for a single connection (versions A and C) and a parallel connection (version A). The recommended cross-sections are based on the specified fuses. They are valid for a three-conductor copper cable routed horizontally in air with PVC insulation and a permissible conduc- tor temperature of 70° C (e.g. Protodur NYY or NYCWY) at an ambient temperature of 40° C and individual routing. For deviating conditions (cable routing, cable accumulation, ambient temperature), the appropriate correction factors according to IEC 60364-5-52 must be taken into account. For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual. Single connection Type rating Converter cabinet unit Line connection SINAMICS G150, versions A and C Recommended crosssection 1) Maximum cable crosssection IEC IEC IEC IEC kW 6SL3710-... mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 Motor connection Fixing screws Recommended crosssection 1) Maximum cable crosssection Cabinet grounding Fixing screws Fixing screws Remark 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 110 1GE32-1 . A3 2 × 70 4 × 240 M12 2 × 50 2 × 150 M12 M12 132 1GE32-6 . A3 2 × 95 4 × 240 M12 2 × 70 2 × 150 M12 M12 160 1GE33-1 . A3 2 × 120 4 × 240 M12 2 × 95 2 × 150 M12 M12 200 1GE33-8 . A3 2 × 120 4 × 240 M12 2 × 95 2 × 150 M12 M12 250 1GE35-0 . A3 2 × 185 4 × 240 M12 2 × 150 2 × 240 M12 M12 315 1GE36-1 . A3 2 × 240 4 × 240 M12 2 × 185 4 × 240 M12 M12 400 1GE37-5 . A3 3 × 185 4 × 240 M12 2 × 240 4 × 240 M12 M12 Cu busbar 450 1GE38-4 . A3 4 × 150 8 × 240 M12 3 × 185 4 × 240 M12 M12 Cu busbar 560 1GE41-0 . A3 4 × 185 8 × 240 M12 4 × 185 6 × 240 M12 M12 Cu busbar 4 500 ... 600 V 3 AC 110 1GF31-8 . A3 120 4 × 240 M12 95 2 × 150 M12 M12 132 1GF32-2 . A3 2 × 70 4 × 240 M12 120 2 × 150 M12 M12 160 1GF32-6 . A3 2 × 95 4 × 240 M12 2 × 70 2 × 185 M12 M12 200 1GF33-3 . A3 2 × 120 4 × 240 M12 2 × 95 2 × 240 M12 M12 250 1GF34-1 . A3 2 × 185 4 × 240 M12 2 × 120 4 × 240 M12 M12 315 1GF34-7 . A3 2 × 185 4 × 240 M12 2 × 150 4 × 240 M12 M12 400 1GF35-8 . A3 2 × 240 4 × 240 M12 2 × 185 4 × 240 M12 M12 500 1GF37-4 . A3 3 × 185 8 × 240 M12 2 × 240 6 × 240 M12 M12 Cu busbar 560 1GF38-1 . A3 4 × 150 8 × 240 M12 3 × 185 6 × 240 M12 M12 Cu busbar 660 ... 690 V 3 AC 75 1GH28-5 . A3 50 4 × 240 M12 35 2 × 70 M12 M12 90 1GH31-0 . A3 50 4 × 240 M12 50 2 × 150 M12 M12 110 1GH31-2 . A3 70 4 × 240 M12 70 2 × 150 M12 M12 132 1GH31-5 . A3 95 4 × 240 M12 70 2 × 150 M12 M12 160 1GH31-8 . A3 120 4 × 240 M12 95 2 × 150 M12 M12 200 1GH32-2 . A3 2 × 70 4 × 240 M12 120 2 × 150 M12 M12 250 1GH32-6 . A3 2 × 95 4 × 240 M12 2 × 70 2 × 185 M12 M12 315 1GH33-3 . A3 2 × 120 4 × 240 M12 2 × 95 2 × 240 M12 M12 400 1GH34-1 . A3 2 × 185 4 × 240 M12 2 × 120 4 × 240 M12 M12 450 1GH34-7 . A3 2 × 185 4 × 240 M12 2 × 150 4 × 240 M12 M12 560 1GH35-8 . A3 2 × 240 4 × 240 M12 2 × 185 4 × 240 M12 M12 710 1GH37-4 . A3 3 × 185 8 × 240 M12 3 × 150 6 × 240 M12 M12 Cu busbar 800 1GH38-1 . A3 4 × 150 8 × 240 M12 3 × 185 6 × 240 M12 M12 Cu busbar 1) The recommendations for the North American market in AWG or MCM must be taken from the appropriate NEC (National Electrical Code) and CEC (Canadian Electrical Code) standards. Siemens D 11 · 2015 4/41 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Configuration (continued) Parallel connection Type rating kW Converter cabinet unit Line connection SINAMICS G150, version A Recommended crosssection 1) Maximum cable crosssection IEC IEC IEC IEC mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 6SL3710-... Motor connection Fixing screws Recommended crosssection 1) Maximum cable crosssection Schrankerdung Fixing screws Fixing screws Remark 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 630 2GE41-1AA3 2 × 240 4 × 240 M12 2 × 185 4 × 240 M12 M12 710 2GE41-4AA3 3 × 185 4 × 240 M12 2 × 240 4 × 240 M12 M12 Cu busbar 900 2GE41-6AA3 4 × 150 8 × 240 M12 2 × 240 4 × 240 M12 M12 Cu busbar 500 ... 600 V 3 AC 630 2GF38-6AA3 2 × 185 4 × 240 M12 2 × 150 4 × 240 M12 M12 710 2GF41-1AA3 2 × 240 4 × 240 M12 2 × 185 4 × 240 M12 M12 1000 2GF41-4AA3 3 × 185 8 × 240 M12 2 × 240 6 × 240 M12 M12 Cu busbar 660 ... 690 V 3 AC 4 1000 2GH41-1AA3 2 × 240 4 × 240 M12 2 × 185 4 × 240 M12 M12 1350 2GH41-4AA3 3 × 185 8 × 240 M12 3 × 150 6 × 240 M12 M12 Cu busbar 1500 2GH41-5AA3 4 × 150 8 × 240 M12 3 × 185 6 × 240 M12 M12 Cu busbar 1750 2GH41-8EA3 2 × 4 × 150 2 × 8 × 240 M12 2 × 3 × 185 2 × 6 × 240 M12 M12 Cu busbar 1950 2GH42-0EA3 2 × 4 × 150 2 × 8 × 240 M12 2 × 3 × 185 2 × 6 × 240 M12 M12 Cu busbar 2150 2GH42-2EA3 2 × 4 × 150 2 × 8 × 240 M12 2 × 3 × 185 2 × 6 × 240 M12 M12 Cu busbar 2400 2GH42-4EA3 2 × 4 × 150 2 × 8 × 240 M12 2 × 3 × 185 2 × 6 × 240 M12 M12 Cu busbar 2700 2) 2GH42-7EA3 2 × 4 × 150 2 × 8 × 240 M12 3 × 3 × 185 3 × 6 × 240 M12 M12 Cu busbar Note: The recommended and maximum conductor cross-sections refer to one of the two converter sections in the parallel connection. Minimum motor cable lengths for operation with power units connected in parallel When using power units connected in parallel, the following motor cable lengths must be observed if a motor is connected with only one winding system and no motor-side reactors or filters are used: Type rating Converter cabinet unit Minimum cable length SINAMICS G150, version A m kW 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 630 6SL3710-2GE41-1AA3 13 710 6SL3710-2GE41-4AA3 10 900 6SL3710-2GE41-6AA3 9 500 ... 600 V 3 AC 630 6SL3710-2GF38-6AA3 18 710 6SL3710-2GF41-1AA3 15 1000 6SL3710-2GF41-4AA3 13 660 ... 690 V 3 AC 1000 6SL3710-2GH41-1AA3 20 1350 6SL3710-2GH41-4AA3 18 1500 6SL3710-2GH41-5AA3 15 1750 6SL3710-2GH41-8EA3 12 1950 6SL3710-2GH42-0EA3 10 2150 6SL3710-2GH42-2EA3 8 2400 6SL3710-2GH42-4EA3 8 2700 6SL3710-2GH42-7EA3 8 4/42 Siemens D 11 · 2015 1) The recommendations for the North American market in AWG or MCM must be taken from the appropriate NEC (National Electrical Code) and CEC (Canadian Electrical Code) standards. 2) The motor-side inverter comprises three Motor Modules connected in parallel. © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 2700 kW ■ Configuration (continued) Cable cross-sections for line and motor connection Cables must be connected in parallel for higher currents. It is generally recommended to use shielded 3-conductor threephase cables between the converter and motor – and for higher power ratings, symmetrical cables where possible. If required, several of these cables can be connected in parallel. There are two main reasons for this: • Only then can the high IP55 degree of protection at the motor terminal box be easily achieved. The reason for this is that cables are routed into the terminal box through glands, and the number of possible glands is restricted by the terminal box geometry. Therefore single cables are less suitable. • With symmetrical, 3-conductor, three-phase cables, the summed ampere-turns over the cable outer diameter are equal to zero and they can be routed in conductive, metal cable ducts or racks without any significant currents (ground current or leakage current) being induced in these conductive, metal connections. The danger of induced leakage currents and thus of increased cable sheath losses is significantly higher with single-conductor cables. Note: The cable cross-section required depends on the current being conducted in the cable. The permissible current load capability of cables is defined, for example in IEC 60364-5-52. It depends partly on the ambient conditions such as temperature, but also on the routing method. It should be taken into account whether cables are individually routed with relatively good cooling, or whether several cables are routed together; in this case, cable ventilation is significantly poorer, which can therefore result in higher cable temperatures. Regarding this topic, reference is made to the corresponding correction factors for these secondary conditions in IEC 60364-5-52. For 3-conductor copper and aluminum cables with PVC insulation and a permissible conductor temperature of 70° C (e.g. Protodur NYY or NYCWY), as well as an ambient temperature of 40° C, the cross-sections can be determined from the following table, which is based on IEC 60364-5-52. Current-carrying capacity according to IEC 60364-5-52 at 40° C Cross-section of 3-conductor cable Copper cable Aluminum cable Individual routing Several Individual cables next to routing one another 1) Several cables next to one another 1) mm2 A A A A 3 × 2.5 22 17 17 13 3×4 30 23 23 18 3×6 37 29 29 22 3 × 10 52 41 40 31 3 × 16 70 54 53 41 3 × 25 88 69 68 53 3 × 35 110 86 84 65 3 × 50 133 104 102 79 3 × 70 171 133 131 102 3 × 95 207 162 159 124 3 × 120 240 187 184 144 3 × 150 278 216 213 166 3 × 185 317 247 244 190 3 × 240 374 292 287 224 1) The recommendations for the North American market in AWG or MCM must be taken from the appropriate NEC (National Electrical Code) and CEC (Canadian Electrical Code) standards. Grounding and protective conductor cross-section The protective conductor must be dimensioned taking into account the following data: • In the case of a ground fault, no impermissibly high contact voltages resulting from voltage drops on the PE conductor caused by the ground fault current may occur (< 50 V AC or < 120 V DC, IEC 61800-5-1, IEC 60364, IEC 60543). • The protective conductor must not be excessively loaded by any ground fault current it carries. • If it is possible for continuous currents to flow through the PE conductor when a fault occurs, the PE conductor crosssection must be dimensioned for this continuous current. • The protective conductor cross-section must be selected according to EN 60204-1, EN 60439-1, IEC 60364. Cross-section, line conductor Minimum cross-section, external protective conductor mm2 mm2 Bis 16 Minimum cross-section of line conductor 16 ... 35 16 As of 35 Minimum half the cross-section of line conductor 4 Note: The recommendations for the North American market in AWG or MCM must be taken from the appropriate NEC (National Electrical Code) and CEC (Canadian Electrical Code) standards. • Switchgear and motors are usually grounded separately via a local grounding electrode. With this constellation, the ground fault current flows via the parallel ground connections and is divided. In spite of the relatively low protective conductor cross-sections used in accordance with the table above, no inadmissible touch voltages occur with this grounding system. However, from experience gained with different grounding constellations, we recommend that the ground cable from the motor returns directly to the converter. For EMC reasons and to prevent bearing currents, symmetrical 3-conductor, threephase cables should be used where possible instead of 4-conductor cables, especially on drives in the higher power range. For 3-conductor cables, the protective or PE conductor must be routed separately or arranged symmetrically in the motor cable. The symmetry of the PE conductor is achieved using a conductor surrounding all phase conductors or using a cable with a symmetrical arrangement of the three phase conductors and three ground conductors. For more detailed information on this topic, please refer to the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual. • Through their high-speed control, the converters limit the load current (motor and ground fault currents) to an rms value corresponding to the rated current. Based on this, we recommend that the cross-section of the protective conductor to ground the cabinets be the same as for the line conductor. Maximum nine cables may be routed directly next to one another horizontally on a cable tray. Siemens D 11 · 2015 4/43 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units Line-side power components > Recommended fuses ■ Selection and ordering data The fuses specified below are the recommended types for protecting the unit on the low-voltage distribution panel. If option L26 (main switch or circuit breaker) has been selected, the converter already has integrated semiconductor protection. In this case, a fuse of type 3NA can be used on the distribution panel. If option L26 has not been selected, we strongly advise that type 3NE fuses are used 1). Further information on the fuses is provided in Catalog LV 10. Single connection Type rating SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units at 50 Hz, at 60 Hz, 400 V, 500 V 460 V or or 690 V 575 V Versions A and C kW 6SL3710-... Article No. A hp Fuse with existing fuse switch disconnector (option L26) Rated current Fuse (incl. semiconductor protection) without fuse switch disconnector Frame size acc. to IEC 60269-2 Rated current Article No. A Frame size acc. to IEC 60269-2 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 4 110 150 1GE32-1 . A3 3NA3144 250 2 3NE1230-2 315 1 132 200 1GE32-6 . A3 3NA3250 300 2 3NE1331-2 350 2 160 250 1GE33-1 . A3 3NA3254 355 3 3NE1334-2 500 2 200 300 1GE33-8 . A3 3NA3260 400 3 3NE1334-2 500 2 250 400 1GE35-0 . A3 3NA3372 630 3 3NE1436-2 630 3 315 500 1GE36-1 . A3 3NA3475 800 4 3NE1438-2 800 3 400 600 1GE37-5 . A3 3NA3475 800 4 3NE1448-2 850 3 450 600 1GE38-4 . A3 3NA3365 2 × 500 3 3NE1436-2 2 × 630 3 560 800 1GE41-0 . A3 3NA3472 2 × 630 3 3NE1437-2 2 × 710 3 500 ... 600 V 3 AC 110 150 1GF31-8 . A3 3NA3244-6 250 2 3NE1227-2 250 1 132 200 1GF32-2 . A3 3NA3252-6 315 2 3NE1230-2 315 1 160 250 1GF32-6 . A3 3NA3354-6 355 3 3NE1331-2 350 2 200 300 1GF33-3 . A3 3NA3365-6 500 3 3NE1334-2 500 2 250 400 1GF34-1 . A3 3NA3365-6 500 3 3NE1334-2 500 2 315 450 1GF34-7 . A3 3NA3352-6 2 × 315 3 3NE1435-2 560 3 400 500 1GF35-8 . A3 3NA3354-6 2 × 355 3 3NE1447-2 670 3 500 700 1GF37-4 . A3 3NA3365-6 2 × 500 3 3NE1448-2 850 3 560 800 1GF38-1 . A3 3NA3365-6 2 × 500 3 3NE1343-2 2 × 500 2 75 1GH28-5 . A3 3NA3132-6 125 1 3NE1022-2 125 00 90 1GH31-0 . A3 3NA3132-6 125 1 3NE1022-2 125 00 110 1GH31-2 . A3 3NA3136-6 160 1 3NE1224-2 160 1 132 1GH31-5 . A3 3NA3240-6 200 2 3NE1225-2 200 1 160 1GH31-8 . A3 3NA3244-6 250 2 3NE1227-2 250 1 200 1GH32-2 . A3 3NA3252-6 315 2 3NE1230-2 315 1 250 1GH32-6 . A3 3NA3354-6 355 3 3NE1331-2 350 2 315 1GH33-3 . A3 3NA3365-6 500 3 3NE1334-2 500 2 400 1GH34-1 . A3 3NA3365-6 500 3 3NE1334-2 500 2 450 1GH34-7 . A3 3NA3352-6 2 × 315 3 3NE1435-2 560 3 560 1GH35-8 . A3 3NA3354-6 2 × 355 3 3NE1447-2 670 3 710 1GH37-4 . A3 3NA3365-6 2 × 500 3 3NE1448-2 850 3 800 1GH38-1 . A3 3NA3365-6 2 × 500 3 3NE1334-2 2 × 500 2 660 ... 690 V 3 AC Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market. 1) The double function fuses (3NE1) with operating class gS for cable and semiconductor protection are recommended to protect the converter. These fuses are specially adapted to the requirements of the semiconductors in the input rectifier – Superfast – Adapted to the limit current integral of the semiconductor – Lower arc voltage – Improved current limiting 4/44 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units Line-side power components > Recommended fuses ■ Selection and ordering data (continued) Parallel connection (data for each converter subsystem) Type rating SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units Fuse with existing fuse switch disconnector (option L26) at 50 Hz, 400 V, 500 V or 690 V at 60 Hz, 460 V or 575 V Version A Rated current kW hp 6SL3710-... Article No. A Fuse (incl. semiconductor protection) without fuse switch disconnector Frame size acc. to IEC 60269-2 Rated current Article No. A Frame size acc. to IEC 60269-2 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 630 900 2GE41-1AA3 3NA3475 800 4 3NE1438-2 800 3 710 1200 2GE41-4AA3 3NA3475 800 4 3NE1448-2 850 3 900 1200 2GE41-6AA3 3NA3365 2 × 500 3 3NE1436-2 2 × 630 3 500 ... 600 V 3 AC 630 900 2GF38-6AA3 3NA3352-6 2 × 315 3 3NE1435-2 560 3 710 1000 2GF41-1AA3 3NA3365-6 2 × 500 3 3NE1447-2 670 3 1000 1600 2GF41-4AA3 3NA3365-6 2 × 500 3 3NE1448-2 850 3 1000 2GH41-1AA3 3NA3354-6 2 × 355 3 3NE1447-2 670 3 1350 2GH41-4AA3 3NA3365-6 2 × 500 3 3NE1448-2 850 3 1500 2GH41-5AA3 3NA3365-6 2 × 500 3 3NE1334-2 2 × 500 2 1750 2GH41-8EA3 3NA3365-6 2 × 500 3 3NE1435-2 2 × 560 3 1950 2GH42-0EA3 3NA3362-6 3 × 425 3 3NE1436-3 2 × 630 3 2150 2GH42-2EA3 3NA3365-6 3 × 500 3 3NE1334-2 3 × 500 2 2400 2GH42-4EA3 3NA3365-6 3 × 500 3 3NE1334-2 3 × 500 2 2700 2GH42-7EA3 3NA3372 3 × 630 3 3NE1436-3 3 × 630 3 660 ... 690 V 3 AC 4 Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market. Siemens D 11 · 2015 4/45 © Siemens AG 2015 SINAMICS G150 Notes 4 4/46 Siemens D 11 · 2015 5 © Siemens AG 2015 Tools and configuration 5/2 SinaSave Energy Efficiency Tool 5/3 Drive Technology Configurator 5/4 SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool 5/5 SIZER WEB ENGINEERING engineering tool 5/6 STARTER commissioning tool 5/8 SINAMICS Drive Control Chart (SINAMICS DCC) 5/9 Drive ES Engineering Software 5/11 Configuration with EPLAN 5/13 Engineering Manual Security information Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial security functions that support the secure operation of plants, solutions, machines, equipment and/or networks. They are important components in a holistic industrial security concept. With this in mind, Siemens’ products and solutions undergo continuous development. Siemens recommends strongly that you regularly check for product updates. For the secure operation of Siemens products and solutions, it is necessary to take suitable preventive action (e.g. cell protection concept) and integrate each component into a holistic, stateof-the-art industrial security concept. Third-party products that may be in use should also be considered. For more information about industrial security, visit www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity To stay informed about product updates as they occur, sign up for a productspecific newsletter. For more information, visit http://support.automation.siemens.com Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 Tools and configuration SinaSave Energy Efficiency Tool ■ Overview ■ More information The SinaSave Energy Efficiency Tool calculates potential savings and payback periods on the basis of your specific operating conditions, providing valuable decision guidance with respect to investment in energy-efficient technologies. The drive systems to be compared and the relevant parameters of the drive components are displayed graphically with SinaSave version 6.0 and higher. The wide range of options for comparing different control modes and comprehensive product combinations for drive solutions for pump and fan applications are useful additions. The portfolio of products includes SIMOTICS motors and SINAMICS converters as well as SIRIUS switching devices, offering a wide spectrum of possibilities for comparison according to your requirements. 5 SinaSave offers a wide range of possiblities for comparison: • Comparison of drive systems for pump and fan applications with - Throttle control (fixed speed; motor and switching device) - Bypass control (fixed speed; motor and switching device) - Speed control (variable speed; motor and converter) • Comparison and evaluation of products in various energy efficiciency classes • Comparison of Siemens drive systems with third-party drive components Access to the SinaSave Energy Efficiency Tool SinaSave can be used without registration and without login: www.automation.siemens.com/sinasave 5/2 Siemens D 11 · 2015 More information about the amortization calculator for energyefficient drive systems is available at www.siemens.com/sinasave More information about services for energy saving is available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/energy-efficient-production © Siemens AG 2015 Tools and configuration Drive Technology Configurator ■ Overview The Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator) helps you to configure the optimum drive technology products for your application – starting with gear units, motors, inverters and the associated options and components and ending with controllers, software licenses and connection technology. Whether with little or detailed knowledge of products: You can easily, quickly and efficiently configure your particular drive using product group preselectors, targeted navigation through selection menus or by entering article numbers directly to select the products. In addition to all this, comprehensive documentation comprising technical data sheets, 2D/3D dimensional drawings, operating instructions, certificates etc. can be selected in the DT Configurator. The products that you select can be directly ordered by transferring a parts lists to the shopping cart of the Industry Mall. ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. Interactive catalog CA 01 E86060-D4001-A510-D4-7600 on DVD-ROM including Drive Technology Configurator, English ■ More information Online access to the Drive Technology Configurator More information about the Drive Technology Configurator is available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/dtconfigurator Offline access to the Drive Technology Configurator in the Interactive Catalog CA 01 In addition, the Drive Technology Configurator is also included in the interactive catalog CA 01 on DVD-ROM – the offline version of the Siemens Industry Mall. The Interactive Catalog CA 01 can be ordered from the relevant Siemens sales office or via the Internet: www.siemens.com/automation/CA01 Drive Technology Configurator for efficient drive configuration with the following functions: • Quick, efficient configuration of drive products and associated components – gear units, motors, inverters, controllers, connection technology • Configuration of drive systems for pump, fan and compressor applications from 1 kW to 2.6 MW • Retrievable documentation for configured products and components, such as - Data sheets in up to 7 languages in PDF or RTF formats - 2D/3D dimensional drawings in various formats - Terminal box diagram and terminal connection diagram - Operating instructions - Certificates - Starting calculation for SIMOTICS motors - EPLAN macros • Support for retrofit projects in conjunction with Spares On Web (www.siemens.com/sow) • Products can be ordered directly through the Siemens Industry Mall 5 Access to the Drive Technology Configurator The Drive Technology Configurator can be accessed without registration and login: www.siemens.com/dt-configurator Siemens D 11 · 2015 5/3 © Siemens AG 2015 Tools and configuration SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool The configuration process produces the following results: • A parts list of the required components (export to Excel, use of the Excel data sheet for import to SAP) • Technical specifications of the system • Characteristic curves • Comments on system reactions • Mounting arrangement of drive and control components and dimension drawings of motors • Energy requirements of the configured application ■ Overview These results are displayed in a results tree and can be reused for documentation purposes. Technological online help is available: • Detailed technical specifications • Information about the drive systems and their components • Decision-making criteria for the selection of components • Online help in English, French, German, Italian, Chinese and Japanese The following drives and controls can be engineered in a userfriendly way using the SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool: • SIMOTICS low-voltage motors, including servogeared motors • SINAMICS low-voltage drive systems • Motor starters • SINUMERIK CNC • SIMOTION Motion Control system • SIMATIC Technology 5 It provides support when selecting the technologies involved in the hardware and firmware components required for a drive task. SIZER for Siemens Drives supports the complete configuration of the drive system, from basic single drives to demanding multi-axis applications. SIZER for Siemens Drives supports all of the configuring steps in a workflow: • Configuring the power supply • Designing the motor and gearbox, including calculation of mechanical transmission elements • Configuring the drive components • Compiling the required accessories • Selecting the line-side and motor-side power options, e.g. cables, filters, and reactors When SIZER for Siemens Drives was being designed, particular importance was placed on a high degree of usability and a universal, function-based approach to the drive application. The extensive user guidance makes using the tool easy. Status information keeps you continually informed about the progress of the configuration process. The SIZER for Siemens Drives user interface is available in English, French, German and Italian. The drive configuration is saved in a project. In the project, the components and functions used are displayed in a hierarchical tree structure. The project view permits the configuration of drive systems and the copying/inserting/modifying of drives already configured. 5/4 Siemens D 11 · 2015 System requirements • PG or PC with Pentium III min. 800 MHz (recommended > 1 GHz) • 512 MB RAM (1 GB RAM recommended) • At least 4.1 GB of free hard disk space • An additional 100 MB of free hard disk space on Windows system drive • Screen resolution 1024 × 768 pixels (1280 × 1024 pixels recommended) • Operating system: - Windows 7 Professional (32/64 bit) - Windows 7 Enterprise (32/64 bit) - Windows 7 Ultimate (32/64 bit) - Windows 7 Home (32/64 bit) - Windows 8.1 Professional (32/64 bit) - Windows 8.1 Enterprise (32/64 bit) • Microsoft Internet Explorer V5.5 SP2 ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool on DVD-ROM 6SL3070-0AA00-0AG0 English, French, German, Italian ■ More information The SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool is available free on the Internet at www.siemens.com/sizer © Siemens AG 2015 Tools and configuration SIZER WEB ENGINEERING tool ■ Overview SIZER WEB ENGINEERING is used to engineer motors, converters and drive systems in various applications and covering a wide power range starting below 1 kW up to 30 MW and above. Engineering can be performed by entering parameters for the motor, converter or system – as well as entering parameters for your particular application. You obtain comprehensive technical documentation (e.g. 3D models) including pricing information as result. Based on an integrated inquiry function, the tool also offers special individual solutions for your drive applications. SIZER WEB ENGINEERING supports you from inquiry, through the product and drive system engineering, to an individual quotation, provides pricing information and finally transfers the engineered products to the shopping cart of the Industry Mall. The seamless support of the process helps you to save time and increase productivity as all data have to be entered once only. The input data as well as the result can be reused for the inquiry and ordering. SIZER WEB ENGINEERING is the platform to flexibly engineer your drive tasks and manage your projects in a user-friendly fashion interacting with other tools, namely Drive Technology Configurator and SIZER for Siemens Drives. ■ Function You can quickly find a solution for your drive task with the webbased tool: menu-prompted workflows navigate you through the technical selection and dimensioning of products and drive systems, including the accessories. Based on an integrated inquiry functionality, SIZER WEB ENGINEERING also offers you special customized solutions for applications which cannot be addressed using "Standard Products"; i.e. the focus is on flexibility and customized solutions. In addition to the products from the low-voltage range, you can also configure high voltage motors, medium voltage systems and DC converters for your projects. Comprehensive documentation, such as data sheets, startup calculations for low-voltage and high-voltage motors, 2D dimensional drawings and 3D CAD models, offer documentation, and a lot more are integrated in the tool. Access to the SIZER WEB ENGINEERING tool After successful registration and approval, SIZER WEB ENGINEERING is available at: 5 www.siemens.com/sizer-we ■ More information • Further information on the SIZER WEB ENGINEERING tool is available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/sizer-we • Home page "Selection and engineering tools": www.siemens.com/engineering-tools Siemens D 11 · 2015 5/5 © Siemens AG 2015 Tools and configuration STARTER commissioning tool In addition, the following functions are available for optimization purposes: • Self-optimization of the controller settings (depending on drive unit) • Setup and evaluation of trace recordings 1) Tool function for recording 2 × 8 signals with - Measuring cursor function - Extensive trigger functions - Several Y scales - Sampling times in the current controller cycle clock ■ Overview Diagnostics functions provide information about: • Control/status words • Parameter status • Operating conditions • Communication states The user-friendly STARTER commissioning tool can be used for: • Commissioning • Optimization • Diagnostics This software can be operated as a standalone PC application, or integrated as a TIA-compatible program in SIMATIC STEP 7, or highly integrated into the SCOUT Engineering System (for SIMOTION). The basic functions and handling are the same in both cases. In addition to the SINAMICS drives, STARTER also supports MICROMASTER 4 devices. 5 The project wizards can be used to create the drives within the structure of the project tree. Beginners are supported by solution-based dialog guidance, whereby a standard graphics-based display maximizes clarity when setting the drive parameters. First commissioning is guided by a wizard which makes all the basic settings in the drive. Therefore, getting a motor up and running is merely a question of setting a few of the drive parameters as part of the drive configuration process. The individual settings required are made using graphics-based parameterization screens, which also precisely visualize the principle of operation of the drive. Examples of individual settings that can be made include: • How terminals are used • Bus interface • Setpoint channel (e.g., fixed setpoints) • Closed-loop speed control (e.g., ramp-function generator, limits) • BICO interconnections • Diagnostics For experts, the expert list can be used to specifically and quickly access individual parameters at any time. An individual compilation of frequently used parameters can be saved in dedicated user lists and watch tables. 1) Depending on drive unit. Not supported for MICROMASTER 4, SINAMICS G110, SINAMICS G120 <firmware V4.4, SINAMICS G110D and SINAMICS G120D <firmware V4.5. 5/6 Siemens D 11 · 2015 Performance features • User-friendly: Only a small number of settings need to be made for successful first commissioning: The motor starts to rotate • Solution-oriented dialog-based user guidance simplifies commissioning • Self-optimization functions reduce manual effort for optimization. Minimum system requirements The following minimum requirements must be complied with: • Hardware - PG or PC with Pentium III min. 1 GHz (recommended >1 GHz) - Work memory 1 GB (2 GB recommended) - Screen resolution 1024 × 768 pixels, 16-bit color depth - Free hard disk memory: min. 3 GB • Software - Microsoft Internet Explorer V6.0 or higher - 32-bit operating systems: Microsoft Windows XP Professional SP3 Microsoft Windows 7 Professional incl. SP1 Microsoft Windows 7 Ultimate incl. SP1 Microsoft Windows 7 Enterprise incl. SP1 (standard installation) - 64-bit operating systems: Microsoft Windows 7 Professional SP1 Microsoft Windows 7 Ultimate SP1 Microsoft Windows 7 Enterprise SP1 (standard installation) Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1 ■ Integration Data can be exchanged (depending on the version) via PROFIBUS or PROFINET/Ethernet or via a serial interface. For commissioning and service, a PG/PC can be connected to the CU320-2 Control Unit via PROFIBUS. A PROFIBUS connection must be available with a connecting cable at the PG/PC. Further, communication between a CU320-2 Control Unit and PG/PC can also be established via Ethernet, either via an (optional) CBE20 Communication Board or the Ethernet interface -X127 on the CU320-2 Control Unit. Note: The terminal strip -X127 is suitable as a communication link to the PG/PC only for the purposes of servicing and commissioning. © Siemens AG 2015 Tools and configuration STARTER commissioning tool ■ Selection and ordering data ■ More information Description Article No. STARTER commissioning tool for SINAMICS and MICROMASTER 6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0 The STARTER commissioning tool is also available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/starter English, French, German, Italian, Spanish Note: In addition to the STARTER commissioning tool, SINAMICS Drive Control Chart (SINAMICS DCC) can be installed. This allows the device functionality in the SINAMICS drive system to be expanded with technology functions as required. More information about SINAMICS DCC can be found in section "SINAMICS Drive Control Chart (SINAMICS DCC)". Accessories Depending on the version of the Control Unit (CU), the Control Unit of the drive unit can communicate with the programming device (PG) or PC via PROFIBUS or PROFINET/Ethernet or via a serial interface. The following accessories are available for the particular drive system as listed in the following table. Description Recommended accessories For communication between the drive unit and the programming device or PC Article No. SINAMICS G130 and SINAMICS G150 • PROFIBUS CP 5711 communication module 6GK1571-1AA00 USB adapter for connecting a PG or notebook to PROFIBUS or MPI USB cable (2 m (6.56 ft)) included in scope of supply 5 SIMATIC DP plug-in cable 6ES7901-4BD00-0XA0 12 MBaud, for PG connection, pre-assembled with 2 × 9-pin SUB D connector, 3 m (9.84 ft) • PROFINET/ Ethernet Standard CAT5 Ethernet cable or PROFINET cable – Siemens D 11 · 2015 5/7 © Siemens AG 2015 Tools and configuration SINAMICS Drive Control Chart (SINAMICS DCC) ■ Overview SINAMICS Drive Control Chart (SINAMICS DCC) expands the scope of device functions by means of freely available closedloop control, arithmetic and logic blocks and offers a means by which technological functions can be graphically configured in the SINAMICS drive system. SINAMICS DCC is the first stage of the Advanced Technology Function and is installed as an addon to the STARTER commissioning tool. In addition to the standard library, the DCB Extension library is also available with SINAMICS DCC, firmware version V4.6 and higher. This contains an extended range of blocks that can be used as an additional, independent library in the DCC Editor. DCB Extension provides new motion control blocks as a GMC library and blocks for supplementary mathematical and logical functions as a Math Extended library. Using these blocks, it is possible to implement the following applications with SINAMICS DCC: • Positioning • 1:1 synchronous operation • Gearing • Gearing and positioning • Camming • Flying saws • Cross cutters • Calculation of trigonometric or logarithmic functions These applications are available for downloading from the Siemens Application Support pages at: www.siemens.com/sinamics-applications SINAMICS DCC provides users with greater scope to adapt these systems to the specific functions of their machines. SINAMICS DCC does not limit the number of functions that can be used. The number of functions is limited only by the performance capability of the Control Unit. 5 SINAMICS DCC is available for the following SINAMICS drive systems: • SINAMICS G130 • SINAMICS G150 • SINAMICS S120 • SINAMICS S150 • SINAMICS DCM • SINAMICS DCP • SINAMICS GM150 • SINAMICS SM150 • SINAMICS GL150 • SINAMICS SL150 The user-friendly DCC editor enables easy graphics-based configuration, allows control loop structures to be clearly represented and provides a high degree of reusability of diagrams that have already been created. The open-loop and closed-loop control functions are defined by using multi-instance-capable blocks (Drive Control Blocks (DCBs)) from a library (DCB library) that are selected and graphically linked with one another by dragging and dropping. Test and diagnostic functions allow the program behavior to be verified and, in the case of a fault, the cause identified. Two types of DCB library are available, i.e. DCB Standard and DCB Extension. The DCB Standard library supplied with SINAMICS DCC contains a large selection of closed-loop, arithmetic and logic blocks, as well as comprehensive open-loop and closed-loop control functions. For logically combining, evaluating and acquiring binary signals, all commonly used logic functions are available for selection (AND, XOR, on/off delay, RS flipflop, counter, etc.). A wide range of arithmetic functions, such as absolute value generation, dividers and minimum/maximum evaluation are available to monitor and evaluate numerical quantities. In addition to the closed-loop drive control, axial winder functions, PI controllers, ramp-function generators or wobble generators are simple to configure. 5/8 Siemens D 11 · 2015 With the blocks provided by DCB Extension, it is also possible to commission the programming of user-specific blocks. SINAMICS DCC provides a convenient basis for resolving drivelevel open-loop and closed-loop control tasks directly in the converter. This further extends the possibility of adapting SINAMICS to the particular application. Local data processing in the drive supports the implementation of modular machine concepts and results in an increase in the overall machine performance. Minimum hardware and software requirements See STARTER commissioning tool. ■ Selection and ordering data SINAMICS DCC comprises the graphical configuring tool (DCC Editor) and the DCB standard library. SINAMICS DCC is installed as an add-on to the STARTER commissioning tool. The necessary engineering license for each PC (floating) for SINAMICS DCC is acquired at the same time the order is placed. No runtime license is required for the DCB standard library included in the scope of supply. Existing licenses for SINAMICS DCC V2.1 and V2.2 SP1 and V2.3 are also valid for SINAMICS DCC V2.3 SP1. An upgrade variant including an engineering license for applications with STARTER V4.4 SP1 is available for existing SINAMICS DCC V2.0 SPx. Description Article No. SINAMICS DCC V2.3 SP1 for STARTER V4.4 SP1 Graphic configuring with SINAMICS DCC DCC Editor + DCB standard library • Single-user engineering license, with data carrier • Upgrade engineering license, with data carrier 6AU1810-1HA23-1XA0 6AU1810-1HA23-1XE0 The blocks of the DCB Extension library are also configured with the graphical configuring tool (DCC Editor). Use of these blocks requires a runtime license. Description Article No. SINAMICS DCB Extension license 6SL3077-0AA00-0AB0 Runtime license for license upgrading with firmware version V4.6 or later (can also be ordered in conjunction with the CompactFlash card, see CompactFlash card for CU310-2 and CU320-2 Control Units) © Siemens AG 2015 Tools and configuration Drive ES Engineering Software ■ Overview SIMATIC Programs Drive ES PCS 7 ■ Design Various software packages are available for selection: • Drive ES Basic • Drive ES PCS 7 (APL Style or Classic Style) Configuration / Commissioning Drive ES Basic G_D211_EN_00275b Drive ES Basic Drive ES Basic is for first-time users of the world of Totally Integrated Automation and the basic software for setting the parameters of all drives online and offline in this environment. Drive ES Basic enables both the automation system and the drives to be handled using the SIMATIC Manager software. Drive ES Basic is the starting point for common data archiving for complete projects and for extending the use of the SIMATIC teleservice to drives. Drive ES Basic provides the configuration tools for the new Motion Control functions – slave-to-slave communication, equidistance and isochronous operation with PROFIBUS DP and ensures that drives with PROFINET IO are simply integrated into the SIMATIC environment. Note: Drive ES is the engineering system used to integrate the communication, configuration and data management functions of Siemens drive technology into the SIMATIC automation world easily, efficiently and cost-effectively. Various software packages are available for selection: • Drive ES Basic • Drive ES PCS 7 Drive ES (Drive Engineering Software) fully integrates drives from Siemens into the world of Totally Integrated Automation. For SINAMICS and MICROMASTER 4 drives, this TIA functionality is also provided with the STARTER commissioning tool (V4.3.2 and above). Drive ES PCS 7 (APL Style or Classic Style) Drive ES PCS 7 links the drives with a PROFIBUS DP interface into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system, and it requires that SIMATIC PCS 7, V6.1 or higher has first been installed. Drive ES PCS 7 provides a function block library with function blocks for the drives and the corresponding faceplates for the operator station, which enables the drives to be operated from the PCS 7 process control system. From version V6.1 and higher, drives will also be able to be represented in the PCS 7 Maintenance Station. In Drive ES PCS 7 version V8.0 and higher, two versions of the library are available: The APL (Advanced Process Library) variant and the previous version in the so-called Classic Style. Contents of the Drive ES PCS 7 package (APL Style or Classic Style) in detail • Function block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 Faceplates and control blocks for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES VC and MC, as well as MICROMASTER/MIDIMASTER of the third and fourth generation as well as SIMOREG DC-MASTER and SINAMICS • STEP 7 slave object manager for convenient configuration of drives and non-cyclic PROFIBUS DP communication with the drives • STEP 7 device object manager for easy configuration of drives with PROFINET-IO interfaces (V8.0 SP1 and higher) • SETUP program for installing the software in the PCS 7 environment Siemens D 11 · 2015 5/9 5 © Siemens AG 2015 Tools and configuration Drive ES Engineering Software ■ Selection and ordering data Description Description Article No. Drive ES Basic V5.5 SPx *) Configuration software for the integration of drives into TIA (Totally Integrated Automation) Function block library for PCS 7 for the integration of drives in Classic Style (as predecessor) Requirement: PCS 7 V8.1 and higher Type of delivery: CD-ROM Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp with electronic documentation Requirement: STEP 7 from V5.3, SP3 and higher • Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-8JD00-1AA0 Type of delivery: DVD Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp with electronic documentation • Runtime license (without data storage medium) 6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0 • Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2 • Floating license, 1 user 6SW1700-5JA00-5AA0 • Floating license, (copy license), 60 users 6SW1700-5JA00-5AA1 • Upgrade from V6.x/V7.x/V8.x to V8.1 SPx *) 6SW1700-8JD00-1AA4 • Upgrade from V5.x to V5.5 SPx *) 6SW1700-5JA00-5AA4 Drive ES PCS 7 APL V8.1 SPx *) Drive ES PCS 7 V7.0 SPx *) Function block library for PCS 7 for the integration of drives Function block library for PCS 7 for the integration of drives in APL style (Advanced Process Library) Requirement: PCS 7 V7.0 and higher Requirement: PCS 7 V8.1 and higher Type of delivery: CD-ROM Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp with electronic documentation Type of delivery: CD-ROM Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp with electronic documentation • Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-7JD00-0AA0 • Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-8JD01-1AA0 • Runtime license (without data storage medium) 6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0 • Runtime license (without data storage medium) 6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0 • Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2 • Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD01-0AB2 Drive ES PCS 7 V7.1 SPx • Upgrade of APL V8.x to V8.1 SPx *) or 6SW1700-8JD01-1AA4 Drive ES PCS 7 V6.x, V7.x, V8.x classic to *) Drive ES PCS 7 APL V8.1 SPx *) Function block library for PCS 7 for the integration of drives Requirement: PCS 7 V7.1 and higher ■ Options Type of delivery: CD-ROM Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp with electronic documentation 5 Article No. Drive ES PCS 7 V8.1 SPx *) Drive ES software update service • Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-7JD00-1AA0 • Runtime license (without data storage medium) 6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0 • Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2 • Upgrade from V6.x to V7.1 SPx *) 6SW1700-7JD00-1AA4 Drive ES PCS 7 V8.0 SPx *) A software update service can also be purchased for the Drive ES software. The user will automatically receive the latest software, service packs and full versions for one year after ordering. The update service can only be ordered in addition to an existing (i.e. previously ordered) full version. • Period of update service: 1 year Function block library for PCS 7 for the integration of drives in Classic Style (as predecessor) The update service is automatically extended by 1 further year unless canceled up to 6 weeks prior to expiration. Requirement: PCS 7 V8.0 and higher Description Article No. Type of delivery: CD-ROM Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp with electronic documentation Drive ES PCS 7 • Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2 • Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-8JD00-0AA0 Drive ES PCS 7 APL • Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD01-0AB2 • Runtime license (without data storage medium) 6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0 • Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2 • Upgrade from V6.x to V8.0 SPx *) 6SW1700-8JD00-0AA4 Drive ES PCS 7 APL V8.0 SPx *) Function block library for PCS 7 for the integration of drives in APL style (Advanced Process Library) Requirement: PCS 7 V8.0 and higher Type of delivery: CD-ROM Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp with electronic documentation • Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-8JD01-0AA0 • Runtime license (without data storage medium) 6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0 • Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD01-0AB2 • Upgrade of APL V8.0 to V8.0 SP1 or Drive 6SW1700-8JD01-0AA4 ES PCS7 V6.x, V7.x, V8.x classic to Drive ES PCS7 APL V8.0 SPx *) *) Orders are automatically supplied with the latest Service Pack (SP). 5/10 Siemens D 11 · 2015 ■ More information Additional information is available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/drive-es © Siemens AG 2015 Tools and configuration Configuration with EPLAN ■ Overview Configuring with EPLAN EPLAN is an engineering software for configuring electrical installations. The EPLAN platform combines expert systems for various disciplines, such as electrical, fluid and EMC engineering, as well as control cabinet and plant engineering. It provides the wiring information required to determine the optimal laying routes, connection lengths, bundle diameters, and design of the cable tree. EPLAN Electric P8 – an EPLAN module – is CAE software specifically for configuring documentation and managing electrical automation projects for machines and systems. EPLAN Electric P8 offers the following functions: • Creating circuit diagrams for control cabinets • Managing article master data • Automatic generation of bills of materials, terminal plans, PLC diagrams and overviews • Preparation of the documentation for the configured system • Design of the mechanical control cabinet configuration EPLAN macros for SINAMICS components EPLAN Electric P8 macros are available as downloads without charge, so that SINAMICS components can be easily and costeffectively integrated into an EPLAN project. Macros are available for the following components: • SINAMICS G120P, PM330 Power Modules • SINAMICS G130 built-in units • SINAMICS S120 chassis units • SINAMICS DCM DC converters • Line and motor-side components • DC link components • Control Units • Supplementary system components Using EPLAN Electric P8 macros substantially shortens the configuration time. All the necessary information about a component is supplied at the press of a button. This ensures that the data is up-to-date and correct – and mistakes/errors can be avoided. EPLAN user interface The macros are provided in the file format EDZ (EPLAN Data Archived Zipped). An EDZ file is an archive for article master data, CAx data and macros. A macro in EDZ format contains the following data: • Internal circuit diagrams • Wiring diagrams • Product master data • Product images • Data sheets EPLAN Electric P8 macros for SINAMICS components are available in the following tools: • Drive Technology Configurator (www.siemens.com/dt-configurator) • CAx Onlinemanager • Image database (download) EPLAN projects fo SINAMICS converter cabinet units EPLAN projects are available for SINAMICS converter cabinet units, that simplify the configuration, and save time throughout the entire engineering process. EPLAN projects are available for the following converter cabinet units: • SINAMICS G120P Cabinet • SINAMICS G150 • SINANICS G180 • SINAMICS S120 Cabinet Modules • SINAMICS S150 • SINAMICS DCM Cabinet The complete EPLAN project is supplied on a separate DVD-ROM together with the converter. The order is made by stating an additional article no. or a cabinet option. Siemens D 11 · 2015 5/11 5 © Siemens AG 2015 Tools and configuration Configuration with EPLAN ■ Overview (continued) EPLAN project: Control cabinet layout The following data are available when you purchase the DVD-ROM: • EPLAN project as a ZW1 file • Updated, customer-specific, project article master database • List of the article nos. created in the project • A PDF version of the project The EPLAN project includes the following documentation components: • Title sheet • Table of contents • List of the structure identifiers used • Single-line diagram • General layout, external view • General layout, internal view • Circuit diagram • Terminal diagram • Connector diagram • Parts list • Order list/complete parts list ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. EPLAN Electric P8 6SL3780-0AK00-0AA0 Project documentation on DVD-ROM for: • SINAMICS S120 P Cabinet • SINAMICS S120 Cabinet Modules • SINAMICS S150 • SINAMICS G150 5 Description Order code (-Z and the order code must be added to the article no. of the corresponding converter) EPLAN project: DRIVE-CLiQ topology EPLAN Electric P8 Project documentation on DVD-ROM for: EPLAN project: Circuit diagram 5/12 Siemens D 11 · 2015 • SINAMICS G180 X80 • SINAMICS DCM Cabinet D03 © Siemens AG 2015 Tools and configuration Engineering Manual ■ Overview The Engineering Manual is divided into several sections with different layouts. The first chapter – Basics and system description – essentially explains the physical basics of variable-speed electric AC drives and provides a generally valid system description of the SINAMICS series devices. The second chapter – EMC design guideline – discusses the topic of electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and provides all the information required to configure and install drives with the specified SINAMICS devices in compliance with EMC guidelines. The following chapters – Configuration of the SINAMICS G130, G150, S120 built-in units, S120 Cabinet Modules and S150 devices – discuss device-specific topics, which go beyond the contents of the generally valid system descriptions. To correctly select and configure the devices listed in Catalog D 11, we would like to refer to the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual. This supplements the Catalogs D 11 and D 21.3, and is intended to simplify the handling of SINAMICS series devices. The information provided addresses technically qualified and trained personnel. It is the responsibility of the configuration engineer to evaluate the completeness of the information provided for the respective application. This person also has the final system responsibility for the entire drive or the plant. This manual is only available in electronic form and only in German and English. It is available as a PDF in the Information and Download Center. The Engineering Manual contains general information on the basics of variable-speed electric AC drives, as well as detailed system descriptions and direct specifications for the following SINAMICS series devices: • SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units (Catalog D 11) • SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units (Catalog D 11) • Modular SINAMICS S120 built-in units (Catalogs D 21.3 and PM 21 / "SINAMICS S120 drive system") • Modular SINAMICS S120 cabinet units (Catalog D 21.3) • SINAMICS S150 converter cabinet units (Catalog D 21.3) 5 Siemens D 11 · 2015 5/13 © Siemens AG 2015 Tools and configuration Notes 5 5/14 Siemens D 11 · 2015 6 © Siemens AG 2015 Services and documentation 6/2 Partner at Siemens 6/3 6/3 Online Services Information and Ordering Options on the Internet and DVD Information and Download Center, Social Media, Mobile Media 6/4 6/5 6/5 6/6 Industry Services Your machines and plant can do more – with Industry Services. Industry Services for the entire life cycle 6/10 6/11 Training SINAMICS range of training courses 6/12 SPARESonWeb 6/13 My Documentation Manager 6/14 Documentation Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 Services and documentation Partner at Siemens At Siemens we are resolutely pursuing the same goal: long-term improvement of your competitive ability. We are committed to this goal. Thanks to our commitment, we continue to set new standards in automation and drive technology. In all industries – worldwide. At your service locally, around the globe for consulting, sales, training, service, support, spare parts ... on the entire Industry Automation and Drive Technologies range. Your personal contact can be found in our Contacts Database at: www.siemens.com/automation/partner You start by selecting • the required competence, • products and branches, • a country, • a city or by a • location search or • person search. 6 6/2 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 Services and documentation Online Services Information and Ordering Options on the Internet and DVD ■ The Future of Manufacturing in the WWW Detailed knowledge of the range of products and services available is essential when planning and engineering automation systems. It goes without saying that this information must always be as up-to-date as possible. Industry is on the threshold of the fourth industrial revolution as digitization now follows after the automation of production. The goals are to increase productivity and efficiency, speed, and quality. In this way, companies can remain competitive on the path to the future of industry. You will find everything you need to know about products, systems and services on the internet at: www.siemens.com/industry ■ Product Selection Using the Interactive CA 01 Automation and Drives Catalog Detailed information together with user-friendly interactive functions: The CA 01 interactive catalog covers more than 100,000 products, thus providing a comprehensive overview of the product range provided by Siemens. You will find everything you need here for solving tasks in the fields of automation, switching, installation and drives. All information is provided over a user interface that is both user-friendly and intuitive. You can order the CA 01 product catalog from your Siemens sales contact or in the Information and Download Center: www.siemens.com/industry/infocenter Information about the CA 01 interactive catalog can be found on the Internet at: www.siemens.com/automation/ca01 or on DVD. 6 ■ Easy Shopping with the Industry Mall The Industry Mall is the electronic ordering platform of Siemens AG on the Internet. Here you have online access to a huge range of products presented in an informative and attractive way. Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure, from selection through ordering to tracking and tracing, to be carried out online. Availability checks, customer-specific discounts and bid creation are also possible. Numerous additional functions are provided for your support. For example, powerful search functions make it easy to select the required products. Configurators enable you to configure complex product and system components quickly and easily. CAx data types are also provided here. You can find the Industry Mall on the Internet at: www.siemens.com/industrymall Siemens D 11 · 2015 6/3 © Siemens AG 2015 Services and documentation Online Services Information and Download Center, Social Media, Mobile Media ■ Downloading Catalogs In addition to numerous other useful documents, you can also find the catalogs listed on the back inside cover of this catalog in the Information and Download Center. You can download these catalogs in PDF format without having to register. The filter dialog above the first catalog displayed makes it possible to carry out targeted searches. If you enter "MD 3" for example, you will find both the MD 30.1 and MD 31.1 catalogs. If you enter "IC 10", both the IC 10 catalog and the associated news or add-ons are displayed. Visit us at: www.siemens.com/industry/infocenter ■ Social and Mobile Media Connect with Siemens through social media: visit our social networking sites for a wealth of useful information, demos on products and services, the opportunity to provide feedback, to exchange information and ideas with customers and other Siemens employees, and much, much more. Stay in the know and follow us on the ever-expanding global network of social media. To find out more about Siemens' current social media activities, visit us at: www.siemens.com/socialmedia Or via our product pages at: www.siemens.com/automation or www.siemens.com/drives 6 Connect with Siemens Industry at our central access point to read all the news on the future of manufacturing, watch current videos and inform yourself about all the latest industry developments: www.siemens.com/future-of-manufacturing/news.html Discover the world of Siemens. We are also constantly expanding our offering of cross-platform apps for smartphones and tablets. You will find the current Siemens apps at the App Store (iOS) or at Google Play (Android): https://itunes.apple.com/en/app/siemens/id452698392?mt=8 https://play.google.com/store/search?q=siemens The Siemens app, for example, tells you all about the history, latest developments and future plans of the company – with informative pictures, fascinating reports and the most recent press releases. 6/4 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 Services and documentation Industry Services Your machines and plant can do more – with Industry Services. Whether it is production or process industry - in view of rising cost pressure, growing energy costs, and increasingly stringent environmental regulations, services for industry are a crucial competitive factor in manufacturing as well as in process industries. All over the world Siemens supports its customers with product, system, and application-related services throughout the entire life cycle of a plant. Right from the earliest stages of planning, engineering, and building, all the way to operation and modernization. These services enable customers to benefit from the Siemens experts’ unique technological and product knowledge and industry expertise. Thus downtimes are reduced and the utilization of resources is optimized. The bottom line: increased plant productivity, flexibility, and efficiency, plus reduced overall costs. Discover all advantages of our service portfolio: www.siemens.com/industry-services 7HFKQLFDO&RQVXOWLQJ (QJLQHHULQJ6XSSRUW (QHUJ\ (QYLURQPHQWDO6HUYLFHV 7HFKQLFDO&RQVXOWLQJ (QJLQHHULQJ6XSSRUW (QHUJ\ (QYLURQPHQWDO6HUYLFHV 0RGHUQL]DWLRQ 2SWLPL]DWLRQ6HUYLFHV Modernization Modernization Planning Planning Online Support Technical Support Spare Parts Repair Services Field Services Training Operation Operation 7HFKQLFDO&RQVXOWLQJ (QJLQHHULQJ6XSSRUW Engineer Engineer & & Build Build (QHUJ\ (QYLURQPHQWDO6HUYLFHV 3ODQW0DLQWHQDQFH &RQGLWLRQ0RQLWRULQJ 6 6HUYLFH&RQWUDFWV (QHUJ\(QYLURQPHQWDO6HUYLFHV 0RGHUQL]DWLRQ2SWLPL]DWLRQ6HUYLFHV G_DA65_EN_00270 Siemens supports its clients with technology based Services across a plants entire life cycle. Siemens D 11 · 2015 6/5 © Siemens AG 2015 Services and documentation Industry Services Industry Services for the entire life cycle Online Support Online support is a comprehensive information system for all questions relating to products, systems, and solutions that Siemens has developed for industry over time. With more than 300,000 documents, examples and tools, it offers users of automation and drive technology a way to quickly find up-to-date information. The 24-hour service enables direct, central access to detailed product information as well as numerous solution examples for programming, configuration and application. The content, in six languages, is increasingly multimediabased – and now also available as a mobile app. Online support’s “Technical Forum” offers users the opportunity to share information with each other. The “Support Request” option can be used to contact Siemens’ technical support experts. The latest content, software updates, and news via newsletters and Twitter ensure that industry users are always up to date. www.siemens.com/industry/onlinesupport Online Support App Using the Online Support app, you can access over 300,000 documents covering all Siemens industrial products - anywhere, any time. Regardless of whether you need help implementing your project, fault-finding, expanding your system or are planning a new machine. You have access to FAQs, manuals, certificates, characteristics curves, application examples, product notices (e.g. announcements of new products) and information on successor products in the event that a product is discontinued. Just scan the product code printed on the product directly using the camera of your mobile device to immediately see all technical information available on this product at a glance. The graphical CAx information (3D model, circuit diagrams or EPLAN macros) is also displayed. You can forward this information to your workplace using the e-mail function. 6 “mySupport”. You also receive selected news on new functions, important articles or events in the News section. Scan the QR code for information on our Online Support app. The app is available free of charge from the Apple App Store (iOS) or from Google Play (Android). www.siemens.com/industry/onlinesupportapp The search function retrieves product information and articles and supports you with a personalized suggestion list. You can find your favorite pages – articles you need frequently – under Technical Support The ability to quickly analyze system and error messages and take appropriate action are key factors in ensuring that plants run safely and efficiently. Questions can arise at any time and in any industry, whether it’s an individual product or a complete automation solution. Siemens technical support offers individual technical assistance in matters related to functionality, how to operate, applications, and fault clearance in industrial products and systems – at any time and globally, over the phone, by email, or via remote access. Experienced experts from Siemens answer incoming questions promptly. Depending on the requirements, they first consult specialists in the areas of development, on-site services, and sales. Technical support is also available for discontinued products that are no longer available. Using the support request number, any inquiry can be clearly identified and systematically tracked. http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/16605032 6/6 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 Services and documentation Industry Services Industry Services for the entire life cycle Spare Parts Drive and automation systems must be available at all times. Even a single missing spare part can bring the entire plant to a standstill – and result in substantial financial losses for the operator. The spare parts services from Siemens protects against such losses – with the aid of quickly available, original spare parts that ensure smooth interaction with all other system components. Spare parts are kept on hand for up to ten years; defective parts can be returned. For many products and solutions, individual spare parts packages ensure a preventive stock of spare parts on-site. The spare parts services is available around the world and around the clock. Optimum supply chain logistics ensure that replacement components reach their destination as quickly as possible. Siemens’ logistics experts take care of planning and management as well as procurement, transportation, customs handling, warehousing, and complete order management for spare parts. http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/43502238 Repair Services Reliable electrical and electronic equipment is crucial for operating continuous processes. That is why it is essential that motors and converters always undergo highly specialized repair and maintenance. Siemens offers complete customer and repair services – on site and in repair centers – as well as technical emergency services worldwide. The repair services include all measures necessary to quickly restore the functionality of defective units. In addition, services such as spare parts logistics, spare parts storage and rapid manufacturing are available to plant operators in all verticals. With a global network of certified repair shops operated by Siemens as well as third parties, Siemens handles the maintenance and overhaul of motors, converters, and other devices as an authorized service partner. http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/16610214 6 Field Services It’s a top priority in all industries: the availability of plants and equipment. Siemens offers specialized maintenance services such as inspection and upkeep as well as rapid fault clearance in industrial plants – worldwide, continuously, and even with emergency services as needed. The services include startup as well as maintenance and fault clearance during operation. The startup service includes checking the installation, function tests, parameterization, integration tests for machines and plants, trial operation, final acceptance, and employee training. All services, including remote maintenance of drives, are also available as elements of customized service contracts. http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/66012486 Siemens D 11 · 2015 6/7 © Siemens AG 2015 Services and documentation Industry Services Industry Services for the entire life cycle Training Increasingly, up-to-date knowledge is becoming a determining factor in success. One of the key resources of any company is well-trained staff that can make the right decision at the right moment and take full advantage of the potential. With SITRAIN – Training for Industry, Siemens offers comprehensive advanced training programs. The technical training courses convey expertise and practical knowledge directly from the manufacturer. SITRAIN covers Siemens’ entire product and system portfolio in the field of automation and drives. Together with the customer, Siemens determines the company’s individual training needs and then develops an advanced training program tailored to the desired requirements. Additional services guarantee that the knowledge of all Siemens partners and their employees is always up-to-date. http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/43514324 Technical Consulting & Engineering Support The efficiency of plants and processes leads to sustainable economic success. Individual services from Siemens help save substantial time and money while also guaranteeing maximum safety. Technical consulting covers the selection of products and systems for efficient industrial plants. The services include planning, consulting, and conceptual design as well as product training, application support, and configuration verification – in all phases of a plant’s lifecycle and in all questions related to product safety. Engineering support offers competent assistance throughout the entire project, from developing a precise structure for startup to product-specific preparation for implementation as well as support services in areas such as prototype development, testing and acceptance. http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/16605680 6 Energy & Environmental Services Efficient energy use and resource conservation – these top sustainability concerns pay off – both for the environment and for companies. Siemens offers integrated solutions that unlock all technical and organizational potential for successful environmental management. Customized consulting services are aimed at sustainably lowering the cost of energy and environmental protection and thus increasing plant efficiency and availability. The experts provide support in the conceptual design and implementation of systematic solutions in energy and environmental management, enabling maximum energy efficiency and optimized water consumption throughout the entire company. Improved data transparency makes it possible to identify savings potential, reduce emissions, optimize production processes, and thereby noticeably cut costs. http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/42350774 6/8 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 Services and documentation Industry Services Industry Services for the entire life cycle Modernization & Optimization Services High machine availability, expanded functionality and selective energy savings – in all industries, these are decisive factors for increasing productivity and lowering costs. Whether a company wants to modernize individual machines, optimize drive systems, or upgrade entire plants, Siemens’ experts support the projects from planning to commissioning. Expert consulting and project management with solution responsibility lead to security and make it possible to specifically identify savings potential in production. This secures investments over the long term and increases economic efficiency in operation. http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/66005532 Plant Maintenance & Condition Monitoring Modern industrial plants are complex and highly automated. They must operate efficiently in order to ensure the company’s competitive strength. In addition, the steadily increasing networking of machines and plants require consistent security concepts. Maintenance and status monitoring as well as the implementation of integrated security concepts by Siemens’ experts support optimum plant use and avoid downtime. The services include maintenance management as well as consulting on maintenance concepts, including the complete handling and execution of the necessary measures. Complete solutions also cover remote services, including analysis, remote diagnosis, and remote monitoring. These are based on the Siemens Remote Services platform with certified IT security. http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/59456862 6 Service Contracts Making maintenance costs calculable, reducing interfaces, speeding up response times, and unburdening the company’s resources – the reduced downtimes that these measures achieve increase the productivity of a plant. Service contracts from Siemens make maintenance and repairs more cost-effective and efficient. The service packages include local and remote maintenance for a system or product group in automation and drive technology. Whether you need extended service periods, defined response times, or special maintenance intervals, the services are compiled individually and according to need. They can be adjusted flexibly at any time and used independently of each other. The expertise of Siemens’ specialists and the capabilities of remote maintenance thus ensure reliable and fast maintenance processes throughout a plant’s entire lifecycle. http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/65961857 Siemens D 11 · 2015 6/9 © Siemens AG 2015 Services and documentation Training ■ You benefit from practical training right from the manufacturer SITRAIN Training for Industry provides you with comprehensive support in solving your tasks. Training right from the manufacturer enables you to make better choices with more confidence in your decision-making processes. SITRAIN Training means: • Less time for commissioning, maintenance and servicing • Optimized production operations • Safe engineering and commissioning • Shorter start-up times, reduced downtimes and faster fault clearance • Swift elimination of deficits in existing plants • Avoidance of costly planning errors right from the start • Flexible plant adaptation to market requirements • Ensure quality standards in production • Increased employee satisfaction and motivation • Shorter orientation periods in case of technology or personnel change ■ Important key data Top trainers Our trainers are skilled specialists with direct and extensive practical experience. Course developers have close contact with product development and directly pass on their knowledge to the trainers, and with that at the end to you. Practical experience Practice makes perfect – that's why we attach greatest importance to hands-on learning. Practical exercises can comprise up to half of the course time. You can therefore immediately implement your new knowledge in your day-to-day work. 300 courses in 62 countries We offer a total of about 300 local attendance courses. You can find us at more than 50 locations in Germany, and in 62 countries worldwide. To find out which course is held at which location, go to: www.siemens.com/sitrain Customized training Would you prefer individual training instead? Our solution: We will provide a program tailored exactly to your personal requirements. Training can be carried out in our Training Centers or onsite at your company. We instruct you using state-of-the-art training equipment which has been especially designed by our developers for the SITRAIN courses. This training approach will give you all the assurance you need. The right mixture: Blended learning Blended learning involves a combination of various training media. For example, a face-to-face course in a training center can be optimally supplemented by teach-yourself Web-based training (WBT) courses as preparation or follow-up. The add-on effect: Reduced traveling costs and periods of absence. ■ Contact Visit our website at: 6 www.siemens.com/sitrain or let us advise you personally. You can request our latest training catalog from: SITRAIN – Training for Industry Customer Support Germany: Phone: +49 911 895-7575 Fax: +49 911 895-7576 E-mail: [email protected] 6/10 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 Services and documentation SINAMICS range of training courses ■ Overview Training courses for SINAMICS G150/G130/S150 Here you will find an overview of the training courses available for the SINAMICS G150/G130/S150. The basic and follow-up courses are guaranteed to provide all of the technical knowledge that service personnel will need for commissioning and service. The courses are modular in design and are intended for a variety of target groups as well as individual customer requirements. All courses contain as many practical exercises as possible in order to enable intensive and direct training on the drive system and with the tools in small groups. The system overview will acquaint decision-makers and sales personnel with the system very quickly. You will find further information about course contents and dates in Catalog ITC and on the Internet. Title Target group (all courses are available in English and German) Sales personnel, planners, decision makers Commissioning engineers, programmers Service personnel, maintenance technicians Duration Course code SINAMICS system overview – – 2 days DR-SN-UEB Integrated drive systems introduction and basic information – – 3 days DR-IDS SIMOTICS induction motors planning and configuration – – 3 days DR-ASM-PL SINAMICS G150/G130/S150 diagnostics and service – 5 days DR-G15-DG SINAMICS on PROFINET and PROFIBUS diagnostics and service – – 3 days DR-NET-DG 6 Siemens D 11 · 2015 6/11 © Siemens AG 2015 Services and documentation Spares on Web ■ Overview Spares on Web – Identification of spare parts on the Internet Spares on Web is a web-based tool for identifying spare parts. After you have entered the Article No. and serial number, the spare parts available for the relevant unit are displayed. www.siemens.com/sow 6 6/12 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 Services and documentation My Documentation Manager ■ Overview ■ Design My Documentation Manager is the web-based system to generate personalized documentation based on standard documents. It is part of the Service & Support Portal. Search in the Service & Support portal My Documentation Manager – Customizing information My Documentation Manager offers all Motion Control customers an innovation with extended usability: Machine manufacturers and end customers are not only able to assemble their own customized technical documents for a specific product or system, they can also generate complete libraries with individually configured contents. The content that matches your topic can be found from the full range of documentation stored under Service & Support using the operator interface and assembled using drag & drop into application-based libraries, generated and even combined with your own documentation. The self-generated collections can be saved in the commonly used RTF and PDF formats or even in XML format. You must register for configuring and generating/managing (the existing login can be used, e.g. Industry Mall www.siemens.com/industrymall ■ Benefits • Display View, print or download standard documents or personalized documents • Configure Transfer standard documents or parts of them to personalized documents • Generate/Manage Produce and manage personalized documents in the formats PDF, RTF or XML Document in My Documentation Manager ■ Function 6 Opening My Documentation Manager My Documentation Manager opens in two ways • Search in the Service & Support portal www.siemens.com/automation/service&support The appropriate manuals are designated by "configurable". My Documentation Manager opens by clicking on "Display and configure". The selected document is displayed as the current document. • Using the direct link from the Service & Support portal www.automation.siemens.com/docconf/ After logon/registration, the online help is displayed as current document. ■ More information You can find more information on the Internet at www.siemens.com/mdm Siemens D 11 · 2015 6/13 © Siemens AG 2015 Services and documentation Documentation ■ Overview ■ Application SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units Comprehensive documentation is available for the SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units ranging from Operating Instructions through List Manuals to the Engineering Manual. Information is available in the following formats: • PDF file • Documents/documentation for the configuration and for downloading at: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/13226/man SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units The documentation is provided as standard in the PDF format on CD-ROM, and comprises the following parts: • Description • Installation instructions • Commissioning guide • Description of functions • Maintenance information • Engineering Manual • Lists of spare parts As well as device-specific documentation, such as circuit diagrams, dimension drawings, layout diagrams and terminal diagrams. Documentation in English/German is supplied as standard with the device. The scope of delivery also includes a DVD-ROM with the STARTER commissioning tool. If one of the languages subsequently listed is required, when ordering this should be specified using the corresponding option order code (see Description of options): 6 Language Order code English/French D58 English/Spanish D60 English/Italian D80 English/Chinese D91 English/Russian D94 Configuring documents/documentation available for downloading at: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/13227/man 6/14 Siemens D 11 · 2015 Explanations for the manuals: • Operating Instructions contain all the information needed for the installation and for the electrical connection of the components, information about commissioning and a description of the converter functions. Phases of use: Control cabinet construction, commissioning, operation, maintenance and servicing. • Engineering Manual contains all the information needed for the EMC-compliant installation and for the configuration of control cabinets and drive systems. Phases of use: Control cabinet configuration/construction. • List Manual describes all parameters, function diagrams and faults/alarms for the product/system as well as their meaning and setting options. It contains parameter data and fault/alarm descriptions with functional correlations. Phases of use: Commissioning of components that have already been connected, configuration of system functions, fault cause/diagnostics. • Function Manual contains all the relevant information about individual drive functions. Phases of use: Commissioning of components that have already been connected, configuration of system functions. 7 © Siemens AG 2015 Appendix 7/2 Approvals 7/3 Software Licenses 7/5 Article number index 7/8 Subject index 7/11 Metal surcharges 7/14 Conditions of sale and delivery Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 Appendix Approvals ■ Overview TUV: TUV Rheinland of North America Inc. independent public testing institution in North America National recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) Test symbol: • cTUVus tested by TUV in accordance with UL and CSA standards Test standards: • SIMODRIVE: NRTL Listing according to standard UL 508C G_NC01_XX_00423 Product category/file No.: • SIMODRIVE: TUV.COM/4335304002 Many products in this catalog are in compliance with UL/CSA and FM requirements and are labeled with the appropriate certification markings. All approvals, certificates, declarations of conformity, test certificates, e.g. CE, UL, Safety Integrated etc. have been performed with the associated system components as they are described in the Catalogs and Engineering Manuals. The certificates are only valid if the products are used with the described system components, are installed according to the Installation Guidelines and are used for their intended purpose. In other cases, the vendor of these products is responsible for arranging for new certificates to be issued. UL: Underwriters Laboratories independent public testing institution in North America Test symbol: • UL for end products, tested by UL in accordance with UL standard • cUL for end products, tested by UL in accordance with CSA standard • cULus for end products, tested by UL in accordance with UL and CSA standards • UR for mounting parts in end products, tested by UL in accordance with UL standard • cUR for mounting parts in end products, tested by UL in accordance with CSA standard • cURus for mounting parts in end products, tested by UL in accordance with UL and CSA standards 7 Test standards: • SINUMERIK: Standard UL 508 • SINAMICS: Standard UL 508C • SIMODRIVE: Standard UL 508C • Motors: Standard UL 547 Product category/file No.: • SINUMERIK: E164110 • SINAMICS: E192450 • SIMODRIVE: NMMS2/E192450 • Motors: E93429 7/2 Siemens D 11 · 2015 CSA: Canadian Standards Association independent public testing institution in Canada Test symbol: • CSA tested by CSA in accordance with CSA standard Test standard: • Standard CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 0-M91/No. 14-05/ No. 142-M1987 File No.: • SINUMERIK FM ... : LR 102527 FMRC: Factory Mutual Research Corporation Independent public testing institution in North America Test symbol: • FM tested by FM in accordance with FM standard Test standard: • Standard FMRC 3600, FMRC 3611, FMRC 3810 Class I, Div.2, Group A, B, C, D File No.: • SINUMERIK FM... : 4Y1A7.AX 5B0A2.AX 2D7A2.AX 3007320 © Siemens AG 2015 Appendix Software Licenses ■ Overview Software types Software requiring a license is categorized into types. The following software types have been defined: • Engineering software • Runtime software Engineering software This includes all software products for creating (engineering) user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameterizing, testing, commissioning or servicing. Data generated with engineering software and executable programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by thirdparties free-of-charge. Runtime software This includes all software products required for plant/machine operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expansions, drivers, etc. The duplication of the runtime software and executable programs created with the runtime software for your own use or for use by third-parties is subject to a charge. You can find information about license fees according to use in the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance, per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc. Information about extended rights of use for parameterization/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with the relevant product(s). License types Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies offers various types of software license: • Floating license • Single license • Rental license • Rental floating license • Trial license • Demo license • Demo floating license Floating license The software may be installed for internal use on any number of devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed. The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use begins when the software is started. A license is required for each concurrent user. Single license Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one installation of the software per license. The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for example per instance, per axis, per channel, etc. One single license is required for each type of use defined. Rental license A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering software. Once the license key has been installed, the software can be used for a specific period of time (the operating hours do not have to be consecutive). One license is required for each installation of the software. Rental floating license The rental floating license corresponds to the rental license, except that a license is not required for each installation of the software. Rather, one license is required per object (for example, user or device). Trial license A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a nonproductive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes. It can be transferred to another license. Demo license The demo license support the "sporadic use" of engineering software in a non-productive context, for example, use for testing and evaluation purposes. It can be transferred to another license. After the installation of the license key, the software can be operated for a specific period of time, whereby usage can be interrupted as often as required. One license is required per installation of the software. Demo floating license The demo floating license corresponds to the demo license, except that a license is not required for each installation of the software. Rather, one license is required per object (for example, user or device). Certificate of license (CoL) The CoL is the licensee's proof that the use of the software has been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is required for every type of use and must be kept in a safe place. Downgrading The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier version/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns such a version/release and its use is technically feasible. Delivery versions Software is constantly being updated. The following delivery versions • PowerPack • Upgrade can be used to access updates. Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version. PowerPack PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software. The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL (Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new software is licensed. A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original license of the software to be replaced. Upgrade An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on the condition that a license for a previous version of the product is already held. The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous product, proves that the new version is licensed. A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license of the software to be upgraded. Siemens D 11 · 2015 7/3 7 © Siemens AG 2015 Appendix Software Licenses ■ Overview ServicePack ServicePacks are used to debug existing products. ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed according to the number of existing original licenses. License key Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies supplies software products with and without license keys. The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license, rental license, etc.). The complete installation of software products requiring license keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the license key (which represents the license). 7 7/4 Siemens D 11 · 2015 Software Update Service (SUS) As part of the SUS contract, all software updates for the respective product are made available to you free of charge for a period of one year from the invoice date. The contract will automatically be extended for one year if it is not canceled three months before it expires. The possession of the current version of the respective software is a basic condition for entering into an SUS contract. You can download explanations concerning license conditions from www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/ terms_of_trade_en.pdf © Siemens AG 2015 Appendix Article number index Article No. Page 3KL 3KL5230-….. 3KL5530-….. 3KL5730-….. 3KL6130-….. 3KL6230-….. Article No. Page 6FX .............................................................................................3/30 .............................................................................................3/30 .............................................................................................3/30 .............................................................................................3/30 .............................................................................................3/30 3NA 3NA3132-6........................................................................................3/31, 4/44 3NA3136-6........................................................................................3/31, 4/44 3NA3144 ...........................................................................................3/31, 4/44 3NA3240-6........................................................................................3/31, 4/44 3NA3244-6........................................................................................3/31, 4/44 3NA3250 ...........................................................................................3/31, 4/44 3NA3252-6........................................................................................3/31, 4/44 3NA3254 ...........................................................................................3/31, 4/44 3NA3260 ...........................................................................................3/31, 4/44 3NA3352-6........................................................................................4/44, 4/45 3NA3354-6...............................................................................3/31, 4/44, 4/45 3NA3362-6.................................................................................................4/45 3NA3365 ..................................................................................3/31, 4/44, 4/45 3NA3365-6...............................................................................3/31, 4/44, 4/45 3NA3372 ..................................................................................3/31, 4/44, 4/45 3NA3472 ...........................................................................................3/31, 4/44 3NA3475 ..................................................................................3/31, 4/44, 4/45 3NE 3NE1022-2 ........................................................................................3/31, 4/44 3NE1224-2 ........................................................................................3/31, 4/44 3NE1225-2 ........................................................................................3/31, 4/44 3NE1227-2 ........................................................................................3/31, 4/44 3NE1230-2 ........................................................................................3/31, 4/44 3NE1331-2 ........................................................................................3/31, 4/44 3NE1334-2 ...............................................................................3/31, 4/44, 4/45 3NE1343-2 .................................................................................................4/44 3NE1435-2 ...............................................................................3/31, 4/44, 4/45 3NE1436-2 ...............................................................................3/31, 4/44, 4/45 3NE1436-3 .................................................................................................4/45 3NE1437-2 ........................................................................................3/31, 4/44 3NE1438-2 ...............................................................................3/31, 4/44, 4/45 3NE1447-2 ...............................................................................3/31, 4/44, 4/45 3NE1448-2 ...............................................................................3/31, 4/44, 4/45 3RT 3RT1446-….. .............................................................................................3/30 3RT1456-….. .............................................................................................3/30 3RT1466-….. .............................................................................................3/30 3RT1476-…. ..............................................................................................3/30 3WL 3WL1110-… ..............................................................................................3/30 3WL1112-… ..............................................................................................3/30 3WL1210-… ..............................................................................................3/30 6AU 6AU1810-1HA23-1XA0 ................................................................................5/8 6AU1810-1HA23-1XE0 ................................................................................5/8 6ES 6ES7901-4BD00-0XA0.................................................................................5/7 6ES7972-0BA42-0XA0...............................................................................3/52 6ES7972-0BB42-0XA0...............................................................................3/52 6FC 6FC9341-2AE.............................................................................................3/59 6FC9341-2AF.............................................................................................3/59 6FX8002-1AA01-1AB0 .............................................................................. 3/58 6FX8002-1AA01-1AC0 .............................................................................. 3/58 6FX8002-1AA01-1AD0 .............................................................................. 3/58 6FX8002-1AA01-1AE0............................................................................... 3/58 6FX8002-1AA01-1AF0 ............................................................................... 3/58 6FX8002-1AA01-1AG0 .............................................................................. 3/58 6FX8002-1AA01-1AH0 .............................................................................. 3/58 6FX8002-1AA01-1AJ0 ............................................................................... 3/58 6FX8002-1AA01-1AK0 .............................................................................. 3/58 6FX8002-1AA01-1BA0 .............................................................................. 3/58 6GK 6GK1571-1AA00 ......................................................................................... 5/7 6GK1901-1BB30-0AA0 .................................................................... 3/52, 3/60 6GK1901-1BB30-0AB0 .................................................................... 3/52, 3/60 6GK1901-1GA00 .............................................................................. 3/52, 3/60 6SL 6SL3000-0BE32-5AA0............................................................................... 3/21 6SL3000-0BE34-4AA0............................................................................... 3/21 6SL3000-0BE36-0AA0............................................................................... 3/21 6SL3000-0BE41-2AA0............................................................................... 3/21 6SL3000-0BG32-5AA0 .............................................................................. 3/21 6SL3000-0BG34-4AA0 .............................................................................. 3/21 6SL3000-0BG36-0AA0 .............................................................................. 3/21 6SL3000-0BG41-2AA0 .............................................................................. 3/21 6SL3000-0CE32-3AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27 6SL3000-0CE32-8AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27 6SL3000-0CE33-3AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27 6SL3000-0CE35-1AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27 6SL3000-0CE36-3AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27 6SL3000-0CE37-7AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27 6SL3000-0CE38-7AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27 6SL3000-0CE41-0AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27 6SL3000-0CH31-1AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27 6SL3000-0CH31-6AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27 6SL3000-0CH32-2AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27 6SL3000-0CH32-7AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27 6SL3000-0CH33-4AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27 6SL3000-0CH34-8AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27 6SL3000-0CH36-0AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27 6SL3000-0CH38-4AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27 6SL3000-0JE36-1AA0 ............................................................................... 3/24 6SL3000-0JE38-4AA0 ............................................................................... 3/24 6SL3000-0JE41-0AA0 ............................................................................... 3/24 6SL3000-0JH33-3AA0 ............................................................................... 3/24 6SL3000-0JH34-7AA0 ............................................................................... 3/24 6SL3000-0JH35-8AA0 ............................................................................... 3/24 6SL3000-0JH38-1AA0 ............................................................................... 3/24 6SL3000-1BE31-3AA0............................................................................... 3/35 6SL3000-1BE32-5AA0............................................................................... 3/35 6SL3000-1BF32-5AA0 ............................................................................... 3/35 6SL3000-1BH31-3AA0 .............................................................................. 3/35 6SL3000-1BH32-5AA0 .............................................................................. 3/35 6SL3000-2AE36-1AA0............................................................................... 3/37 6SL3000-2AE38-4AA0............................................................................... 3/37 6SL3000-2AE41-0AA0............................................................................... 3/37 6SL3000-2AH31-0AA0 .............................................................................. 3/37 6SL3000-2AH31-5AA0 .............................................................................. 3/37 6SL3000-2AH31-8AA0 .............................................................................. 3/37 6SL3000-2AH32-4AA0 .............................................................................. 3/37 6SL3000-2AH32-6AA0 .............................................................................. 3/37 Siemens D 11 · 2015 7/5 7 © Siemens AG 2015 Appendix Article number index Article No. 7 Page Article No. Page 6SL 6SL 6SL3000-2AH33-6AA0...............................................................................3/37 6SL3000-2AH34-5AA0...............................................................................3/37 6SL3000-2AH34-7AA0...............................................................................3/37 6SL3000-2AH35-8AA0...............................................................................3/37 6SL3000-2AH38-1AA0...............................................................................3/37 6SL3000-2BE32-1AA0 ...............................................................................3/37 6SL3000-2BE32-6AA0 ...............................................................................3/37 6SL3000-2BE33-2AA0 ...............................................................................3/37 6SL3000-2BE33-8AA0 ...............................................................................3/37 6SL3000-2BE35-0AA0 ...............................................................................3/37 6SL3000-2CE32-3AA0...............................................................................3/50 6SL3000-2CE32-8AA0...............................................................................3/50 6SL3000-2CE33-3AA0...............................................................................3/50 6SL3000-2CE34-1AA0...............................................................................3/50 6SL3000-2CF31-7AA0 ...............................................................................3/50 6SL3000-2DE32-6AA0...............................................................................3/41 6SL3000-2DE32-6EA0 ...............................................................................3/46 6SL3000-2DE35-0AA0...............................................................................3/41 6SL3000-2DE35-0EA0 ...............................................................................3/46 6SL3000-2DE38-4AA0...............................................................................3/41 6SL3000-2DE38-4EA0 ...............................................................................3/46 6SL3000-2DE41-4AA0...............................................................................3/41 6SL3000-2DE41-4EA0 ...............................................................................3/46 6SL3000-2DG31-0EA0 ..............................................................................3/46 6SL3000-2DG31-5EA0 ..............................................................................3/46 6SL3000-2DG32-2EA0 ..............................................................................3/46 6SL3000-2DG33-3EA0 ..............................................................................3/46 6SL3000-2DG34-1EA0 ..............................................................................3/46 6SL3000-2DG35-8EA0 ..............................................................................3/46 6SL3000-2DG38-1EA0 ..............................................................................3/46 6SL3000-2DH31-0AA0 ..............................................................................3/41 6SL3000-2DH31-5AA0 ..............................................................................3/41 6SL3000-2DH32-2AA0 ..............................................................................3/41 6SL3000-2DH33-3AA0 ..............................................................................3/41 6SL3000-2DH34-1AA0 ..............................................................................3/41 6SL3000-2DH35-8AA0 ..............................................................................3/41 6SL3000-2DH38-1AA0 ..............................................................................3/41 6SL3040-1GA00-1AA0 ..............................................................................3/52 6SL3040-1GA01-1AA0 ..............................................................................3/52 6SL3040-1MA00-0AA0 ..............................................................................3/52 6SL3040-1MA01-0AA0 ..............................................................................3/52 6SL3053-0AA00-3AA1...............................................................................3/71 6SL3054-3ED00-1BA0...............................................................................3/55 6SL3054-3EE00-1BA0 ...............................................................................3/55 6SL3054-3EF00-1BA0 ...............................................................................3/55 6SL3054-3EG00-1BA0...............................................................................3/55 6SL3054-3EH00-1BA0...............................................................................3/55 6SL3054-3EJ00-1BA0................................................................................3/55 6SL3054-3EK00-1BA0 ...............................................................................3/55 6SL3055-0AA00-2CA0...............................................................................3/59 6SL3055-0AA00-2EB0 ...............................................................................3/60 6SL3055-0AA00-2TA0................................................................................3/61 6SL3055-0AA00-3AA1...............................................................................3/63 6SL3055-0AA00-3BA0...............................................................................3/66 6SL3055-0AA00-3LA0 ...............................................................................3/69 6SL3055-0AA00-4BA0...............................................................................3/56 6SL3055-0AA00-4CA5...............................................................................3/58 6SL3055-0AA00-5CA2...............................................................................3/75 6SL3060-4AA10-0AA0...............................................................................3/76 6SL3060-4AA50-0AA0...............................................................................3/76 6SL3060-4AB00-0AA0...............................................................................3/76 6SL3060-4AD00-0AA0...............................................................................3/76 6SL3060-4AF00-0AA0 ...............................................................................3/76 6SL3060-4AF10-0AA0 ...............................................................................3/76 6SL3060-4AH00-0AA0 .............................................................................. 3/76 6SL3060-4AJ20-0AA0 ............................................................................... 3/76 6SL3060-4AM00-0AA0 .............................................................................. 3/76 6SL3060-4AU00-0AA0 .............................................................................. 3/76 6SL3060-4AW00-0AA0.............................................................................. 3/76 6SL3060-4DX04-0AA0 .............................................................................. 3/73 6SL3066-4CA00-0AA0 ................................................... 3/52, 3/63, 3/66, 3/69 6SL3070-0AA00-0AG0 ................................................................................ 5/4 6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0 ....................................................................... 3/52, 5/7 6SL3074-0AA10-0AA0 .............................................................................. 3/55 6SL3077-0AA00-0AB0 ....................................................................... 3/55, 5/8 6SL3300-1AE31-3AA0............................................................................... 3/32 6SL3300-1AE32-5AA0............................................................................... 3/32 6SL3300-1AF32-5AA0 ............................................................................... 3/32 6SL3300-1AH31-3AA0 .............................................................................. 3/32 6SL3300-1AH32-5BA0 .............................................................................. 3/32 6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GH28-5AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GH31-0AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GH31-2AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GH31-5AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13 6SL3355-2DX00-1AA0 .............................................................................. 3/73 6SL3710-1GE32-1AA3 ................................................................................ 4/9 6SL3710-1GE32-1CA3 ................................................................................ 4/9 6SL3710-1GE32-6AA3 ................................................................................ 4/9 6SL3710-1GE32-6CA3 ................................................................................ 4/9 6SL3710-1GE33-1AA3 ................................................................................ 4/9 6SL3710-1GE33-1CA3 ................................................................................ 4/9 6SL3710-1GE33-8AA3 ................................................................................ 4/9 6SL3710-1GE33-8CA3 ................................................................................ 4/9 6SL3710-1GE35-0AA3 ................................................................................ 4/9 6SL3710-1GE35-0CA3 ................................................................................ 4/9 6SL3710-1GE36-1AA3 ................................................................................ 4/9 6SL3710-1GE36-1CA3 ................................................................................ 4/9 6SL3710-1GE37-5AA3 ................................................................................ 4/9 6SL3710-1GE37-5CA3 ................................................................................ 4/9 6SL3710-1GE38-4AA3 ................................................................................ 4/9 6SL3710-1GE38-4CA3 ................................................................................ 4/9 7/6 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 Appendix Article number index Article No. Page Article No. Page 6SL 6SW 6SL3710-1GE41-0AA3.................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GE41-0CA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GF31-8AA3.................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GF31-8CA3.................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GF32-2AA3.................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GF32-2CA3.................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GF32-6AA3.................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GF32-6CA3.................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GF33-3AA3.................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GF33-3CA3.................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GF34-1AA3.................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GF34-1CA3.................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GF34-7AA3.................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GF34-7CA3.................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GF35-8AA3.................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GF35-8CA3.................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GF37-4AA3.................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GF37-4CA3.................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GF38-1AA3.................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GF38-1CA3.................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH28-5AA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH28-5CA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH31-0AA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH31-0CA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH31-2AA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH31-2CA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH31-5AA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH31-5CA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH31-8AA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH31-8CA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH32-2AA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH32-2CA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH32-6AA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH32-6CA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH33-3AA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH33-3CA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH34-1AA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH34-1CA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH34-7AA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH34-7CA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH35-8AA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH35-8CA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH37-4AA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH37-4CA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH38-1AA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-1GH38-1CA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-2GE41-1AA3.................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-2GE41-4AA3.................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-2GE41-6AA3.................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-2GF38-6AA3.................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-2GF41-1AA3.................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-2GF41-4AA3.................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-2GH41-1AA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-2GH41-4AA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-2GH41-5AA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-2GH41-8EA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-2GH42-0EA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-2GH42-2EA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-2GH42-4EA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3710-2GH42-7EA3 ................................................................................4/9 6SL3780-0AK00-0AA0...............................................................................5/12 6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2.............................................................................. 5/10 6SW1700-0JD01-0AB2.............................................................................. 5/10 6SW1700-5JA00-5AA0 .............................................................................. 5/10 6SW1700-5JA00-5AA1 .............................................................................. 5/10 6SW1700-5JA00-5AA4 .............................................................................. 5/10 6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0 ............................................................................. 5/10 6SW1700-7JD00-0AA0.............................................................................. 5/10 6SW1700-7JD00-1AA0.............................................................................. 5/10 6SW1700-7JD00-1AA4.............................................................................. 5/10 6SW1700-8JD00-0AA0.............................................................................. 5/10 6SW1700-8JD00-0AA4.............................................................................. 5/10 6SW1700-8JD00-1AA0.............................................................................. 5/10 6SW1700-8JD00-1AA4.............................................................................. 5/10 6SW1700-8JD01-0AA0.............................................................................. 5/10 6SW1700-8JD01-0AA4.............................................................................. 5/10 6SW1700-8JD01-1AA0.............................................................................. 5/10 6SW1700-8JD01-1AA4.............................................................................. 5/10 6XV 6XV1840-2AH10 ............................................................................... 3/52, 3/60 6XV1840-3AH10 ............................................................................... 3/52, 3/60 6XV1840-4AH10 ............................................................................... 3/52, 3/60 6XV1870-2B...................................................................................... 3/52, 3/60 6XV1870-2D ..................................................................................... 3/52, 3/60 7 Siemens D 11 · 2015 7/7 © Siemens AG 2015 Appendix Subject index Page Page A D AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel...............................................3/57, 4/6, 5/6 Applications .................................................................................................1/6 Approvals..............................................................................................3/8, 7/2 DC link components .................................................................................. 3/32 DCC (Drive Control Chart)........................................................................... 5/8 Degree of protection increase (options).................................................... 4/10 Derating data • SINAMICS G130 ................................................................................... 3/10 • SINAMICS G150 ................................................................................... 4/37 Description of the options ......................................................................... 4/15 Design of a SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet unit .................................. 4/4 Determination of the energy efficiency classes ........................................ 2/15 DIN EN ISO 9001......................................................................................... 1/4 Documentation ................................................................................. 3/12, 6/14 Documentation (options) ........................................................................... 4/11 Download Center......................................................................................... 6/4 Drive Control Chart (SINAMICS DCC)......................................................... 5/8 Drive ES ....................................................................................................... 5/9 Drive ES Engineering Software.................................................................... 5/9 Drive selection ............................................................................................. 1/6 Drive Technology Configurator .................................................................... 5/3 DRIVE-CLiQ signal cables ........................................................................ 3/76 DT Configurator ........................................................................................... 5/3 dv/dt filters compact plus VPL .................................................................. 3/46 dv/dt filters plus VPL.................................................................................. 3/41 B Basic design of a converter cabinet unit SINAMICS G150 ..........................................................................................4/4 Basic Functions ..........................................................................................2/9 BOP20........................................................................................................3/56 BOP20 Basic Operator Panel ....................................................................3/56 Braking Modules........................................................................................3/32 Braking resistors ........................................................................................3/35 C CA 01 ...........................................................................................................5/3 Cable cross-sections and connections .....................................................4/41 Cable cross-sections for line and motor connection .................................4/43 Cable protection fuse ................................................................................3/31 CANopen ...................................................................................................2/24 Catalog CA 01 .............................................................................................5/3 CBC10 .......................................................................................................3/59 CBC10 Communication Board ..................................................................3/59 CBE20........................................................................................................3/60 CBE20 Communication Board ...................................................................3/60 Circuit breakers..........................................................................................3/30 Closed-loop control functions ...............................................................3/6, 4/7 Coated modules ...................................................................................3/6, 4/5 Communication..........................................................................................2/17 Communication with higher-level controller and customer terminal block .......................................................................3/6, 4/7 CompactFlash card for CU320-2...............................................................3/55 Condition monitoring....................................................................................6/9 Configuration example.................................................................................1/9 Configuring with EPLAN ............................................................................5/11 Connection diagram for Braking Module...................................................3/33 Connection example • Control Unit CU320-2 ............................................................................3/53 • Power Module........................................................................................3/14 • Safe Brake Adapter SBA .......................................................................3/74 • TB30 Terminal Board .............................................................................3/62 • TM150 Terminal Module ........................................................................3/70 • TM31 Terminal Module ..........................................................................3/65 • TM54F Terminal Module .......................................................................3/68 • VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module ...........................................................3/72 Control Unit and Control Unit Kit CU320-2 ................................................3/52 Converter acceptance (options)................................................................4/12 E EN 50598 ................................................................................................... 2/14 Energy efficiency ......................................................................................... 1/3 Energy efficiency classes in accordance with EN 50598 ......................... 2/14 Energy & Environmental Services ............................................................... 6/8 Engineering Manual .................................................................................. 5/13 Engineering Support ................................................................................... 6/8 Environmental Services ............................................................................... 6/8 EPLAN ....................................................................................................... 5/11 EtherNet/IP ................................................................................................ 2/24 European directives............................................................................ 3/8, 4/29 European standards ........................................................................... 3/8, 4/29 Extended Functions..................................................................................... 2/9 F Field Services .............................................................................................. 6/7 Firmware license ....................................................................................... 3/55 Fixed-mounted circuit breakers................................................................. 3/30 Fuses ......................................................................................................... 4/44 G General technical specifications • SINAMICS G130 ..................................................................................... 3/8 • SINAMICS G150 ................................................................................... 4/30 Grounding and protective conductor cross-section ................................. 4/43 H 7 Horizontal integration ..................................................................................... 8 7/8 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 Appendix Subject index Page Page I O IDS ..................................................................................................................8 Information and Download Center, Social Media, Mobile Media ................6/4 Information and ordering options on the Internet and on DVD....................6/3 Industrial Ethernet......................................................................................2/19 Industrial Ethernet FC ................................................................................3/60 Industry Services .........................................................................................6/5 Input-side options ......................................................................................4/10 Integrated Drive Systems ...............................................................................8 Integration in automation .........................................................................1/2, 8 Interactive Catalog CA 01............................................................................5/3 Online Services ........................................................................................... 6/3 Online Support ............................................................................................ 6/6 Open-loop and closed-loop control functions...................................... 3/6, 4/7 Optimization Services.................................................................................. 6/9 Option selection matrix.............................................................................. 4/13 Options specific to the chemical and shipbuilding industry ..................... 4/12 Ordering examples.................................................................................... 4/14 Ordering options on the Internet and on DVD............................................. 6/3 Output-side options ................................................................................... 4/10 Overload capability .......................................................................................... • SINAMICS G130 ................................................................................... 3/12 • SINAMICS G150 ................................................................................... 4/40 L Lifecycle integration........................................................................................8 Line filters...................................................................................................3/21 Line Harmonics Filter .................................................................................3/24 Line reactors ..............................................................................................3/26 Line-side power components ....................................................................3/21 • SINAMICS G130....................................................................................3/21 • SINAMICS G150....................................................................................4/44 Load diagram for Braking Modules and braking resistors ........................3/33 Load-side power components...................................................................3/37 Low voltage motors......................................................................................1/7 M Main contactor ...........................................................................................3/30 Mechanical options....................................................................................4/10 Minimum motor cable lengths for operation with power units connected in parallel..............................................................4/42 Mobile Media ...............................................................................................6/4 Modernization & Optimization Services.......................................................6/9 Motor cable lengths for operation with power units connected in parallel .................................................................................4/42 Motor protection and safety functions (options) ........................................4/10 Motor reactors............................................................................................3/37 My Documentation Manager .....................................................................6/13 N P Parallel connection, SINAMICS G150 ................................................ 4/9, 4/35 Partner at Siemens ...................................................................................... 6/2 Plant Maintenance & Condition Monitoring ................................................. 6/9 Platform concept ......................................................................................... 1/4 Position sensing with encoder................................................................... 2/10 Power Modules .......................................................................................... 3/13 Power unit protection............................................................................ 3/7, 4/8 PROFIBUS ................................................................................................. 2/18 PROFIdrive ................................................................................................ 2/23 PROFINET ................................................................................................. 2/20 Protective conductor cross-section and grounding .................................. 4/43 Protective functions .............................................................................. 3/7, 4/7 Q Quality management according to DIN EN ISO 9001 ................................. 1/4 R Rating plate languages (options) .............................................................. 4/12 Recommended fuses ................................................................................ 4/44 Recommended line-side system components .......................................... 3/30 Repair Services ........................................................................................... 6/7 RS232 plug-in cable .................................................................................. 3/58 Nickel-plated busbars ..........................................................................3/6, 4/5 North American standards...........................................................................3/8 7 Siemens D 11 · 2015 7/9 © Siemens AG 2015 Appendix Subject index Page Page S S Safe Brake Adapter SBA ...........................................................................3/73 Safe Brake Control .......................................................................................2/5 Safe Brake Control (SBC) ............................................................................2/5 Safe Brake Test ............................................................................................2/6 Safe Brake Test (SBT) ..................................................................................2/6 Safe Direction ..............................................................................................2/7 Safe Direction (SDI) .....................................................................................2/7 Safe Operating Stop ....................................................................................2/5 Safe Operating Stop (SOS)..........................................................................2/5 Safe Position ................................................................................................2/8 Safe Position (SP) ........................................................................................2/8 Safe Speed Monitor .....................................................................................2/7 Safe Speed Monitor (SSM) ..........................................................................2/7 Safe speed/position sensing with encoder................................................2/10 Safe Stop 1 ..................................................................................................2/4 Safe Stop 1 (SS1).........................................................................................2/4 Safe Stop 2 ..................................................................................................2/4 Safe Stop 2 (SS2).........................................................................................2/4 Safe Torque Off ............................................................................................2/3 Safe Torque Off (STO)..................................................................................2/3 Safety functions integral to the drive ...........................................................2/3 Safety functions of SINAMICS drives...........................................................2/3 Safety functions (options) ..........................................................................4/10 Safety Integrated .........................................................................................2/2 Safety Integrated for SINAMICS G130 and SINAMICS G150 ...................2/11 Safety Integrated (options) ........................................................................4/11 Safely-Limited Position.................................................................................2/8 Safely-Limited Position (SLP).......................................................................2/8 Safely-Limited Speed...................................................................................2/6 Safely-Limited Speed (SLS).........................................................................2/6 Security information .....................................................................................5/1 Selection guide – typical applications .........................................................1/6 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted SMC30 .................................................3/75 Serial plug-in cable for connecting the AOP30 to the CU320-2................3/76 Service contracts .........................................................................................6/9 Signal cables .............................................................................................3/76 SIMOTICS motors ........................................................................................1/7 SINAMICS Drive Control Chart (SINAMICS DCC) .......................................5/8 SINAMICS drive family.................................................................................1/2 SINAMICS G130 / SINAMICS G150, system overview................................1/8 SINAMICS Link ..........................................................................................3/60 SINAMICS selection guide – typical applications .......................................1/6 SinaSave...................................................................................................... 5/2 SinaSave energy efficiency tool .................................................................. 5/2 Sine-wave filters ........................................................................................ 3/50 Single connection, SINAMICS G150 .................................................. 4/9, 4/31 SITRAIN ..................................................................................................... 6/10 SIZER for Siemens Drives ........................................................................... 5/4 SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool ................................................ 5/4 SIZER WEB ENGINEERING ........................................................................ 5/5 SIZER WEB ENGINEERING engineering tool ............................................. 5/5 Social Media ................................................................................................ 6/4 Software and protective functions ........................................................ 3/7, 4/7 Software licenses......................................................................................... 7/3 Spare parts .................................................................................................. 6/7 Spares on Web .......................................................................................... 6/12 Speed/position sensing with encoder ....................................................... 2/10 STARTER ..................................................................................................... 5/6 STARTER commissioning tool ..................................................................... 5/6 SUB-D connector ...................................................................................... 3/59 Supplementary system components......................................................... 3/56 Switch disconnectors ................................................................................ 3/30 7 7/10 Siemens D 11 · 2015 T TB30 .......................................................................................................... 3/61 Technical Consulting & Engineering Support.............................................. 6/8 Technical Support........................................................................................ 6/6 Terminal Board TB30 ................................................................................. 3/61 Terminal Module TM150 ............................................................................ 3/69 Terminal Module TM31 .............................................................................. 3/63 Terminal Module TM54F ............................................................................ 3/66 The SINAMICS drive family ......................................................................... 1/2 Totally Integrated Automation ......................................................................... 4 Totally Integrated Power ................................................................................. 6 Training ............................................................................................... 6/8, 6/10 Training courses for SINAMICS G150/G130/S150 .................................... 6/11 Types of protection for cabinet units ........................................................... 4/5 Typical applications..................................................................................... 1/6 V VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module ............................................................... 3/71 © Siemens AG 2015 Appendix Metal surcharges ■ Explanation of the raw material/metal surcharges1 2 3 4 Surcharge calculation To compensate for variations in the price of the raw materials silver, copper, aluminum, lead, gold, dysprosium2) and/or neodym2), surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the so-called metal factor for products containing these raw materials. A surcharge for the respective raw material is calculated as a supplement to the price of a product if the basic official price of the raw material in question is exceeded. The surcharges are calculated in accordance with the following criteria: • Basic official price of the raw material Basic official price from the day prior to receipt of the order or prior to release order (daily price) for3) - Silver (sales price, processed) - Gold (sales price, processed) Percentage method Use of the percentage method is indicated by the letters A-Z at the respective digit of the metal factor. The surcharge is increased - dependent on the deviation of the daily price compared with the basic official price - using the percentage method in "steps" and consequently offers surcharges that remain constant within the framework of this "step range". A higher percentage rate is charged for each new step. The respective percentage level can be found in the table below. Metal factor examples LEA––––– Basis for % surcharge: List price Silver Basis 150 €, Step 50 €, 0.5 % and for4) - Copper (lower DEL notation + 1 %) - Aluminum (aluminum in cables) - Lead (lead in cables) • Metal factor of the products Certain products are displayed with a metal factor. The metal factor determines the official price (for those raw materials concerned) as of which the metal surcharges are applied and the calculation method used (weight or percentage method). An exact explanation is given below. Copper Basis 150 €, Step 50 €, 0.1 % No surcharge for aluminum No surcharge for lead No surcharge for gold No surcharge for dysprosium No surcharge for neodym N –A6 –––– Structure of the metal factor Basis for % surcharge: Customer net price The metal factor consists of several digits; the first digit indicates whether the percentage method of calculation refers to the list price or a possible discounted price (customer net price) (L = list price / N = customer net price). No surcharge for silver Copper Basis 150 €, Step 50 €, 0.1 % Aluminum acc. to weight, basic offic. price 225 € The remaining digits indicate the method of calculation used for the respective raw material. If no surcharge is added for a raw material, a "-" is used. No surcharge for lead No surcharge for gold No surcharge for dysprosium 1st digit List or customer net price using the percentage method 2nd digit for silver (AG) 3rd digit for copper (CU) 4th digit for aluminum (AL) No basis necessary 5th digit for lead (PB) No surcharge for silver 6th digit for gold (AU) Copper acc. to weight, basic official price 150 € 7th digit for dysprosium (Dy)2) No surcharge for aluminum 8th digit for neodym (Nd)2) No surcharge for lead No surcharge for neodym – –3 – – – – – No surcharge for gold Weight method The weight method uses the basic official price, the daily price and the raw material weight. In order to calculate the surcharge, the basic official price must be subtracted from the daily price. The difference is then multiplied by the raw material weight. No surcharge for dysprosium No surcharge for neodym 7 The basic official price can be found in the table below using the number (1 to 9) of the respective digit of the metal factor. The raw material weight can be found in the respective product descriptions. 1) 2) 3) 4) Refer to the separate explanation on the next page regarding the raw materials dysprosium and neodym (= rare earths). For a different method of calculation, refer to the separate explanation for these raw materials on the next page. Source: Umicore, Hanau (www.metalsmanagement.umicore.com). Source: Schutzvereinigung DEL-Notiz e.V. (www.del-notiz.org). Siemens D 11 · 2015 7/11 © Siemens AG 2015 Appendix Metal surcharges ■ Explanation of the raw material/metal surcharges for dysprosium and neodym (rare earths)1 2 Surcharge calculation To compensate for variations in the price of the raw materials silver1), copper1), aluminum1), lead1), gold1), dysprosium and/or neodym, surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the so-called metal factor for products containing these raw materials. The surcharge for dysprosium and neodym is calculated as a supplement to the price of a product if the basic official price of the raw material in question is exceeded. The surcharge is calculated in accordance with the following criteria: • Basic official price of the raw material2) Three-month basic average price (see below) in the period before the quarter in which the order was received or the release order took place (= average official price) for - dysprosium (Dy metal, 99 % min. FOB China; USD/kg) - neodym (Nd metal, 99 % min. FOB China; USD/kg) • Metal factor of the products Certain products are displayed with a metal factor. The metal factor indicates (for those raw materials concerned) the basic official price as of which the surcharges for dysprosium and neodym are calculated using the weight method. An exact explanation of the metal factor is given below. Three-month average price The prices of rare earths vary according to the foreign currency, and there is no freely accessible stock exchange listing. This makes it more difficult for all parties involved to monitor changes in price. In order to avoid continuous adjustment of the surcharges, but to still ensure fair, transparent pricing, an average price is calculated over a three-month period using the average monthly foreign exchange rate from USD to EUR (source: European Central Bank). Since not all facts are immediately available at the start of each month, a one-month buffer is allowed before the new average price applies. Examples of calculation of the average official price: Period for calculation of the average price: Period during which the order/release order is effected and the average price applies: Sep 2012 - Nov 2012 Q1 in 2013 (Jan - Mar) Dec 2012 - Feb 2013 Q2 in 2013 (Apr - Jun) Mar 2013 - May 2013 Q3 in 2013 (Jul - Sep) Jun 2013 - Aug 2013 Q4 in 2013 (Oct - Dec) Structure of the metal factor The metal factor consists of several digits; the first digit is not relevant to the calculation of dysprosium and neodym. The remaining digits indicate the method of calculation used for the respective raw material. If no surcharge is added for a raw material, a "-" is used. 1st digit List or customer net price using the percentage method 2nd digit for silver (AG)1) 3rd digit for copper (CU)1) 4th digit for aluminum (AL)1) 5th digit for lead (PB)1) 6th digit for gold (AU)1) 7th digit for dysprosium (Dy) 8th digit for neodym (Nd) Weight method The weight method uses the basic official price, the average price and the raw material weight. In order to calculate the surcharge, the basic official price must be subtracted from the average price. The difference is then multiplied by the raw material weight. The basic official price can be found in the table below using the number (1 to 9) of the respective digit of the metal factor. Your Sales contact can inform you of the raw material weight. Metal factor examples ––––––71 No basis necessary No surcharge for silver No surcharge for copper No surcharge for aluminum No surcharge for lead No surcharge for gold Dysprosium acc. to weight, basic official price 300 € Neodym acc. to weight, basic official price 50 € 7 1) 2) For a different method of calculation, refer to the separate explanation for these raw materials on the previous page. Source: Asian Metal Ltd (www.asianmetal.com) 7/12 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 Appendix Metal surcharges ■ Values of the metal factor Percentage method Basic official Step range price in € in € % surcharge 1st step % surcharge 2nd step % surcharge 3rd step % surcharge 4th step Price in € Price in € Price in € Price in € 150.01 - 200.00 200.01 - 250.00 250.01 - 300.00 300.01 - 350.00 % surcharge per additional step A 150 50 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 B 150 50 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 0.2 C 150 50 0.3 0.6 0.9 1.2 0.3 D 150 50 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 0.4 E 150 50 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0.5 F 150 50 0.6 1.2 1.8 2.4 0.6 G 150 50 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 1.0 H 150 50 1.2 2.4 3.6 4.8 1.2 I 150 50 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 1.6 J 150 50 1.8 3.6 5.4 7.2 1.8 175.01 - 225.00 225.01 - 275.00 275.01 - 325.00 325.01 - 375.00 O 175 50 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 P 175 50 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 0.2 R 175 50 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 225.01 - 275.00 275.01 - 325.00 325.01 - 375.00 375.01 - 425.00 S 225 50 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 0.2 U 225 50 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 1.0 V 225 50 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 1.0 W 225 50 1.2 2.5 3.5 4.5 1.0 150.01 - 175.00 175.01 - 200.00 200.01 - 225.00 225.01 - 250.00 Y 150 25 0.3 0.6 0.9 1.2 400.01 - 425.00 425.01 - 450.00 450.01 - 475.00 475.01 - 500.00 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 Z 400 25 0.3 0.1 Price basis (1st digit) L Calculation based on the list price N Weight method Calculation based on the customer net price (discounted list price) Basic official price in € 1 50 2 100 3 150 4 175 5 200 6 225 7 300 8 400 9 555 Calculation based on raw material weight 7 Miscellaneous - No metal surcharge Siemens D 11 · 2015 7/13 © Siemens AG 2015 Appendix Notes 7 7/14 Siemens D 11 · 2015 © Siemens AG 2015 Appendix Notes 7 Siemens D 11 · 2015 7/15 © Siemens AG 2015 Appendix Conditions of sale and delivery ■ 1. General Provisions By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the following Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery (hereinafter referred to as "T&C"). Please note that the scope, the quality and the conditions for supplies and services, including software products, by any Siemens entity having a registered office outside Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The following T&C apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens Aktiengesellschaft, Germany. 1.1 For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany, the following applies subordinate to the T&C: • the "General Terms of Payment"1) and, • for software products, the "General License Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a Seat or Registered Office in Germany"1) and, • for other supplies and services, the "General Conditions for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and Electronics Industry"1). 1.2 For customers with a seat or registered office outside Germany For customers with a seat or registered office outside Germany, the following applies subordinate to the T&C: • the "General Terms of Payment"1) and, • for software products, the "General License Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a Seat or Registered Office outside of Germany"1) and • for other supplies and/or services, the "General Conditions for Supplies of Siemens Industry for Customers with a Seat or Registered Office outside of Germany"1). ■ 2. Prices 7 The prices are in € (Euro) ex point of delivery, exclusive of packaging. The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. It shall be charged separately at the respective rate according to the applicable statutory legal regulations. Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will charge the prices valid at the time of delivery. To compensate for variations in the price of raw materials (e.g. silver, copper, aluminum, lead, gold, dysprosium and neodym), surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the so-called metal factor for products containing these raw materials. A surcharge for the respective raw material is calculated as a supplement to the price of a product if the basic official price of the raw material in question is exceeded. The metal factor of a product indicates the basic official price (for those raw materials concerned) as of which the surcharges on the price of the product are applied, and with what method of calculation. You will find a detailed explanation of the metal factor on the page headed "Metal surcharges". To calculate the surcharge (except in the cases of dysprosium and neodym), the official price from the day prior to that on which the order was received or the release order was effected is used. To calculate the surcharge applicable to dysprosium and neodym ("rare earths"), the corresponding three-month basic average price in the quarter prior to that in which the order was received or the release order was effected is used with a onemonth buffer (details on the calculation can be found in the explanation of the metal factor). 7/16 Siemens D 11 · 2015 ■ 3. Additional Terms and Conditions The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the German law on units in measuring technology, data in inches apply only to devices for export. Illustrations are not binding. Insofar as there are no remarks on the individual pages of this catalog - especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given - these are subject to change without prior notice. ■ 4. Export regulations We shall not be obligated to fulfill any agreement if such fulfillment is prevented by any impediments arising out of national or international foreign trade or customs requirements or any embargoes and/or other sanctions. Export of goods listed in this catalog may be subject to licensing requirements. We will indicate in the delivery details whether licenses are required under German, European and US export lists. Goods labeled with "AL" not equal to "N" are subject to European or German export authorization when being exported out of the EU. Goods labeled with "ECCN" not equal to "N" are subject to US re-export authorization. The export indications can be viewed in advance in the description of the respective goods on the Industry Mall, our online catalog system. Only the export labels "AL" and "ECCN" indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices are authoritative. Even without a label, or with label "AL:N" or "ECCN:N", authorization may be required i.a. due to the final disposition and intended use of goods. If you transfer goods (hardware and/or software and/or technology as well as corresponding documentation, regardless of the mode of provision) delivered by us or works and services (including all kinds of technical support) performed by us to a third party worldwide, you must comply with all applicable national and international (re-)export control regulations. If required for the purpose of conducting export control checks, you (upon request by us) shall promptly provide us with all information pertaining to the particular end customer, final disposition and intended use of goods delivered by us respectively works and services provided by us, as well as to any export control restrictions existing in this relation. The products listed in this catalog may be subject to European/German and/or US export regulations. Any export requiring approval is therefore subject to authorization by the relevant authorities. Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice. 1) The text of the Terms and Conditions of Siemens AGcan be downloaded at www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/ terms_of_trade_en.pdf © Siemens AG 2015 Catalogs Digital Factory, Process Industries and Drives and Low-Voltage Power Distribution Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed at www.siemens.com/automation/partner Interactive Catalog on DVD Products for Automation and Drives Building Control GAMMA Building Control Drive Systems SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units SINAMICS GM150, SINAMICS SM150 Medium-Voltage Converters SINAMICS PERFECT HARMONY GH180 Medium-Voltage Air-Cooled Drives Germany Edition SINAMICS G180 Converters – Compact Units, Cabinet Systems, Cabinet Units Air-Cooled and Liquid-Cooled SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Units and Cabinet Modules SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units SINAMICS DCM DC Converter, Control Module SINAMICS DCM Cabinet SINAMICS Inverters for Single-Axis Drives and SIMOTICS Motors SINAMICS G120P and SINAMICS G120P Cabinet pump, fan, compressor converters Three-Phase Induction Motors SIMOTICS HV, SIMOTICS TN • Series H-compact • Series H-compact PLUS Three-Phase Induction Motors SIMOTICS HV, Series H-compact Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet Technology, HT-direct DC Motors SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis Converters SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters Digital: SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter Cabinet Units SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems SIEMOSYN Motors MICROMASTER 420/430/440 Inverters MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO Catalog CA 01 ET G1 D 11 D 12 D 15.1 D 18.1 D 21.3 D 23.1 D 23.2 D 31 D 35 D 84.1 D 86.1 SENTRON · SIVACON · ALPHA Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring Devices, Switchboards and Distribution Systems Standards-Compliant Components for Photovoltaic Plants Electrical Components for the Railway Industry Digital: TÜV-certified Power Monitoring System Components for Industrial Control Panels according to UL Standards 3WT Air Circuit Breakers up to 4000 A 3VT Molded Case Circuit Breakers up to 1600 A Digital: SIVACON System Cubicles, System Lighting and System Air-Conditioning Digital: ALPHA Distribution Systems ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks SIVACON S4 Power Distribution Boards SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems Digital: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets LV 10 Motion Control SINUMERIK 840D sl Type 1B Equipment for Machine Tools SINUMERIK 808 Equipment for Machine Tools SINUMERIK 828 Equipment for Machine Tools SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 & SIMOTICS Equipment for Production Machines Drive and Control Components for Cranes LV 11 LV 12 LV 14 LV 16 LV 35 LV 36 LV 50 LV 51 LV 52 LV 56 LV 70 ET D1 NC 62 NC 81.1 NC 82 PM 21 CR 1 Power Supply SITOP Power supply KT 10.1 DA 21.2 DA 22 Safety Integrated Safety Technology for Factory Automation SI 10 DA 45 DA 48 DA 51.2 DA 51.3 DA 65.4 SIMATIC HMI / PC-based Automation Human Machine Interface Systems/ PC-based Automation ST 80/ ST PC SIMATIC Ident Industrial Identification Systems ID 10 DA 12 DA 21.1 Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors SIMOTICS Low-Voltage Motors SIMOTICS FD Flexible Duty Motors LOHER Low-Voltage Motors MOTOX Geared Motors SIMOGEAR Geared Motors SIMOGEAR Gearboxes with adapter D 81.1 D 81.8 D 83.1 D 87.1 MD 50.1 MD 50.11 Mechanical Driving Machines FLENDER Standard Couplings FLENDER High Performance Couplings FLENDER Backlash-free Couplings FLENDER SIG Standard industrial gear units FLENDER SIP Standard industrial planetary gear units MD 10.1 MD 10.2 MD 10.3 MD 30.1 MD 31.1 Digital: These catalogs are only available as a PDF. Catalog D 86.2 Note: Additional catalogs on the SINAMICS drive system and SIMOTICS motors with SINUMERIK and SIMOTION can be found under Motion Control Process Instrumentation and Analytics Digital: Field Instruments for Process Automation Digital: SIPART Controllers and Software Products for Weighing Technology Digital: Process Analytical Instruments Digital: Process Analytics, Components for the System Integration Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology FI 01 MP 31 WT 10 AP 01 PA 11 SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems Products for Totally Integrated Automation SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System System components SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System Technology components Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST 70 ST PCS 7 ST PCS 7 T ST PCS 7 AO SIMATIC NET Industrial Communication IK PI SIRIUS Industrial Controls SIRIUS Industrial Controls IC 10 Information and Download Center Digital versions of the catalogs are available on the Internet at: www.siemens.com/industry/infocenter There you’ll find additional catalogs in other languages. Please note the section “Downloading catalogs” on page “Online services” in the appendix of this catalog. © Siemens AG 2015 Security information Get more information SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units www.siemens.com/sinamics-g130 SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units www.siemens.com/sinamics-g150 SINAMICS drive family: www.siemens.com/sinamics Integrated Drive Systems: www.siemens.com/ids Contacts worldwide: www.siemens.com/automation/partner Siemens AG Process Industries and Drives Large Drives Postfach 47 43 90025 NUERNBERG GERMANY www.siemens.com/automation Subject to change without prior notice Article No. E86060-K5511-A101-A6-7600 E.9115.49.LDT / Dispo 18402 KG 0915 10.0 AUM 208 En Printed in Germany © Siemens AG 2015 Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial security functions that support the secure operation of plants, solutions, machines, equipment and/or networks. They are important components in a holistic industrial security concept. With this in mind, Siemens’ products and solutions undergo continuous development. Siemens recommends strongly that you regularly check for product updates. For the secure operation of Siemens products and solutions, it is necessary to take suitable preventive action (e.g. cell protection concept) and integrate each component into a holistic, state-of-the-art industrial security concept. Thirdparty products that may be in use should also be considered. For more information about industrial security, visit www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity. To stay informed about product updates as they occur, sign up for a product-specific newsletter. For more information, visit http://support.automation.siemens.com. The information provided in this catalog contains merely general descriptions or characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not always apply as described or which may change as a result of further development of the products. An obligation to provide the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are subject to change without notice. All product designations may be trademarks or product names of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owners. Token fee: 5.00 €